The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
Marketing Management
HF 5410-5417.5 Marketing. Distribution of products
HF 5419-5422 Wholesale trade
HF 5428-5429.6 Retail trade
HF 5429.7-5430.6 Shopping centers. Shopping malls
HF 5437-5444 Purchasing. Selling. Sales personnel. Sales executives
HF 5460-5469.5 Department stores. Mail order business.Supermarkets. Convenience stores
HF 5469.7-5481 Markets. Fairs
HF 5546-5548.6 Office management
HF 5549-5549.5 Personnel management. Employment management
HF 5717-5734.7 Business communication including business report writing, business correspondence
HF 5801-6182 Advertising
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Marketing Management?
Test out "marketing AND management" or "marketing management" as searches and see what you can find.
Cognizant of the changing Marketing profession landscape, the program hopes to develop a distinct breed of Marketing professionals who are equipped to face the challenges of the K2-12 Program, Economic Globalization and the ASEAN Integration.
These Benildean Marketing Managers are guided by Lasallian-Benildean core values of Faith Service and Community, armed with a deep understanding of the Marketing functions and fundamentals.
Through the combined theoretical and applied approach, the program aims to make the students experience “real-life” situations that will prepare them to assume higher marketing functions and utilize their skills in the overall strategic management of the organization.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on marketing management available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, online databases, and industry report are recommended for the entire Marketing Management program.
QUICK LINKS
This course is intended for students who are enrolled in business-related programs. It is designed to introduce and develop skills and techniques of analyzing financial statements, including the use of such information in the performance of management functions. Two important tools, budgeting and cost volume-profit analysis will be covered to enable the students to be familiar with the techniques of preparing projected financial statements. A discussion of relevant costs will be helpful in evaluating alternatives in the decision-making process.
Accounting Ethics by
A trusted resource on the complex ethical questions that define the accounting profession An accountant's practice depends on making difficult decisions. To achieve the best results, individual accountants and accounting firms need a clear understanding of the ethical duties and decision-making involved in the four major functions of modern accounting--auditing, management accounting, tax accounting, and consulting--as well as a strong sense of ethical conduct to guide the certification and validation of reliable financial records. Now in its third edition, Accounting Ethics is a thorough and engaging exploration of the ethical issues that accountants encounter in their professional lives. Since the publication of the first edition in 2002, Accounting Ethics has become an indispensable resource for accounting courses and certification programs worldwide, known for its focus on real-world application, practical advice, reader-friendly guidance, and its insight into the effects of global change on the profession. Together with coverage of the contemporary regulatory environment--including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act--this revised edition features expanded pedagogical resources such as new end-of-chapter case studies and discussion questions, and includes the updated AICPA Code of Conduct. Concise and dependable, Accounting Ethics sustains its reputation as an authoritative resource for practicing accountants, new professionals, students of accounting, and those who are considering the profession.
Accounting for Decision Making and Control by
Accounting for Decision Making and Control provides students and managers with an understanding appreciation of the strengths and limitations of an organization's accounting system, thereby allowing them to be more intelligent users of these systems. The Ninth Edition demonstrates that managerial accounting is an integral part of the firm's organizational architecture, not just an isolated set of computational topics. Managers in all organizations, throughout their professional careers, interact with their accounting systems as it is both a source of information for decision making and part of the organization's control mechanisms.
Cornerstones of Managerial Accounting by
Equip yourself with the managerial accounting knowledge you need to become a strong business leader with the unique integrated learning system in CORNERSTONES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING, 6E. Based on hundreds of conversations with students like you, the CORNERSTONES approach presents materials the way most future professionals learn best. The book demonstrates step-by-step calculations for solving business problems to help you establish a strong foundation in the basics quickly, before moving forward. You then transition to analyzing and applying managerial accounting concepts. Rather than focusing on concepts in isolation, the book and CengageNOW present accounting as a system−emphasizing how the end result changes based on how the numbers affect each other. CengageNOW for the 6th edition now also focuses on helping to help you become an informed business decision maker, with author-written Blueprint Problems, Analyzing Relationships Problems and a host of new questions related to using and analyzing Excel.
Financial & managerial accounting : the basis for business decisions by 
Introduction to managerial accounting
Strategic Performance Management by
One of the most important challenges that people in senior management positions face is the responsibility of ensuring their organizations¿ effective practice of performance management. As this book reveals, performance management comprises an interdisciplinary field of study and practice that draws upon a wide set of business disciplines, including strategic management, organizational behaviour, organizational theory, and management accounting. This book provides a contemporary examination of theories, issues, and practices related to performance management. An original performance management framework helps structure the book, and in particular the ordering and layout of the book¿s chapters. Unlike other performance management frameworks, the one used here is grounded in concrete organizational phenomena, therefore making it more accessible and meaningful to practitioners, scholars, and students.
This course is intended for students who are enrolled in business-related programs. It is designed to introduce and develop skills and techniques of analyzing financial statements, including the use of such information in the performance of management functions. Two important tools, budgeting and cost volume-profit analysis will be covered to enable the students to be familiar with the techniques of preparing projected financial statements. A discussion of relevant costs will be helpful in evaluating alternatives in the decision-making process.
Advances in Management Accounting by
Advances in Management Accounting publishes thoughtful, well-developed articles across a broad spectrum of current topics in the field of management accounting, using a variety of research methods including survey research, field tests, corporate case studies and modeling. Volume 26 exemplifies the broad scope of Advances in Management Accounting, examining a number of areas within management accounting.
Forensic Accounting and Financial Statement Fraud by
The existence and persistence of high profile alleged financial statement fraud (FSF) have negatively affected the safety and soundness of financial markets and investors confident in public financial information. Forensic accounting has advanced as an important and rewarding field of accounting to prevent, detect and correct FSF. There has been significant demand for and intertest in forensic accounting as well substantial growth in both investigation and litigation services. The first volume addresses the relevance and importance of forensic accounting and fraud examination as well as the framework and structure of forensic accounting practices. The author presents an introduction to forensic accounting and financial statement fraud examination and their relevance and importance to businesses, financial markets, economies and society. Also discussed is forensic accounting opportunities, skills, and services; forensic accounting profession; and professional responsibilities and codes of conduct for forensic accountants. Finally, forensic accounting best practices, education, and research are touched on.
M&A Disputes by
Navigate M&A accounting arbitrations with insider perspective M&A Disputes takes you inside the dispute resolution process to help you put together the many "moving parts" necessary to obtain a successful outcome. With deep insight from experts in the field--including valuable advice from the arbitrator's perspective--this book guides you through the entire process to explore the variables at work. The high volume of M&A transactions makes post-closing price adjustment provisions and accounting arbitrations a critical part of doing business. Yet, the field is opaque to non-practitioners and important issues can be easily misunderstood without specific knowledge and experience. A resulting award can make or break a transaction; an intimate understanding of the process's inner working can help you plan your position to the greatest advantage. This book explores the many factors that that contribute to a successful resolution across the entire transaction life cycle from contract negotiation through the dispute phase including due diligence, determination of the target net working capital, conception and closing of the purchase agreement, post-closing negotiation and dispute resolution, the impact of accounting practices, guidance, and documentation as well as relevant auditing concepts, and various facts and circumstances surrounding the target business and the transaction that need to be considered. M&A volume remains high and continues to result in large numbers of current and future post-closing M&A disputes. Clients rely on their attorneys and advisers to guide them through the process and counsel them toward a positive outcome. Those professionals will find that M&A accounting arbitrations carry a range of distinctions that require a specialized knowledge base to navigate correctly. This book provides real-world guidance from experts in the field, with invaluable insight for every stage of the process. Walk through the entire dispute resolution process from arbitrator selection through final award Understand how M&A agreement provisions impact the awarded amount as well as the options available to limit the scope of potential disputes and the "gaming" of the post-closing process by the counterparty Understand the nature of accounting estimates and guidance, their interaction with accounting arbitrations, and how to synthesize facts, circumstances, and GAAP into a persuasive argument to present to the accounting arbitrator Get situation-specific advice for different types of transactions Learn practitioner "dos" and "don'ts" from the arbitrator's perspective M&A Disputes provides transaction parties and their representatives an inside view at the transaction and commonly disputed items through the eyes of the arbitrator to provide them with uniquely valuable insight. In addition to being an invaluable tool for practitioners appearing before an accounting arbitrator, M&A Disputes also provides advice to would-be and experienced arbitrators alike to successfully resolve disputes that can be significant and complex.
Management accounting when an organization is facing default by
Crises around the world have attracted the attention of theorists and practitioners from a wide range of disciplines. This book focuses on the management accounting procedure adopted to deal with uncontrollable dangerous events, i.e. issues. A model is drawn for dealing with issues through a financial pressure-based warning system, enabling its predictive ability on the best instruments available to the management accounting profession. Issues induced by several external or internal sources of information and manifested through compelling financial pressure are unpredictable issues, which surprise the organization during its lifetime, unless an effective issues management process is enacted. This text describes the main features of a financial pressure issues management process, aimed at contrasting financial distress and incumbent default.Coping with uncontrollable events through proactive management, on the basis of a planned organization, while looking at operative and strategic solutions, eases the probability of an effective response to unfortunate events and increases the capacity to control and mitigate the costs of the crisis, and, in the best-case scenario, even circumvents the eventuality of default.ELISABETTA MAFROLLA is assistant professor of Accounting at University of Foggia. She was also a visiting fellow at several relevant business schools in Europe, like London School of Economics, Linnaeus University, Agder University and University of Münster. Her favourite field of research is focused on public policy determinants and consequences of accounting. She published in top ranked international journals like Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, Management Decision, Local Government Studies, Journal of Family Business Strategy, Public Money and Management.
Principles of Islamic Accounting by
Your introduction to Islamic accounting Principles of Islamic Accounting is the first and only text that covers the fundamentals of Islamic accounting in English. A comprehensive guide, this groundbreaking reference offers both insight into Islamic accounting best practices and disclosure for Shariah-compliant instruments. Covering everything from basic transaction analysis to the preparation of financial statements, this reference serves as a broad framework around which undergraduate students can build their understanding of the Islamic business environment by offering context and showcasing how Islamic values can influence the disclosure of financial information. Islamic accounting is becoming an increasingly important aspect of the business field as globalization results in a surge in business partnerships and transactions around the world. Today's students need to understand Islamic accounting principles in order to effectively work with professionals who adhere to these standards--and accessing this information via text in English was not possible until this revolutionary reference. Review the basics through an introduction to Islamic accounting Understand the recording process, and how to complete the accounting cycle and adjust accounts as necessary Explore accounting for assets, liabilities, equity, and sukuk, as well as zakat and takaful accounting Discover details regarding Islamic commercial law, accounting for Islamic financial institutions, and Islamic corporate governance and sustainability, and look at auditing from an Islamic perspective Principles of Islamic Accounting is an essential text for first-year university students who are studying Islamic accounting, as well as professional societies and organizations that support the use of Islamic accounting principles, such as The Islamic Finance Professionals Association.
Strategic Management Accounting : Delivering Value in a Changing Business Environment Through Integrated Reporting by
This book critically analyzes the concept of strategic management accounting, the implications this emerging paradigm will have on the accounting profession, and the ramifications for businesses at large. This research examines current literature, and illustrates these concepts with current market examples. This manuscript approaches the topic in a way that is unique by linking the concept of SMA to the integrated reporting framework. In essence, strategic management accounting is a theory with broad-based support, but the IR framework and reporting structure provides a vehicle through which progress, costs, and benefits of a more strategic accounting function can be evaluated. Focusing on principles, primarily for internal management utilization, the following provides an outline and summary of concepts and techniques that can be used to elevate the role of the management accounting function. Whether you are a management expert, an accounting professional, or simply someone looking to keep up to date with emerging business trends, this text provides the content, and action-oriented steps to meet those expectations.
Value Creation in Management Accounting and Strategic Management by
This book explores two combined approaches (strategy and accounting) from a cross-disciplinary perspective in order to improve knowledge of value creation in various contexts. Existing studies on this topic have generally adopted a purely account-based or strategy-oriented approach to address this issue. However, this book draws upon a number of well-defined theoretical and empirical backgrounds and methodologies. Since the 1980s, many changes have occurred and companies have increasingly focused their strategies on value creation. Consequently, new strategic directions have emerged, especially for managerial accounting. Management accounting and alignment with strategy could thus improve performance. This book encourages further thought and reflection on these issues which should be pursued in the future as firms face new challenges associated with the acceleration of digital transformation.
The marketplace has become increasingly saturated, with millions of brands competing for the attention of the consumers. For this reason, the role of advertising become increasingly important in communicating a product or service’ attributes and benefits to the consumers. And to influence favorable disposition by verbally and visually bringing the brand to life. As a marketer, the successful implementation of this relies heavily in understanding the six (6) critical factors of Advertising Management: Market, Mission, Message. Media, Money and Measurement.
Advertising, Promotion and Other Aspects of Integrated Marketing Communications by
Explore all aspects of marketing communications, from time-honored methods to the newest developments in the field backed by the latest research, data and analytic techniques with one of today's leading IMC texts, ADVERTISING, PROMOTION, AND OTHER ASPECTS OF INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS, 10E. With emphasis on the fundamentals and practices you need, this edition focuses on advertising and sales promotion, planning, branding, consumer behavior, media buying, public relations, packaging, POP communications, and personal selling. You explore emerging topics, such as today's popularity of apps, social media outlets, online and digital practices, and viral communications, as well as their impact on traditional marketing. Revisions to this most current IMC text on the market address must-know changes to environmental, regulatory, and ethical issues; MindTap Insights Online; place-based applications; privacy; global marketing, and memorable advertising campaigns.
Advertising and Integrated Brand Promotion by
Place yourself in the midst of today's fast-paced exhilarating world of advertising with ADVERTISING AND INTEGRATED BRAND PROMOTION, 8E. This cutting-edge approach provides intriguing insights into advertising in today's world. You see how strong advertising is the result of hard work and careful planning. A leader for its emphasis on integrated brand promotion, this edition combines a solid understanding of advertising strategy and important theory with hands-on practice.Advertising strategy comes to life with dynamic visuals and examples from today's most contemporary ads. Coverage of the latest practices and industry developments highlights social media, design thinking, and globalization. The book focuses on real advertising practice with content that follows the same process as an advertising agency. Accompanying MindTap provides integrated discussion of video and other medium.
Advertising and Promotion: an Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective by
To effectively plan, implement, and evaluate Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) programs, one must understand the overall marketing process, consumer behavior, and communications theory. Belch/Belch's Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective draws from the authors' extensive research in advertising, consumer behavior, communications, marketing, sales promotion, and other fields to give students a basis for understanding the marketing communications process, how it influences consumer decision making, and how to develop promotional strategies. In addition to thorough coverage of advertising, Belch's eleventh edition has chapters on sales promotion, direct marketing, the Internet including social media and mobile marketing, support media such as outdoor advertising, product placement and integration, and publicity/public relations, with emphasis on the integration of advertising with other promotional-mix elements and the need to understand their role and overall contribution.
The Advertising Handbook by
The Advertising Handbook provides a critical introduction to advertising and marketing practices today. Contributions from leading international scholars and practitioners offer extended coverage of the contemporary shifts and pressures reshaping the marketing communications (or advertising and marketing) industries and their relationship to the consumer. Profiles and case studies illustrate innovation and diversification among advertising, marketing and public relations companies. Discussion questions aid learning and encourage debate about the activities and influence of advertising today. This Fourth Edition explores the growing significance of: the influence of ¿Big Data¿ and automation in digital advertising; tracking and profiling users across digital communications for targeted and personalised marketing communications; the rise of media and advertising integration through sponsored content, product placement, native advertising and other forms of branded content; the dynamic shifts in ad spending and media¿advertising relationships across legacy media, online and social media; and the complex profile of consumer behaviour that produces new challenges for brands and branding. Fully revised and updated, this new edition of The Advertising Handbook is a comprehensive and accessible guide to contemporary advertising and marketing theory and practice, designed to meet the requirements, interests and terms of reference of the most recent generation of media and advertising students.
Advertising Theory by
Advertising Theoryprovides detailed and current explorations of key theories in the advertising discipline. The volume gives a working knowledge of the primary theoretical approaches of advertising, offering a comprehensive synthesis of the vast literature in the area. Editors Shelly Rodgers and Esther Thorson have developed this volume as a forum in which to compare, contrast, and evaluate advertising theories in a comprehensive and structured presentation. With new chapters on forms of advertising, theories, and concepts, and an emphasis on the role of new technology, this new edition is uniquely positioned to provide detailed overviews of advertising theory. Utilizing McGuire's persuasion matrix as the structural model for each chapter, the text offers a wider lens through which to view the phenomenon of advertising as it operates within various environments. Within each area of advertising theory--and across advertising contexts--both traditional and non-traditional approaches are addressed, including electronic word-of-mouth advertising, user-generated advertising, and social media advertising contexts. This new edition includes a balance of theory and practice that will help provide a working knowledge of the primary theoretical approaches and will help readers synthesize the vast literature on advertising with the in-depth understanding of practical case studies and examples within every chapter. It also looks at mobile advertising in a broader context beyond the classroom and explores new areas such as native advertising, political advertising, mobile advertising, and digital video gaming. nal and non-traditional approaches are addressed, including electronic word-of-mouth advertising, user-generated advertising, and social media advertising contexts. This new edition includes a balance of theory and practice that will help provide a working knowledge of the primary theoretical approaches and will help readers synthesize the vast literature on advertising with the in-depth understanding of practical case studies and examples within every chapter. It also looks at mobile advertising in a broader context beyond the classroom and explores new areas such as native advertising, political advertising, mobile advertising, and digital video gaming.
Digital Advertising by
Digital Advertising offers a detailed and current overview of the field that draws on current research and practice by introducing key concepts, models, theories, evaluation practices, conflicts, and issues. With a balance of theory and practice, this book helps provide the tools to evaluate and understand the effects of digital advertising and promotions campaigns. New to this edition is discussion of big data analysis, privacy issues, and social media, as well as thought pieces by leading industry practitioners. This book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate students, as well as academics and practitioners.
Global Advertising Practice in a Borderless World by
Cultural and regional differences in creating and managing advertising require unique responses to a dynamic, rapidly globalising business environment. To be global in advertising is no longer to be homogenised or standardised, it is to be at the leading edge of social and cultural trends that are changing the world as we know it. Global Advertising Practice in a Borderless World covers a wide range of adaptive advertising practices, from major and emerging markets, in mainstream and digital advertising. It focuses on understanding how the globalisation of advertising works in practice, explored in three sections: globalising advertising in a media and communications context; advertising in a global world; and global advertising in a digital world. Covering past, present and potential futures, through an impressive ensemble of global advertising practitioners and academics, the book combines academic rigour with practical insights to provide a comprehensive analysis of the changing dynamics between advertising and globalisation. It will be of great interest to researchers, educators and advanced students in advertising, global branding, international marketing, international business media, communication and cultural studies.
Global Marketing and Advertising by
Packed with cultural, company, and country examples, this book offers a mix of theory and practical applications covering globalization, global branding strategies, classification models of culture, and the consequences of culture for all aspects of marketing communications. The author helps define cross cultural segments to better target consumers across cultures and features content on how culture affects strategic issues, such as the company′s mission statement, brand positioning strategy, and marketing communications strategy. It also demonstrates the centrality of value paradoxes to cross cultural marketing communications, and uses the Hofstede model to help readers see how their understanding of cultural relationships in one country/region can be extended to other countries/regions.Updates to the new edition include: Up-to-date research on new topics, including: culture and the media, culture and the Internet, and a more profound comparison of the different cultural models. More examples from major regions and countries from around the world Broader background theory on usage differences of new digital media and extensive coverage of consumer behaviour A range of online instructor resources complement the book, including chapter-specific PowerPoint slides, downloadable advertising images from the book, chapter-specific questions and key points, and video examples of advertising from around the world.
M: Advertising by
M: Advertising examines advertising from the inside, from the perspective of the advertiser (the client) and the specialists who create advertising, the ad agency. This lively program takes students beyond theory to learn about roles within each of these organizations, and to consider which they might one day play themselves.
Marketing Communications : an advertising, promotion and branding perspective by
Marketing Communications acknowledges that the most important task faced by any marketing communications practitioner is to identify and select an optimum promotions mix to help achieve an organisation's business objectives. It notes that the design and development of marketing communications campaigns takes place against a backdrop of change, choice, chance and worldwide connections. It also recognises that to achieve success, brands need to be engaging, compelling to achieve stand-out amongst competition. Marketing Communications discusses issues such as: * Understanding communications by exploring the past, present and examining the future; * Planning, development and evaluation of marketing communication campaigns; * Designing a more creative approach to stand-out relative to competing brands; * Exploring case study exemplars to reflect and gain insight for future campaigns. To help support their learning, readers have access to a range of online resources including chapter-by-chapter multiple choice questions which will enable them to assess how well they have grasped individual chapters. The text also features a range of supplementary readings, in text exercises and cases/examples to help bring concepts to life. Part of the The Global Management Series; a complete portfolio of global business and management texts that successfully meets the needs of students on international undergraduate and postgraduate business and management degree courses. Each book is a clear, concise and practical and has a thorough pedagogic structure to suit a 12 week semester. The series offers a flexible 'pick and mix' choice of downloadable e-chapters, so that users can select and build learning materials tailored to their specific needs. See www.goodfellowpublishers.com/GMS for details. Each book in the series is edited and contributed to by a team of experienced academics based in the UK, Dubai and Malaysia it provides an essential learning aid for students across a wide range of business and management courses and an invaluable teaching tool for lecturers and academics. Series Editors: Robert MacIntosh, Professor of Strategy and Kevin O'Gorman, Professor of Management, both at Heriot-Watt University, UK.
Social Communication in Advertising by
Newly updated for the digital era, this classic textbook provides a comprehensive historical study of advertising and its function within contemporary society by tracing advertising's influence throughout different media and cultural periods, from early magazines through to social media. With several new chapters on the rise of the Internet, mobile, and social media, this fourth edition offers new insights into the role of Google, Facebook, Snapchat, and YouTube as both media and advertising companies, as well as examining the role of brand culture in the 21st century.
The marketplace has become increasingly saturated, with millions of brands competing for the attention of the consumers. For this reason, the role of advertising become increasingly important in communicating a product or service’ attributes and benefits to the consumers. And to influence favorable disposition by verbally and visually bringing the brand to life. As a marketer, the successful implementation of this relies heavily in understanding the six (6) critical factors of Advertising Management: Market, Mission, Message. Media, Money and Measurement.
Advertising As Culture by
This book is about advertising and culture. Advertising is a significant aspect of modernsocieties and plays an important part in economic activity. It is a highly visible component of everyday life and increasingly of contemporary culture. The book considers culture as a broad category of human endeavour and experience. It takes a multidisciplinary approach drawing on media and cultural studies and the study of history and of art history, sociology, politics and political economy for ideas and explanations that can be applied to advertising and culture. Indeed the bookOCOs contributors are drawn from each of these areas of academic enquiry. Their contributions represent strands and tensions in the relationship between different aspects of culture, such as fashion, art, popular music, politics and media, and the world of advertising. The book raises the question of how, to what effect and with what intensity, advertising features OCo as the Advertising Standards Authority, the UKOCOs advertising regulator, recently put it OCo as a OCycommon subjectOCO in our cultural lives. The book deals with advertising and culture primarily within a British context, but in an increasingly globalised world many of its themes and issues are relevant to societies where advertising is a growing presence. This book explores the relationship between advertising and culture and this introduction outlines the bookOCOs scope, content and themes.
Advertising at War by
Advertising at War challenges the notion that advertising disappeared as a political issue in the United States in 1938 with the passage of the Wheeler-Lea Amendment to the Federal Trade Commission Act, the result of more than a decade of campaigning to regulate the advertising industry. Inger L. Stole suggests that the war experience, even more than the legislative battles of the 1930s, defined the role of advertising in U.S. postwar political economy and the nation's cultural firmament. She argues that Washington and Madison Avenue were soon working in tandem with the creation of the Advertising Council in 1942, a joint effort established by the Office of War Information, the Association of National Advertisers, and the American Association of Advertising Agencies. Using archival sources, newspapers accounts, and trade publications, Stole demonstrates that the war elevated and magnified the seeming contradictions of advertising and allowed critics of these practices one final opportunity to corral and regulate the institution of advertising. Exploring how New Dealers and consumer advocates such as the Consumers Union battled the advertising industry, Advertising at War traces the debate over two basic policy questions: whether advertising should continue to be a tax-deductible business expense during the war, and whether the government should require effective standards and labeling for consumer products, which would render most advertising irrelevant. Ultimately the postwar climate of political intolerance and reverence for free enterprise quashed critical investigations into the advertising industry. While advertising could be criticized or lampooned, the institution itself became inviolable.
Advertising by Design by
A real-world introduction to advertising design in today's industry Advertising by Design is the most comprehensive, up-to-date guide to concept generation and design for advertising. Step-by-step instructions and expert discussion guide you through the fundamentals, as you develop the deeper understanding that connects the dots and sparks your creativity. Interviews with leading creative directors provide a glimpse into the real-world idea generation process, and case studies of successful ads allow you to dissect both the process and result to discover the keys to effective advertising. This new third edition has been thoroughly updated to reflect the industry's shift from print and TV ads to fully integrated transmedia campaigns, giving you invaluable insight into a broad range of media channels. New concepts and strategies for social media, digital media, pull marketing, creative content, and more are discussed in depth to help you tell an engaging story using every tool at your disposal. Ancillaries include PowerPoint slides and quizzes bring this book right into the classroom for a complete introduction to advertising design. Students seeking a career in advertising need the ability to generate idea-driven campaigns and adapt them for use in print, mobile, television, and social media formats. This book provides the well-rounded instruction required to succeed in the digital age. Master the fundamentals of advertising design for a range of media channels Integrate print, web, social media, and more to convey an engaging story Jumpstart your creativity with lessons from top creative directors Build your knowledge base around the reality of modern advertising Effective advertisers blend ideas, information, and entertainment in a way that reaches a range of audiences through a range of media types; this requires deep mastery of idea generation, copywriting, and graphic design. Advertising by Design helps you develop the skills and knowledge today's advertising industry demands. "With its colorful, current examples, insightful interviews and relevant and thorough content, this book is the winning text for me." (Journal of Advertising Education, Sage Journals - Spring 2017)
Advertising Explained (RLE Advertising) by
This work explains the various elements which go to the making of a successful advertising campaign - the planning, research and discussion - and gives some helpful information about advertising media, the creation of advertisements, about printing processes and mechanical production. It touches upon marketing and distribution and shows how these things must have a direct bearing on any well-framed advertising policy. The work of the Advertising Agency is fully described and there is some interesting advice about overseas advertising. Advertising Explained contains 27 illustrations, including a number of most useful diagrams and charts -invaluable for day-to-day reference. First published in 1949.
Advertising Theory by
Advertising Theoryprovides detailed and current explorations of key theories in the advertising discipline. The volume gives a working knowledge of the primary theoretical approaches of advertising, offering a comprehensive synthesis of the vast literature in the area. Editors Shelly Rodgers and Esther Thorson have developed this volume as a forum in which to compare, contrast, and evaluate advertising theories in a comprehensive and structured presentation. Chapters provide concrete examples, case studies, and readings written by leading advertising scholars and educators. Utilizing McGuire's persuasion matrix as the structural model for each chapter, the text offers a wider lens through which to view the phenomenon of advertising as it operates within various environments. Within each area of advertising theory - and across advertising contexts - both traditional and non-traditional approaches are addressed, including electronic word-of-mouth advertising, user-generated advertising, and social media advertising contexts. As a benchmark for the current state of advertising theory, this text will facilitate a deeper understanding for advertising students, and will be required reading for advertising theory coursework. , user-generated advertising, and social media advertising contexts. As a benchmark for the current state of advertising theory, this text will facilitate a deeper understanding for advertising students, and will be required reading for advertising theory coursework.
Beyond Advertising by
The fundamental relationships among brands, media, and people are being transformed, and just as we try to adapt, along comes a new disruption. Are you and your organization prepared to deal with today's unprecedented speed and scope of technological change? Beyond Advertising provides a business transformation road map for an aspirational future, based on the insights of more than 200 of the world's most forward-thinking executives, innovators, and academics all grappling with today's unique challenges and opportunities. This book offers a concrete set of principles, including The All Touchpoint Value Creation Model, designed to lift us out of reactive thinking and encourage the co-creation of a future better for business, better for people, and better for society. Actionable steps include: Holistically orchestrate and allocate resources across all touchpoints Redefine expectations of success to align for multi-win outcomes Provide every stakeholder at all touchpointsa R.A.V.E.S. standard of content: relevant and respectful, actionable, valuable, exceptional experiences, and a shareworthy story Develop all touchpoints to maximize the M.A.D.E.s value of context: the complete person, the features of the delivery platform, the dynamic environment, and synergies with other touchpoints
The Business of Advertising (RLE Advertising) by
The Business of Advertising outlines the practice of the advertising trades, some of the more important restrictions on advertising, and a few of the questions which arise in connexion with the business. First published in 1905.
Commercial Advertising (RLE Advertising) by
The Lectures forming the main part of this volume were presented at the London School of Economics and Political Science and, collected, purport not to be a working textbook of Advertising, but rather a statement of practical principles. Every opportunity has been taken to illustrate, with examples described from actual practice, the theories propounded. The business of Advertising still suffers from the prejudices created by earlier misconduct. But Advertising has become a necessity: anyone who wants to do business on a large scale must advertise in some way. Commercial Advertising examines how this state of affairs came about, and how businesses conduct their Advertising in the modern age. First published in 1919.
Effective Advertising Strategies for Your Business by
As the media landscape has evolved over the past fewyears, especially with the emergence of interactive andsocial media, the philosophy of advertising is significantlychanging. Most businesses realize that the dayswhen they relied on three national networks (ABC, NBC,and CBS) and a few national newspapers to advertise aregone; thus, they begin to find alternatives to standardizedadvertising. Many of them begin to adopt moreindividualized advertising approaches, empowered byInternet technologies.This book outlines three fundamental strategies of advertising:standardized, targeted, and individualized. Itdescribes each strategy in detail and discusses the prosand cons of each. The importance of collecting consumerinsights and incorporating those insights into advertisingmessages are also highlighted. Although a few high-technologycompanies, such as Google, Facebook, andAmazon, are showing success in delivering individualizedadvertising messages to consumers, this approach (includingboth personalization and customization) is not suitablefor all businesses. No single strategy is absolutely moreeffective than the others; however, inside you are given areal strategy based on a scrutiny of the value proposition ofthe business and expectations of consumers.
This course provides you with the application of marketing concepts, theories, and principles. This course covers an extensive discussion of the four areas of marketing: product, price, place, and promotions. APPMKTG discusses the procedures and programs to develop marketing strategies with the ultimate goal of delivering customer satisfaction. It will also give emphasis on the current issues of social responsibility, ethics and globalization. You will understand more the importance of the marketing function and its relationship with other company departments and marketing partners outside the business organization.
Applied Strategic Marketing by
This book, originally published in Dutch, provides a uniquely practical approach to strategic marketing planning. Combining a comprehensive overview of theory with practice, each chapter takes the reader step by step through the strategic marketing process. Beginning with identifying the value proposition, it moves on to the situational analysis that underpins the corporate strategy, and finally details the overall implementation and creation of a customer and brand values. Applied Strategic Marketing equips the reader with the necessary tools and techniques to develop and deliver a thorough and effective marketing strategy. With a broad range of international case studies that bring the theory to life, this well-renowned and updated translation is vital reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing management and strategic marketing. It should also be of interest to marketing practitioners who want a clear overview to aid them in the planning process. ing process.
Customer-Centric Marketing by
State-of-the-art analytic and quantitative methods for using big data to craft effective real-time, dynamic customer-centric marketing plans. The revolution in big data has enabled a game-changing approach to marketing. The asynchronous and continuous collection of customer data carries rich signals about consumer preferences and consumption patterns. Use of this data can make marketing adaptive, dynamic, and responsive to changes in individual customer behavior. This book introduces state-of-the-art analytic and quantitative methods for customer-centric marketing (CCM). Rather than using a snapshot from the data to plot a single campaign-centric marketing plan, these methods draw on cutting-edge research in optimization and interactive marketing with the goal of maximizing long-term profit from data collected over time. The aim is to teach readers to apply optimization tools to derive analytical solutions leading to customized, dynamic, proactive, and real-time marketing decisions. The book develops the CCM framework and illustrates it with four cases that span the life cycle of marketing: pricing, win-back, cross-sales, and customer service allocation. The text walks the reader through real-world examples of applying the framework (supported by spreadsheet models available online), then explains the key concepts: modeling consumer choice; segmenting customers into latent classes based on sensitivity; computing customer lifetime value (CLV); and dynamic optimization. The reader then learns to incorporate the continuous learning of customer preference into an adaptive feedback loop for marketing decisions. The book can be used as a text for MBA students or as a professional reference. This book is based on joint research developed at Carnegie Mellon University when both authors were on the faculty at the Tepper School of Business.
Global Marketing by
Global Marketing provides students with a truly international treatment of the key principles that every marketing manager should grasp. International markets present different challenges that require a marketer to think strategically, and apply tools and techniques creatively in order to respond decisively in a fiercely competitive environment. Alon et al. provide students with everything they need to rise to the challenge: Coverage of small and medium enterprises, as well as multinational corporations, where much of the growth in international trade and global marketing has occurred. A shift toward greater consideration of services marketing as more companies move away from manufacturing. A focus on emerging markets to equip students with the skills necessary to take advantage of the opportunities that these rapidly growing regions present. Chapters on social media, innovation, and technology teach students how to incorporate these new tools into their marketing strategy. New material on sustainability, ethics, and corporate social responsibility; key values for any modern business. Short cases and examples throughout the text show students how these principles and techniques are applied in the real world. Longer cases provide instructors and students with rich content for deeper analysis and discussion. Covering key topics not found in competing books, Global Marketing will equip students with the knowledge and confidence they need to become leading marketing managers. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as additional exercises and examples for in-class use.
Integrated marketing communications by 
International Marketing by
Pioneers in the field, Cateora, Gilly, and Graham continue to set the standard in this 18th edition of International Marketing with their well-rounded perspective of international markets that encompass history, geography, language, and religion as well as economics, which helps students see the cultural and environmental uniqueness of any nation or region. The dynamic nature of the international marketplace is reflected in the number of substantially improved and expanded topics in this 18th, including the following over 100 new academic articles and their findings. All data, text, photos and images have been updated for currency, as has the corresponding content within McGraw-Hill Education's Connect with adaptive SmartBook. Additional updates include: NEW Cases: New cases accompany the 18e, enlivening the material in the book and class discussions while broadening a student's critical thinking skills. These cases bring forth many of the topics discussed in the chapters and demonstrate how these concepts are dealt with in the real world. These cases can be assigned in Connect and SmartBook. Optionally, a case booklet can be create using McGraw-Hill CREATE. Crossing Borders Boxes: These invaluable boxes offer anecdotal company examples. These entertaining examples are designed to encourage critical thinking and guide students through topics ranging from ethical to cultural to global issues facing marketers today. 4-Color Design: New color maps and exhibits allow for improved pedagogy and a clearer presentation of international symbols and cultural meanings in marketing and advertising. In addition, photos that depend on full color for maximum impact easily bring many global examples to life.
Marketing 2016 by
Pride and Ferrell's MARKETING 2016 provides a thorough overview of essential marketing principles within a visually engaging, reader-friendly presentation. This popular, proven book helps readers develop the knowledge and decision-making skills they need to succeed in today's competitive business environment. MARKETING 2016 delivers in-depth coverage of fundamental marketing concepts and strategies, along with practical applications and real-world examples, including up-to-date material on social networking, digital marketing, social and environmental responsibility, globalization, entrepreneurship, and marketing in times of transition. The current edition also features a new chapter on managing services and branding, a new section exploring the importance and uses of Big Data, updated chapter objectives, and access to new "Ask a Marketer" videos to introduce key concepts. Perfect for readers of all backgrounds and interest levels, MARKETING 2016 is an essential resource for career success.
This course provides you with the application of marketing concepts, theories, and principles. This course covers an extensive discussion of the four areas of marketing: product, price, place, and promotions. APPMKTG discusses the procedures and programs to develop marketing strategies with the ultimate goal of delivering customer satisfaction. It will also give emphasis on the current issues of social responsibility, ethics and globalization. You will understand more the importance of the marketing function and its relationship with other company departments and marketing partners outside the business organization.
Data-Driven Marketing Content : A Practical Guide by
In the world we live in today, more data is being generated than at any other period in human history. However, this wealth of information is causing a data dilemma for small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs), entrepreneurs, and practitioners. With marketing companies and experts struggling to produce business content that delivers strong marketing results and SME's being overshadowed by data-aware super-brands that are already heavily investing in data-driven content, Lee Wilson offers a solution that can rectify the performance divide. Data-Driven Marketing Content: A Practical Guideempowers businesses, regardless of industry, size, or competition level, to understand, identify and act on big-data opportunities. The guide shares unique processes, approaches, and frameworks which can be applied to every company need, leading you towards efficient and effective content creation that repeatedly returns on investment. Through a combination of practical expertise and personal insights, this book instructs and enables practitioners and entrepreneurs to overcome everyday business content barriers and yield increased results from every piece of content created.
Hacking Marketing by
Apply software-inspired management concepts to accelerate modern marketing In many ways, modern marketing has more in common with the software profession than it does with classic marketing management. As surprising as that may sound, it's the natural result of the world going digital. Marketing must move faster, adapt more quickly to market feedback, and manage an increasingly complex set of customer experience touchpoints. All of these challenges are shaped by the dynamics of software--from the growing number of technologies in our own organizations to the global forces of the Internet at large. But you can turn that to your advantage. And you don't need to be technical to do it. Hacking Marketing will show you how to conquer those challenges by adapting successful management frameworks from the software industry to the practice of marketing for any business in a digital world. You'll learn about agile and lean management methodologies, innovation techniques used by high-growth technology companies that any organization can apply, pragmatic approaches for scaling up marketing in a fragmented and constantly shifting environment, and strategies to unleash the full potential of talent in a digital age. Marketing responsibilities and tactics have changed dramatically over the past decade. This book now updates marketing management to better serve this rapidly evolving discipline. Increase the tempo of marketing's responsiveness without chaos or burnout Design "continuous" marketing programs and campaigns that constantly evolve Drive growth with more marketing experiments while actually reducing risk Architect marketing capabilities in layers to better scale and adapt to change Balance strategic focus with the ability to harness emergent opportunities As a marketer and a manager, Hacking Marketing will expand your mental models for how to lead marketing in a digital world where everything--including marketing--flows with the speed and adaptability of software.
International Marketing : Theory and Practice from Developing Countries by 
Marketing 4. 0 by
Marketing has changed forever--this is what comes next Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital is the much-needed handbook for next-generation marketing. Written by the world's leading marketing authorities, this book helps you navigate the increasingly connected world and changing consumer landscape to reach more customers, more effectively. Today's customers have less time and attention to devote to your brand--and they are surrounded by alternatives every step of the way. You need to stand up, get their attention, and deliver the message they want to hear. This book examines the marketplace's shifting power dynamics, the paradoxes wrought by connectivity, and the increasing sub-culture splintering that will shape tomorrow's consumer; this foundation shows why Marketing 4.0 is becoming imperative for productivity, and this book shows you how to apply it to your brand today. Marketing 4.0 takes advantage of the shifting consumer mood to reach more customers and engage them more fully than ever before. Exploit the changes that are tripping up traditional approaches, and make them an integral part of your methodology. This book gives you the world-class insight you need to make it happen. Discover the new rules of marketing Stand out and create WOW moments Build a loyal and vocal customer base Learn who will shape the future of customer choice Every few years brings a "new" marketing movement, but experienced marketers know that this time its different; it's not just the rules that have changed, it's the customers themselves. Marketing 4.0 provides a solid framework based on a real-world vision of the consumer as they are today, and as they will be tomorrow. Marketing 4.0 gives you the edge you need to reach them more effectively than ever before.
The Marketing Book by
The Marketing Book is everything you need to know but were afraid to ask about marketing. Divided into 25 chapters, each written by an expert in their field, it's a crash course in marketing theory and practice. From planning, strategy and research through to getting the marketing mix right, branding, promotions and even marketing for small to medium enterprises. This classic reference from renowned professors Michael Baker and Susan Hart was designed for student use, especially for professionals taking their CIM qualifications. Nevertheless, it is also invaluable for practitioners due to its modular approach. Each chapter is set out in a clean and concise way with plenty of diagrams and examples, so that you don't have to dig for the information you need. Much of this long-awaited seventh edition contains brand new chapters and a new selection of experts to bring you bang up to date with the latest in marketing thought. Also included are brand new content in direct, data and digital marketing, and social marketing. If you're a marketing student or practitioner with a question, this book should be the first place you look.
Marketing Performance by
Drive marketing ROI with an investor's mindset and a proven toolkit Top marketers today don't shy away from financial accountability. In fact, they actively seek to account for the return on their companies' investments in marketing - because they want their budget to make a difference for their brands and for their business: more relevant messages, more effective campaigns, more satisfied customers, more profitable promotions, higher returns to shareholders. If this is how you think about marketing, this book is for you. It is a book for CMOs who adopt an investor's mindset, and it deals with the most pressing marketing performance questions. This isn't a work of theory. This is a hands-on guide to better marketing for top managers, neatly packaged into ten concise chapters that are just right for a short-haul flight. Learn how to: Increase sales with smarter fund allocation Reduce marketing costs without sacrificing effectiveness Strengthen the role of marketing with quantified ROI Build capabilities for sustainable performance improvements Marketing Performance delivers expert insight, a wealth of proven success factors, and real-life case studies that will help you drive marketing performance and grow your business.
Strategic Social Media by
Strategic Social Media is the first textbook to go beyond the marketing plans and how-to guides, and provide an overview of the theories, action plans, and case studies necessary for teaching students and readers about utilizing social media to meet marketing goals. Explores the best marketing practices for reaching business goals, while also providing strategies that students/readers can apply to any past, present or future social media platform Provides comprehensive treatment of social media in five distinct sections: landscape, messages, marketing and business models, social change, and the future Emphasizes social responsibility and ethics, and how this relates to capitalizing on market share Highlights marketing strategies grounded in research that explains how practitioners can influence audience behaviour Each chapter introduces theory, practice, action plans, and case studies to teach students the power and positive possibilities that social media hold
They Ask You Answer by
A revolutionary marketing strategy proven to drive sales and growth They Ask You Answer is a straightforward guide to fixing your current marketing strategy. Regardless of your budget, you are almost certainly overspending on television, radio, and print ads, yet neglecting the number-one resource you have at your disposal: the Internet. Content marketing is no longer about keyword-stuffing and link-building; in fact, using those tactics today gets your page shuffled to the bottom of the heap. Quality content is the key to success, and you already have the ingredients in-house. This book shows you how to structure an effective content strategy using the same proven principles that have revolutionized marketing for all types of businesses, across industries. Author Marcus Sheridan's pool company struggled after the housing collapse; today, they're one of the largest pool installers in the U.S., turning away millions of dollars in business they simply cannot accommodate every year. How did he manage it? He answered questions. This book shows you how Marcus's strategy can work for your business, and how to use your keyboard to bring customers through the door. Boost your company's web presence with methods that work Build a level of trust that generates customer evangelism Leverage your in-house resources to produce winning content Utilize tactics that work, regardless of industry or sector When people have questions, they ask a search engine. If you have answers, the right content strategy will get them to the top of the search results and seen by millions of eyes every day. Drop the marketing-speak, stop "selling," and start answering. Be seen as an authority, not just another advertisement. They Ask You Answer describes a fresh approach to marketing and the beginning of big things for your business.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provide for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Advanced Introduction to International Tax Law by
Advanced Introduction to International Tax Law provides a concise yet wide-ranging overview of the key issues surrounding taxation and international law from a world authority on international tax.Systems of taxation deviate between jurisdictions, and contrasting, income based levies on both individuals and enterprises are implemented depending on the nature or source of income. This dynamic book explores the nuances of the varying taxation systems, offering expert insight into the scope, reach and nature of international tax regimes, as well as acting as an excellent platform for understanding how the principles of jurisdiction apply to tax and the connected tools that are used by countries in imposing taxes.Key features include:* defines and discusses the main types of jurisdiction to tax* delineates the source of income that is crucial for taxing non-residents and foreign tax credit* explains in depth both inbound and outbound taxation on both passive and active income* discussion of transfer pricing, a variant of source-based taxation that lies at the heart of modern efforts to tax corporations at source* explains how the above elements are influenced by tax treaties and looks at the future of the international tax regime.Composed of succinct but highly informative chapters, this engaging introduction will prove to be an essential platform for students of international tax law, as well as for scholars with a particular interest in tax law, international business law and international commercial law.
Corporate Tax Law by
Many corporate tax systems lack structure. Focusing on structural defects and how they are addressed in practice, this comprehensive and comparative analysis of corporate tax systems uses a conceptual framework to illustrate and analyse the many difficult issues corporations pose. This framework is enhanced by the examination of a large body of legal rules and practical considerations which demonstrate how corporate tax systems work in practice. While adopting a broad comparative approach, the analysis also drills down into the detail of influential corporate tax systems in order to illustrate the major issues they face and the options available to them.
Easy guide to taxation for entrepreneurs by 
Small Business Taxes by
Small business taxes taxing you out? For most business owners, their single biggest "expense" (and headache) is dealing with their taxes. And while the just passed Congressional tax bill reduced taxes for many of the estimated 30 million small business owners in the U.S., the nation's taxes continue to be complex. Not being up-to-speed on tax rules and strategies can lead to mistakes that cost business owners thousands of dollars in fines and penalties every year. Small Business Taxes For Dummies assists both current and aspiring small business owners with important tax planning issues, including complete coverage of the tax changes taking effect in 2018, creating an ongoing tax routine, dealing with the IRS, and navigating audits and notices. Includes issues influencing incorporated small businesses, partnerships, and LLCs Offers expanded coverage of other business taxes including payroll and sales taxes Provides websites and other online tax resources Gives guidance to millennials juggling multiple gigs If you're a current or aspiring small business owner looking for the most up-to-date tax planning issues, this book keeps you covered.
Tax Politics and Policy by
Taxes are an inescapable part of life. They are perhaps the most economically consequential aspect of the relationship between individuals and their government. Understanding tax development and implementation, not to mention the political forces involved, is critical to fully appreciating and critiquing that relationship. Tax Politics and Policy offers a comprehensive survey of taxation in the United States. It explores competing theories of taxation's role in civil society; investigates the evolution and impact of taxes on income, consumption, and assets; and highlights the role of interest groups in tax policy. This is the first book to include a separate look at "sin" taxes on tobacco, alcohol, marijuana, and sugar. The book concludes with a look at tax reform ideas, both old and new. This book is written for a broad audience--from upper-level undergraduates to graduate students in public policy, public administration, political science, economics, and related fields--and anyone else that has ever paid taxes.
Tax Strategies for the Small Business Owner by
Tax Strategies for the Small Business Owner: Reduce Your Taxes and Fatten Your Profits will help the small business owner increase profits while feeling more comfortable dealing with taxes. It begins by looking at the often overlooked critical decision small business owners face when they start a business: the choice of business entity. The book then examines all the deductions that a business owner can take legally to reduce taxes. It also provides advice business owners need to make good tax-related decisions: Should I lease or buy? Should I hire an employee or outsource the task? How much will buying a building reduce my taxes and for how long? Many people freeze up when they are forced to prepare or even think about taxes. Some receive a notice from the IRS and put it aside: They're too scared to open it! Yet taxes for the most part follow common sense rules. You just need to know what they are and how they affect your decisions. In this book, readers will learn about the different business entities, the different taxes you must deal with (primarily income taxes), documentation procedures, how to work with a tax professional, how to handle an audit, and, in general, how to use the U.S. Tax Code to your advantage. Among other things, readers learn to take full advantage of tax benefits and avoid potholes hidden in things like: Startup and ongoing expenses Cost of goods sold Depreciation Payroll Retirement plans In short, Tax Strategies for the Small Business Owner will not only help you relax when you deal with your taxes--it'll show you how to use tax law to your financial benefit.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provide for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Autonomy in Subnational Income Taxes : Evolving Powers, Existing Practices in Seven Countries by Bad Habits, Hard Choices : Using the Tax System to Make Us Healthier by Bad Habits, Hard Choices : Using the Tax System to Make Us Healthier by 
Challenging Gender Inequality in Tax Policy Making by
This volume takes a critical look at the gender of tax policy around the world. Contributors based in eight different countries examine the profound effects that gender norms and practices have had in shaping tax law and policy, and how taxation in turn impacts upon the possibilities for equality along gender, race, class, sexuality and other lines. Chapters explore how the gendered fiscal state might be theorised; how structural choices about rates and bases in tax policy design contribute to gender inequality; how tax policy affects family configurations and perceptions of what constitutes family; how fiscal systems impact on savings and wealth accumulation by women and men; and the role of different policy-making processes and institutions in occluding and sometimes challenging these patterns. Most significantly, perhaps, the book explores these questions in an international frame, traversing countries and continents. The conclusion: fiscal policy has deep rooted, long standing gender implications that affect virtually every aspect of our social, political, and economic lives whether we live in Canada, Australia or Kenya.
Progressive Consumption Taxation by
Alone among developed countries, the United States has no broad-based national consumption tax. Yet, economic analysis suggests that consumption taxation is superior to income taxation because it does not penalize saving and investment. The authors conclude that the U.S. income tax system should be completely replaced by a progressive consumption tax. The authors argue that the X tax, developed by the late David Bradford, offers the best form of progressive consumption taxation for the United States. To achieve progressively, the X tax modifies the value added tax by splitting its consumption tax base into two components, wages and business cash flow. The X tax applies graduated tax rates to households' wages and applies a flat tax rate, equal to the highest wage tax rate, to business firms' cash flows. The authors outline concrete proposals for the X tax's treatment of pensions and fringe benefits, business firms, financial intermediaries, international transactions, owner-occupied housing, state and local governments, the transition, and other issues. By adopting the X tax, the United States can preserve tax progressively while promoting economic growth through the removal of tax penalties on saving and investment.
Tax Accounting : Unravelling the Mystery of Income Taxes by 
Taxation by
Originally published in 1924, this book contains various explanations and views on the American tax system by the reformer Andrew Mellon. During his 11 years in office as Secretary of the Treasury, he cut income taxes, reduced public spending, and brought an end to the excess profits tax--all while reducing the federal debt left over from World War I. Mellon's views on taxation expressed within this book have appeared in letters to Committee of Congress and various organizations and individuals, and are used throughout to illustrate his points, whilst also serving to publish them in a compact form, in one volume. The book also includes various tables and documents of scholarly interest.
Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations by
The essential time-saving guide to the latest in nonprofit tax rules, regulations, and procedures Tax rules and regulations change annually, and nonprofit organizations know that staying compliant means staying up to date. But wading through tax code is less than helpful in the field, whereas the clear, practically oriented instruction inside provides the quick reference accountants, lawyers, and executives need. In the latest edition of Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations, you'll find straightforward information on changing Unrelated Business Income (UBI) rules, joint ventures, sponsorships, deductions against UBI, preparation of IRS forms, and more. Nonprofit organizations--including health and welfare organizations, colleges and universities, private foundations, churches, libraries, museums, cultural institutions, and other smaller groups--contend daily with the possibility of losing their tax-exempt status. From qualifying and applying for that status, to maintaining and managing it, every nonprofit organization must plan and monitor ongoing procedures, activities, and forms to comply with federal, state, and local regulations. Access easy checklists for reporting, compliance, eligibility, and more Examine sample bylaws, applications, and forms Utilize comparison charts and other visual aids for easy reference Review bullet lists that compare what is and what is not acceptable Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations is an indispensable guide to navigating the complex maze of nonprofit tax rules and regulations.
Tax Systems by
An approach to taxation that goes beyond an emphasis on tax rates to consider such aspects as administration, compliance, and remittance. Despite its theoretical elegance, the standard optimal tax model has significant limitations. In this book, Joel Slemrod and Christian Gillitzer argue that tax analysis must move beyond the emphasis on optimal tax rates and bases to consider such aspects of taxation as administration, compliance, and remittance. Slemrod and Gillitzer explore what they term a tax-systems approach, which takes tax evasion seriously; revisits the issue of remittance, or who writes the check to cover tax liability (employer or employee, retailer or consumer); incorporates administrative and compliance costs; recognizes a range of behavioral responses to tax rates; considers nonstandard instruments, including tax base breadth and enforcement effort; and acknowledges that tighter enforcement is sometimes a more socially desirable way to raise revenue than an increase in statutory tax rates. Policy makers, Slemrod and Gillitzer argue, would be well advised to recognize the interrelationship of tax rates, bases, enforcement, and administration, and acknowledge that tax policy is really tax-systems policy.
The Theory of Taxation and Public Economics by
The Theory of Taxation and Public Economics presents a unified conceptual framework for analyzing taxation--the first to be systematically developed in several decades. An original treatment of the subject rather than a textbook synthesis, the book contains new analysis that generates novel results, including some that overturn long-standing conventional wisdom. This fresh approach should change thinking, research, and teaching for decades to come. Building on the work of James Mirrlees, Anthony Atkinson and Joseph Stiglitz, and subsequent researchers, and in the spirit of classics by A. C. Pigou, William Vickrey, and Richard Musgrave, this book steps back from particular lines of inquiry to consider the field as a whole, including the relationships among different fiscal instruments. Louis Kaplow puts forward a framework that makes it possible to rigorously examine both distributive and distortionary effects of particular policies despite their complex interactions with others. To do so, various reforms--ranging from commodity or estate and gift taxation to regulation and public goods provision--are combined with a distributively offsetting adjustment to the income tax. The resulting distribution-neutral reform package holds much constant while leaving in play the distinctive effects of the policy instrument under consideration. By applying this common methodology to disparate subjects, The Theory of Taxation and Public Economics produces significant cross-fertilization and yields solutions to previously intractable problems.
This introductory course in applied statistics covers relevant concepts in DESCRIPTIVE and INFERENTIAL STATISTICS common in business application. The course is Excel and Calculator-based, Project-Based, and utilizes any available technology to ease out the long and tedious computations. The use of Statistical software which are readily available like Microsoft Excel Add-Ins [Analysis ToolPak & Analysis ToolPak VBA and PHStat], VassarStats (online computational website), or SPSS (if available), is required so that the focus is on interpretation and analysis rather than calculations. You will be exposed to giving findings, drawing conclusions and making inferences throughout the course.
The aim is to introduce you to a new way of thinking about data, and to help you gain an understanding of how to use, communicate, and interpret statistics. The knowledge and skills you acquire will help you in advanced business courses and in your future business career.
Advanced analytics and AI : impact, implementation, and the future of work by
Be prepared for the arrival of automated decision making Once thought of as science fiction, major corporations are already beginning to use cognitive systems to assist in providing wealth advice and also in medication treatment. The use of Cognitive Analytics/Artificial Intelligence (AI) Systems is set to accelerate, with the expectation that it'll be considered 'mainstream' in the next 5 - 10 years. It'll change the way we as individuals interact with data and systems--and the way we run our businesses. Cognitive Analysis and AI prepares business users for the era of cognitive analytics / artificial intelligence. Building on established texts and commentary, it specifically prepares you in terms of expectation, impact on personal roles, and responsibilities. It focuses on the specific impact on key industries (retail, financial services, utilities and media) and also on key professions (such as accounting, operational management, supply chain and risk management). Shows you how users interact with the system in natural language Explains how cognitive analysis/AI can source 'big data' Provides a roadmap for implementation Gets you up to speed now before you get left behind If you're a decision maker or budget holder within the corporate context, this invaluable book helps you gain an advantage from the deployment of cognitive analytics tools.
Data Mining for Business Analytics by
Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques, and Applications in R presents an applied approach to data mining concepts and methods, using R software for illustration Readers will learn how to implement a variety of popular data mining algorithms in R (a free and open-source software) to tackle business problems and opportunities. This is the fifth version of this successful text, and the first using R. It covers both statistical and machine learning algorithms for prediction, classification, visualization, dimension reduction, recommender systems, clustering, text mining and network analysis. It also includes: Two new co-authors, Inbal Yahav and Casey Lichtendahl, who bring both expertise teaching business analytics courses using R, and data mining consulting experience in business and government Updates and new material based on feedback from instructors teaching MBA, undergraduate, diploma and executive courses, and from their students More than a dozen case studies demonstrating applications for the data mining techniques described End-of-chapter exercises that help readers gauge and expand their comprehension and competency of the material presented A companion website with more than two dozen data sets, and instructor materials including exercise solutions, PowerPoint slides, and case solutions www.dataminingbook.com Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques, and Applications in R is an ideal textbook for graduate and upper-undergraduate level courses in data mining, predictive analytics, and business analytics. This new edition is also an excellent reference for analysts, researchers, and practitioners working with quantitative methods in the fields of business, finance, marketing, computer science, and information technology.
Essentials of Business Analytics by
ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS, 2e provides students the opportunity to build valuable skills that are in high demand by today's businesses. Excellent examples and visuals help illustrate data and results for each topic. Step-by-step instructions for various software programs help you perform the analyses discussed. You will find practical, relevant problems at a variety of difficulty levels to help you learn and succeed in your course.
Handbook of Marketing Analytics by
The Handbook of Marketing Analytics showcases analytical marketing methods and their high-impact real-life applications in marketing management, public policy, and litigation support. Fourteen chapters present an overview of specific marketing analytic methods in technical detail, while 22 case studies present thorough examples of the use of each method.The contributors featured are recognized authorities in their fields. Multidisciplinary in scope, this Handbook covers experimental methods, non-experimental methods, and their digital-era extensions. It explores topics such as classical and Bayesian econometrics, causality, machine learning, optimization, and recent advancements in conjoint analysis.This standout collection of analytical methods and application will be useful and educational for all readers, whether they are academics or practitioners in marketing, public policy, or litigation.
Introduction to Business Analytics Using Simulation by
Introduction to Business Analytics Using Simulation employs an innovative strategy to teach business analytics. It uses simulation modeling and analysis as mechanisms to introduce and link predictive and prescriptive modeling. Because managers can't fully assess what will happen in the future, but must still make decisions, the book treats uncertainty as an essential element in decision-making. Its use of simulation gives readers a superior way of analyzing past data, understanding an uncertain future, and optimizing results to select the best decision. With its focus on the uncertainty and variability of business, this comprehensive book provides a better foundation for business analytics than standard introductory business analytics books. Students will gain a better understanding of fundamental statistical concepts that are essential to marketing research, Six-Sigma, financial analysis, and business analytics.
Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business by
A well-balanced and accessible introduction to the elementary quantitative methods and Microsoft® Office Excel® applications used to guide business decision making Featuring quantitative techniques essential for modeling modern business situations, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® provides guidance to assessing real-world data sets using Excel. The book presents a balanced approach to the mathematical tools and techniques with applications used in the areas of business, finance, economics, marketing, and operations. The authors begin by establishing a solid foundation of basic mathematics and statistics before moving on to more advanced concepts. The first part of the book starts by developing basic quantitative techniques such as arithmetic operations, functions and graphs, and elementary differentiations (rates of change), and integration. After a review of these techniques, the second part details both linear and nonlinear models of business activity. Extensively classroom-tested, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® also includes: Numerous examples and practice problems that emphasize real-world business quantitative techniques and applications Excel-based computer software routines that explore calculations for an assortment of tasks, including graphing, formula usage, solving equations, and data analysis End-of-chapter sections detailing the Excel applications and techniques used to address data and solutions using large data sets A companion website that includes chapter summaries, Excel data sets, sample exams and quizzes, lecture slides, and an Instructors' Solutions Manual Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® is an excellent textbook for undergraduate-level courses on quantitative methods in business, economics, finance, marketing, operations, and statistics. The book is also an ideal reference for readers with little or no quantitative background who require a better understanding of basic mathematical and statistical concepts used in economics and business. Bharat Kolluri, Ph.D., is Professor of Economics in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include econometrics, business statistics, quantitative decision making, applied macroeconomics, applied microeconomics, and corporate finance. Michael J. Panik, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. He has served as a consultant to the Connecticut Department of Motor Vehicles as well as to a variety of health care organizations. In addition, Dr. Panik is the author of numerous books, including Growth Curve Modeling: Theory and Applications and Statistical Inference: A Short Course, both published by Wiley. Rao N. Singamsetti, Ph.D., is Associate Professor in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include the status of war on poverty in the United States since the 1960s and forecasting foreign exchange rates using econometric methods.
Key Business Analytics by
Key Business Analytics will help managers apply tools to turn data into insights that help them better understand their customers, optimise their internal processes and identify cost savings and growth opportunities.
Leadership Strategies in the Age of Big Data, Algorithms, and Analytics by
Harnessing the power of technology is one of the key measures of effective leadership. Leadership Strategies in the Age of Big Data, Algorithms, and Analytics will help leaders think and act like strategists to maintain a leading-edge competitive advantage. Written by a leading expert in the field, this book provides new insights on how to successfully transition companies by aligning an organization's culture to accept the benefits of digital technology. The author emphasizes the importance of creating a team spirit with employees to embrace the digital age and develop strategic business plans that pinpoint new markets for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and develop competitive strategies. Understanding how to deal with inconsistencies when facts generated by data analytics disagree with your own experience, intuition, and knowledge of the competitive situation is key to successful leadership.
Style and Statistics by
A non-technical guide to leveraging retail analytics for personal and competitive advantage Style & Statistics is a real-world guide to analytics in retail. Written specifically for the non-IT crowd, this book explains analytics in an approachable, understandable way, and provides examples of direct application to retail merchandise management, marketing, and operations. The discussion covers current industry trends and emerging-standard processes, and illustrates how analytics is providing new solutions to perennial retail problems. You'll learn how to leverage the benefits of analytics to boost your personal career, and how to interpret data in a way that's useful to the average end business user or shopper. Key concepts are detailed in easy-to-understand language, and numerous examples highlight the growing importance of understanding analytics in the retail environment. The power of analytics has become apparent across industries, but it's left an especially indelible mark on retail. It's a complex topic, but you don't need to be a data scientist to take advantage of the opportunities it brings. This book shows you what you need to know, and how to put analytics to work with retail-specific applications. Learn how analytics can help you be better at your job Dig deeper into the customer's needs, wants, and dreams Streamline merchandise management, pricing, marketing, and more Find solutions for inefficiencies and inaccuracies As the retail customer evolves, so must the retail industry. The retail landscape not only includes in-store but also website, mobile site, mobile apps, and social media. With more and more competition emerging on all sides, retailers need to use every tool at their disposal to create value and gain a competitive advantage. Analytics offers a number of ways to make your company stand out, whether it's through improved operations, customer experience, or any of the other myriad factors that build a great place to shop. Style & Statistics provides an analytics primer with a practical bent, specifically for the retail industry.
This introductory course in applied statistics covers relevant concepts in DESCRIPTIVE and INFERENTIAL STATISTICS common in business application. The course is Excel and Calculator-based, Project-Based, and utilizes any available technology to ease out the long and tedious computations. The use of Statistical software which are readily available like Microsoft Excel Add-Ins [Analysis ToolPak & Analysis ToolPak VBA and PHStat], VassarStats (online computational website), or SPSS (if available), is required so that the focus is on interpretation and analysis rather than calculations. You will be exposed to giving findings, drawing conclusions and making inferences throughout the course.
The aim is to introduce you to a new way of thinking about data, and to help you gain an understanding of how to use, communicate, and interpret statistics. The knowledge and skills you acquire will help you in advanced business courses and in your future business career.
Business Analytics for Managers by
The intensified used of data based on analytical models to control digitalized operational business processes in an intelligent way is a game changer that continuously disrupts more and more markets. This book exemplifies this development and shows the latest tools and advances in this field Business Analytics for Managers offers real-world guidance for organizations looking to leverage their data into a competitive advantage. This new second edition covers the advances that have revolutionized the field since the first edition's release; big data and real-time digitalized decision making have become major components of any analytics strategy, and new technologies are allowing businesses to gain even more insight from the ever-increasing influx of data. New terms, theories, and technologies are explained and discussed in terms of practical benefit, and the emphasis on forward thinking over historical data describes how analytics can drive better business planning. Coverage includes data warehousing, big data, social media, security, cloud technologies, and future trends, with expert insight on the practical aspects of the current state of the field. Analytics helps businesses move forward. Extensive use of statistical and quantitative analysis alongside explanatory and predictive modeling facilitates fact-based decision making, and evolving technologies continue to streamline every step of the process. This book provides an essential update, and describes how today's tools make business analytics more valuable than ever. Learn how Hadoop can upgrade your data processing and storage Discover the many uses for social media data in analysis and communication Get up to speed on the latest in cloud technologies, data security, and more Prepare for emerging technologies and the future of business analytics Most businesses are caught in a massive, non-stop stream of data. It can become one of your most valuable assets, or a never-ending flood of missed opportunity. Technology moves fast, and keeping up with the cutting edge is crucial for wringing even more value from your data--Business Analytics for Managers brings you up to date, and shows you what analytics can do for you now.
Data Driven Business Transformation by
OPTIMIZE YOUR BUSINESS DATA FOR FIRST-CLASS RESULTS Data Driven Business Transformation illustrates how to find the secrets to fast adaptation and disruptive origination hidden in your data and how to use them to capture market share. Digitalisation - or the Digital Revolution - was the first step in an evolving process of analysis and improvement in the operations and administration of commerce. The popular author team of Caroline Carruthers and Peter Jackson, two global leaders in data transformation and education, pick up the conversation here at the next evolutionary step where data from these digital systems generates value, and really use data science to produce tangible results. Optimise the performance of your company through data-driven processes by: Following step-by-step guidance for transitioning your company in the real world to run on a data-enabled business model Mastering a versatile set of data principles powerful enough to produce transformative results at any stage of a business's development Winning over the hearts of your employees and influencing a cultural shift to a data-enabled business Reading first-hand stories from today's thought leaders who are shaping data transformation at their companies Enable your company's data to lift profits with Data Driven Business Transformation.
Doing Business 2016 : Measuring Regulatory Quality and Efficiency
The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data by
" ... the enterprise of today has changed ... wherever you sit in this new corporation ... Srinivasan gives us a practical and provocative guide for rethinking our business process ... calling us all to action around rapid development of our old, hierarchical structures into flexible customer centric competitive force .... A must read for today's business leader." Mark Nunnelly, Executive Director, MassIT, Commonwealth of Massachusetts and Managing Director, Bain Capital "'Efficiency,' 'agile,' and 'analytics' used to be the rage. Venkat Srinivasan explains in this provocative book why organizations can no longer afford to stop there. They need to move beyond - to be 'intelligent.' It isn't just theory. He's done it." Bharat Anand, Henry R. Byers Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School In the era of big data and automation, the book presents a cutting-edge approach to how enterprises should organize and function. Striking a practical balance between theory and practice, The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data presents the enterprise architecture that identifies the power of the emerging technology environment. Beginning with an introduction to the key challenges that enterprises face, the book systematically outlines modern enterprise architecture through a detailed discussion of the inseparable elements of such architecture: efficiency, flexibility, and intelligence. This architecture enables rapid responses to market needs by sensing important developments in internal and external environments in real time. Illustrating all of these elements in an integrated fashion, The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data also features: * A detailed discussion on issues of time-to-market and flexibility with respect to enterprise application technology * Novel analyses illustrated through extensive real-world case studies to help readers better understand the applicability of the architecture and concepts * Various applications of natural language processing to real-world business transactions * Practical approaches for designing and building intelligent enterprises The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data is an appropriate reference for business executives, information technology professionals, data scientists, and management consultants. The book is also an excellent supplementary textbook for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level courses in business intelligence, data mining, big data, and business process automation. "a compelling vision of the next generation of organization--the intelligent enterprise--which will leverage not just big data but also unstructured text and artificial intelligence to optimize internal processes in real time ... a must-read book for CEOs and CTOs in all industries." Ravi Ramamurti, D"Amore-McKim Distinguished Professor of International Business and Strategy, and Director, Center for Emerging Markets, Northeastern University "It is about the brave new world that narrows the gap between technology and business .... The book has practical advice from a thoughtful practitioner. Intelligent automation will be a competitive strength in the future. Will your company be ready?" Victor J. Menezes, Retired Senior Vice Chairman, Citigroup Venkat Srinivasan, PhD, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of RAGE Frameworks, Inc., which supports the creation of intelligent business process automation solutions and cognitive intelligence solutions for global corporations. He is an entrepreneur and holds several patents in the area of knowledge-based technology architectures. He is t
Multi-Item Measures for Consumer Insight Research by
"The Marketing Scales Handbook series is the longest-running set of books that provide reviews of multi-item measures used in scholarly studies of consumer behavior. This volume picks up where the previous volume ended and has reviews of 433 scales that were reported in top marketing journal articles published in 2014 and 2015. These scales are new to the series and were not in any of the previous volumes. Each review provides the scale items (questions, statements, or semantic differentials) as well as information about the scale's origin, previous users, and measurement quality. The bulk of the scales in this book involve topics typical to the series such as brands, advertising, stores, purchasing, and pricing. Measures of other topics in this volume have to do with newer topics including environmentalism, service dominant orientations, symbolic embeddedness, word-of-mouth activity, switching costs, product installations, place attachment, interactions with employees, and sports. As with the rest of the series, this book is a unique and valuable resource for researchers in a variety of fields who want tested and reliable measures of attitudes, emotions, or traits for their studies of consumers or similar types of respondents such as viewers, patients, patrons, or citizens. Many of the measures could also be used in business settings when studying employees, members, or administrators. Instead of using simplistic measures of dubious quality or, at the other extreme, having to build and refine sophisticated measures from scratch, researchers can use the book's contents to learn from the experts who have already crafted quality scales and had their measures vetted by other experts. By using these precision metrics, the expectation is that accuracy is increased as will the quality of the decisions based upon them."
SAS for Finance : Forecasting and Data Analysis Techniques with Real-World Examples to Build Powerful Financial Models by 
Style and Statistics : The Art of Retail Analytics by
A non-technical guide to leveraging retail analytics for personal and competitive advantage Style & Statistics is a real-world guide to analytics in retail. Written specifically for the non-IT crowd, this book explains analytics in an approachable, understandable way, and provides examples of direct application to retail merchandise management, marketing, and operations. The discussion covers current industry trends and emerging-standard processes, and illustrates how analytics is providing new solutions to perennial retail problems. You'll learn how to leverage the benefits of analytics to boost your personal career, and how to interpret data in a way that's useful to the average end business user or shopper. Key concepts are detailed in easy-to-understand language, and numerous examples highlight the growing importance of understanding analytics in the retail environment. The power of analytics has become apparent across industries, but it's left an especially indelible mark on retail. It's a complex topic, but you don't need to be a data scientist to take advantage of the opportunities it brings. This book shows you what you need to know, and how to put analytics to work with retail-specific applications. Learn how analytics can help you be better at your job Dig deeper into the customer's needs, wants, and dreams Streamline merchandise management, pricing, marketing, and more Find solutions for inefficiencies and inaccuracies As the retail customer evolves, so must the retail industry. The retail landscape not only includes in-store but also website, mobile site, mobile apps, and social media. With more and more competition emerging on all sides, retailers need to use every tool at their disposal to create value and gain a competitive advantage. Analytics offers a number of ways to make your company stand out, whether it's through improved operations, customer experience, or any of the other myriad factors that build a great place to shop. Style & Statistics provides an analytics primer with a practical bent, specifically for the retail industry.
Visual Analytics with Tableau by
A four-color journey through a complete Tableau visualization Tableau is a popular data visualization tool that's easy for individual desktop use as well as enterprise. Used by financial analysts, marketers, statisticians, business and sales leadership, and many other job roles to present data visually for easy understanding, it's no surprise that Tableau is an essential tool in our data-driven economy. Visual Analytics with Tableau is a complete journey in Tableau visualization for a non-technical business user. You can start from zero, connect your first data, and get right into creating and publishing awesome visualizations and insightful dashboards. * Learn the different types of charts you can create * Use aggregation, calculated fields, and parameters * Create insightful maps * Share interactive dashboards Geared toward beginners looking to get their feet wet with Tableau, this book makes it easy and approachable to get started right away.
This course will introduce you to the advanced concepts of supply and demand, elasticity, consumer behavior, production and cost in a market economy, and input and profit optimization problems in various market models. You will study how individual economic agents make decisions and how markets function, addressing questions like how a consumer can make optimal choices, how individual demands are formed, and how market demand can be derived. You will also learn how firms can make optimal input choices to minimize production costs and maximize profits. By the end of this course, you will have a better appreciation of how individual economic agents make decisions and their market interactions, that will prepare you in turn to become better business managers and entrepreneurs in the future.
Imperfect Markets and Imperfect Regulation by
The first textbook to present a comprehensive and detailed economic analysis of electricity markets, analyzing the tensions between microeconomics and political economy. The power industry is essential in our fight against climate change. This book is the first to examine in detail the microeconomics underlying power markets, stemming from peak-load pricing, by which prices are low when the installed generation capacity exceeds demand but can rise a hundred times higher when demand is equal to installed capacity. The outcome of peak-load pricing is often difficult to accept politically, and the book explores the tensions between microeconomics and political economy. Understanding peak-load pricing and its implications is essential for designing robust policies and making sound investment decisions. Thomas-Olivier L autier presents the model in its simplest form, and introduces additional features as different issues are presented. The book covers all segments of electricity markets: electricity generation, under perfect and imperfect competition; retail competition and demand response; transmission pricing, transmission congestion management, and transmission constraints; and the current policy issues arising from the entry of renewables into the market and capacity mechanisms. Combining anecdotes and analysis of real situations with rigorous analytical modeling, each chapter analyzes one specific issue, first presenting findings in nontechnical terms accessible to policy practitioners and graduate students in management or public policy and then presenting a more mathematical analytical exposition for students and researchers specializing in the economics of electricity markets and for those who want to understand and apply the underlying models.
Loose Leaf for Principles of Microeconomics by
Principles of Microeconomics, 7th Edition, provides a deeper understanding of economics by eliminating overwhelming detail and focusing on seven core principles that are reinforced and illustrated through the text. With engaging questions, explanations and exercises, the authors help students relate economic principles to a host of everyday experiences such as going to the ATM or purchasing airline tickets. Throughout this process, the authors encourage students to become "economic naturalists:" people who employ basic economic principles to understand and explain what they observe in the world around them. With new videos and interactive graphs alongside SmartBook's adaptive reading experience, the 7th edition enables instructors to spend class time engaging, facilitating, and answering questions instead of lecturing on the basics.
Micro ECON 6 : principles of microeconomics by
Learn Microeconomics YOUR Way with ECON MICRO! ECON MICRO's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, ECON MICRO MindTap allows you to learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes. Track your scores and stay motivated toward your goals. Whether you have more work to do or are ahead of the curve, you'll know where you need to focus your efforts. And the MindTap Green Dot will charge your confidence along the way. When it's time to study, everything you've flagged or noted can be gathered into a guide you can organize.
Microeconomics by
Ever wonder why colleges use GPAs, ACTs, and SATs for purposes of admission, or how supply and demand play out on a freeway, or what price has to do with being late to class, or how you might end up paying for good weather? ECONOMICS, 13E answers these questions and many more as this book opens up the world of economic analysis. This edition offers more detailed coverage of how economists build theories to explain everyday life than any other principles of economics text on the market. Memorable examples from pop culture illustrate the unexpected places economics occur and show you how economic forces link to every day events. This edition offers complete video assets to assist you in learning economics. There are short video lectures to assist you with key economic concepts and theories. In addition, Video Office Hours (longer video lectures) is a digital video asset that answers questions that students often have for their instructors during office hours. There are also videos assets - such as What�s Wrong with this Diagram? �Working with Diagrams� and �Progression Graphs� that assist you in learning and working with all the diagrams that are in an economics principles course. A new Adaptive Test Prep available on MindTap Enables you to assess your personal economic understanding. Powerful digital resources, including Aplia and MindTap, work with the book�s latest content to reflect today�s changing economy and equip you with a thorough understanding of contemporary microeconomics.
Microeconomics by
Gain a solid global understanding of microeconomic principles and examine the latest thinking on important microeconomic happenings with Boyes/Melvin's popular MICROECONOMICS, 10E. A reader-friendly writing style, carefully integrated learning features, and emphasis on global microeconomics help you fully understand the connections between key microeconomic principles and actual business practices.Timely revisions and the latest microeconomic statistics ensure you are learning about the latest microeconomic developments and their practical application to current events. New microeconomics coverage highlights current debate on government economic intervention and discussions of the Economic Freedom Index. You also gain an in-depth understanding of globalization and its impact on microeconomics today.Cutting-edge learning technology and a full range of supplements, including the world-leading Aplia homework system, MindTap Personal Learning Experience, and an integrated eReader, help clarify key concepts and equip you with the microeconomic background for success in business today.
Microeconomics by
Master today's principles of microeconomics and gain an understanding of current economic issues with the solid introduction and policy-based examples and applications found in Baumol/Blinder/Solow's MICROECONOMICS: PRINCIPLES AND POLICY, 14E. Written by several of today's most respected economists, this book is one of the most up-to-date microeconomics texts on the market -- incorporating data and issues as recent as 2018. The authors combine the right level of rigor and detail to clarify even the most complicated microeconomic concepts. An entirely new chapter closes the book by delving into some of the most important issues confronting the U.S. economy today. Throughout this edition, well-developed examples, intriguing puzzles and meaningful microeconomic issues provide an excellent balance of theory to application while keeping you engaged and intrigued.
Microeconomics by
Learn how to apply microeconomic concepts to today's real world as MICROECONOMICS: PRIVATE AND PUBLIC CHOICE, 16E reflects current economic conditions. This highly readable, up-to-date text analyzes and explains measures of economic activity in today's market and dispels common microeconomic myths. The book uses the "invisible hand" metaphor to explain economic theory, demonstrating how it works to stimulate the economy. This edition even includes online learning solutions, such as Aplia, to improve your learning. Graphing tutorials and videos embedded within the interactive reader support your classroom work and improve your performance.
Microeconomics for Managers, 2nd Edition by
A thoroughly revised new edition of a leading textbook that equips MBA students with the powerful tools of economics This is a thoroughly revised and substantially streamlined new edition of a leading textbook that shows MBA students how understanding economics can help them make smarter and better-informed real-world management decisions. David Kreps, one of the world's most influential economists, has developed and refined Microeconomics for Managers over decades of teaching at Stanford's Graduate School of Business. Stressing game theory and strategic thinking and driven by in-depth, integrated case studies, the book shows future managers how economics can provide practical answers to critical business problems. Focuses on case studies and real companies, such as Amazon, Microsoft, General Motors, United Airlines, and Xerox Covers essential topics for future managers--including price discrimination, Porter's five forces, risk sharing and spreading, signaling and screening, credibility and reputation, and economics and organizational behavior Features an online supplement (available at micro4managers.stanford.edu) for students that provides solutions to the problems in the book, longer caselike exercises, review problems, a calculus review, and more
Microeconomics for Today by
The most reader-friendly economics approach available, MICROECONOMICS FOR TODAY, 10E by national award-winning educator Irvin Tucker presents Macro and Micro economic concepts using a writing style that is both engaging and clear, no matter what your current level of economic understanding. A unique presentation and visual learning system, colorful graphs, and Causation Chains clarify and illustrate important economic principles. The book concisely presents and reinforces core concepts, while online resources immediately facilitate assessment of understanding, and will study the latest information on economic growth, income distribution, federal deficits, environmental issues, and other developments in economics today. The book's easy-to-follow format demonstrates how to apply principles to your everyday life, while numerous printed and digital study tools help you further master key current economic principles.
This course will introduce you to the advanced concepts of supply and demand, elasticity, consumer behavior, production and cost in a market economy, and input and profit optimization problems in various market models. You will study how individual economic agents make decisions and how markets function, addressing questions like how a consumer can make optimal choices, how individual demands are formed, and how market demand can be derived. You will also learn how firms can make optimal input choices to minimize production costs and maximize profits. By the end of this course, you will have a better appreciation of how individual economic agents make decisions and their market interactions, that will prepare you in turn to become better business managers and entrepreneurs in the future.
The Design of Micro Credit Contracts and Micro Enterprise Finance in Uganda by
Studies have shown that the negative effects of credit market inefficiencies are most felt by smaller firms. Therefore, in countries such as Uganda, where micro enterprises are at the bottom of the economic pyramid, moral hazard and adverse selection severely affect their ability to access formal credit hence limiting their growth potential. Microfinance has been heralded for its use of innovative lending methods to improve access to credit. The last decade has witnessed an unprecedented increase in the outreach of micro lending institutions and the development of financial products suited to the needs of the economically active poor, who often, are unable to obtain credit from mainstream financial institutions. This book analyzes the law and economics theories on access to credit and enterprise finance and based on case studies in Uganda, presents empirical findings of the promise and limits of contractual innovations in micro credit.
Economics for Investment Decision Makers by
The economics background investors need to interpret global economic news distilled to the essential elements: A tool of choice for investment decision-makers. Written by a distinguished academics and practitioners selected and guided by CFA Institute, the world's largest association of finance professionals, Economics for Investment Decision Makers is unique in presenting microeconomics and macroeconomics with relevance to investors and investment analysts constantly in mind. The selection of fundamental topics is comprehensive, while coverage of topics such as international trade, foreign exchange markets, and currency exchange rate forecasting reflects global perspectives of pressing investor importance. Concise, plain-English introduction useful to investors and investment analysts Relevant to security analysis, industry analysis, country analysis, portfolio management, and capital market strategy Understand economic news and what it means All concepts defined and simply explained, no prior background in economics assumed Abundant examples and illustrations Global markets perspective
Generalized Microeconomics by
The generalization of microeconomics enables model descriptions of economic rationality, even in fields that standard microeconomics more or less avoids, like nonprofit sectors of market economies, altruism, or externalities. Here, the authors broaden the scope of microeconomics while treating standard profit maximization as a special case. They argue, ultimately, that the generalizing criterion is a Darwinian maximization of the probability of survival.
Management in Africa by
This book offers a comprehensive look at the current literatures and research based on empirical data from across different countries in Africa. It focuses on the work of leading scholars of management in and around Africa and the African Context, exploring whether we can at this point refer to 'African Management' as an emerging and distinct stream in the scholarly discourse in management. The main themes are macro and micro issues of Management in Africa, each chapter illustrating the historical or traditional view of Management in Africa versus the newer western business management perspective. This book presents current, in-depth, rigorous research and identifies future research and propositions, enabling scholars and students to gain an in-depth understanding of management as it is evolving and practiced in Africa.
The Microeconomics of Complex Economies by Microeconomics of Income Distribution Dynamics in East Asia and Latin America by
This book is about how the distribution of income changes during the process of income development. Understanding development and the process of poverty reduction requires understanding not only how total income grows but also how its distribution behaves over time. The authors propose a decomposition of differences in entire distributions of household incomes, shedding new light on the powerful, and often conflicting, forces that underpin the changes in poverty and inequality that accompany the process of economic development. This approach is applied to three East Asian countries -- Indonesia, Malaysia, and China -- and to four in Latin America -- Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, and Mexico.
World Development Indicators by
The Little Data Book on Private Sector Development 2011' is one of a series of pocket-sized books intended to provide a quick reference to development data on different topics. It provides data for more than 20 key indicators on business environment and private sector development in a single page for each of the World Bank member countries and other economies with populations of more than 30,000. These more than 200 country pages are supplemented by aggregate data for regional and income groupings.
Building on Fundamentals of Accounting 1 and 2 taken by students during their senior high school, this course is expected to recall, identify, explain and illustrate various accounting concepts, principles and procedures related to sole proprietorship engaged in service and merchandising type of business. It will first examine student’s ability to analyze and process business transaction of service and merchandising business and be able to prepare basic financial statements. In order to broaden students’ knowledge on accounting procedures for other business organization, Business Accounting 1 will focus and introduce accounting for both partnership and corporation type of business organization. The students will be taught various procedures and processing of business transactions related to partnership formation, results of operation distribution, dissolution and liquidation. This will also include discussion on corporate formation and students will be tasked to process stock transactions and construct an equity section of the statement of financial position and will also be required to do a stockholder’s equity analysis.
Accounting All-In-One for Dummies with Online Practice by
Your all-in-one accounting resource If you're a numbers person, it's your lucky day! Accounting jobs are on the rise -- in fact, the Bureau of Labor Statistics projects a faster-than-average growth rate of 11% in the industry through 2024. So, if you're seeking long-term job security while also pursuing your passion, you'll be stacking the odds in your favor by starting a career in accounting. Accountants don't necessarily lead a solitary life behind a desk in a bank. The field offers opportunities in auditing, budget analysis, financial accounting, management accounting, tax accounting, and more. In Accounting All-in-One For Dummies, you'll benefit from cream-of-the-crop content culled from several previously published books. It'll help you to flourish in whatever niche you want to conquer in the wonderful world of accounting. You'll also get free access to a quiz for each section of the book online. Report on financial statements Make savvy business decisions Audit and detect financial fraud Handle cash and make purchasing decisions Get free access to topic quizzes online If you're a student studying the application of accounting theories or a professional looking for a valuable desktop reference you can trust, this book covers it all.
Accounting Front cover image for Accounting by 
Financial accounting : tools for business decision making by Introduction to managerial accounting by 
Managerial Accounting by
Close the gap between homework and exam performance with Warren/Reeve/Duchac�s MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 13E and CengageNOWv2! Market-leading MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING has been on the forefront of innovation and change based on the needs of today�s teaching and learning environment. Warren/Reeve/Duchac�s MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 13E, now available as a bundle option with CengageNOWv2, helps elevate student thinking with content that addresses each stage of the learning process from motivation to mastery. This integrated system motivates students to learn, provides practice opportunities to better prepare for exams, and helps students achieve mastery with tools to help them make connections and see the big picture.
Research Methods in Accounting by
Designed specifically for accounting students and researchers, Research Methods in Accounting is a unique text used by over 10,000 students that provides a thorough understanding of the research process. Using practical and real life examples from industry, it outlines the relevant methods that can be applied and offers a dedicated chapter on publishing your research.New to this edition: New examples and updated content on the use of archival methods and accounting processes A new section on mixed methods research Expanded coverage of structural equation modelling and partial least-squares analysis Further discussion on the topic of theoretical foundations when choosing between research methods Suitable for students at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels, as well as accounting research practitioners.
Strategic Performance Management by
One of the most important challenges that people in senior management positions face is the responsibility of ensuring their organizations¿ effective practice of performance management. As this book reveals, performance management comprises an interdisciplinary field of study and practice that draws upon a wide set of business disciplines, including strategic management, organizational behaviour, organizational theory, and management accounting. This book provides a contemporary examination of theories, issues, and practices related to performance management. An original performance management framework helps structure the book, and in particular the ordering and layout of the book¿s chapters. Unlike other performance management frameworks, the one used here is grounded in concrete organizational phenomena, therefore making it more accessible and meaningful to practitioners, scholars, and students.
Building on Fundamentals of Accounting 1 and 2 taken by students during their senior high school, this course is expected to recall, identify, explain and illustrate various accounting concepts, principles and procedures related to sole proprietorship engaged in service and merchandising type of business. It will first examine student’s ability to analyze and process business transaction of service and merchandising business and be able to prepare basic financial statements. In order to broaden students’ knowledge on accounting procedures for other business organization, Business Accounting 1 will focus and introduce accounting for both partnership and corporation type of business organization. The students will be taught various procedures and processing of business transactions related to partnership formation, results of operation distribution, dissolution and liquidation. This will also include discussion on corporate formation and students will be tasked to process stock transactions and construct an equity section of the statement of financial position and will also be required to do a stockholder’s equity analysis.
Advances in Management Accounting by
Advances in Management Accounting publishes thoughtful, well-developed articles across a broad spectrum of current topics in the field of management accounting, using a variety of research methods including survey research, field tests, corporate case studies and modeling. Volume 26 exemplifies the broad scope of Advances in Management Accounting, examining a number of areas within management accounting.
Detecting Accounting Fraud Before It's Too Late by
Detect accounting fraud before it's too late Accounting fraud is the deliberate manipulation of accounting records in order to make a company's financial performance seem better or worse than it actually is. Accounting scandals often have catastrophic consequences for shareholders and employees. Thus, analysts and auditors must be equipped to detect accounting fraud. This book is a comprehensive guide to detecting accounting fraud for auditors investigating accounting fraud and analysts/managers seeking to prevent it. A wide variety of warning signs are described, as are several techniques for detecting and addressing fraud. Understand the motivations and warning signs behind accounting fraud Get to know how accounting fraud is done and how to detect it Avoid the losses that often come from accounting fraud Benefit from case studies throughout to that help illustrate the author's points It's unfortunate that managers, auditors, and analysts must be wary of accounting fraud--but this book equips you with the know-how to detect it before it's too late.
Financial Accounting by
Every German student of business administration needs to have a basic understanding of accounting according to German GAAP, and thanks to globalization many courses about German accounting are nowadays held in English to improve the language skills of the students. In addition many foreign subsidiaries of German companies have to prepare their part of consolidated financial statements according to German GAAP. So far, these professionals can rely on German literature only. The first part of the book offers a compact introduction to financial statements according to German GAAP, the second part comprises exercises on individual topics with solutions and case studies for in-depth and effective learning. This introduction provides ideal support for German-speaking students taking Englishspeaking lectures in the field and is furthermore valuable for professionals looking for explanations when preparing the data for consolidated financial statements. Includes exercises and case studies for practice Ideal textbook for students of German Universities attending English-speaking lectures in financial management Ideal introduction for professionals with a succinct explanation and additional support with a glossary and vocabulary
Forensic Accounting and Financial Statement Fraud by
The existence and persistence of high profile alleged financial statement fraud (FSF) have negatively affected the safety and soundness of financial markets and investors confident in public financial information. Forensic accounting has advanced as an important and rewarding field of accounting to prevent, detect and correct FSF. There has been significant demand for and intertest in forensic accounting as well substantial growth in both investigation and litigation services. The first volume addresses the relevance and importance of forensic accounting and fraud examination as well as the framework and structure of forensic accounting practices. The author presents an introduction to forensic accounting and financial statement fraud examination and their relevance and importance to businesses, financial markets, economies and society. Also discussed is forensic accounting opportunities, skills, and services; forensic accounting profession; and professional responsibilities and codes of conduct for forensic accountants. Finally, forensic accounting best practices, education, and research are touched on.
M&a Disputes by
Navigate M&A accounting arbitrations with insider perspective M&A Disputes takes you inside the dispute resolution process to help you put together the many "moving parts" necessary to obtain a successful outcome. With deep insight from experts in the field--including valuable advice from the arbitrator's perspective--this book guides you through the entire process to explore the variables at work. The high volume of M&A transactions makes post-closing price adjustment provisions and accounting arbitrations a critical part of doing business. Yet, the field is opaque to non-practitioners and important issues can be easily misunderstood without specific knowledge and experience. A resulting award can make or break a transaction; an intimate understanding of the process's inner working can help you plan your position to the greatest advantage. This book explores the many factors that that contribute to a successful resolution across the entire transaction life cycle from contract negotiation through the dispute phase including due diligence, determination of the target net working capital, conception and closing of the purchase agreement, post-closing negotiation and dispute resolution, the impact of accounting practices, guidance, and documentation as well as relevant auditing concepts, and various facts and circumstances surrounding the target business and the transaction that need to be considered. M&A volume remains high and continues to result in large numbers of current and future post-closing M&A disputes. Clients rely on their attorneys and advisers to guide them through the process and counsel them toward a positive outcome. Those professionals will find that M&A accounting arbitrations carry a range of distinctions that require a specialized knowledge base to navigate correctly. This book provides real-world guidance from experts in the field, with invaluable insight for every stage of the process. Walk through the entire dispute resolution process from arbitrator selection through final award Understand how M&A agreement provisions impact the awarded amount as well as the options available to limit the scope of potential disputes and the "gaming" of the post-closing process by the counterparty Understand the nature of accounting estimates and guidance, their interaction with accounting arbitrations, and how to synthesize facts, circumstances, and GAAP into a persuasive argument to present to the accounting arbitrator Get situation-specific advice for different types of transactions Learn practitioner "dos" and "don'ts" from the arbitrator's perspective M&A Disputes provides transaction parties and their representatives an inside view at the transaction and commonly disputed items through the eyes of the arbitrator to provide them with uniquely valuable insight. In addition to being an invaluable tool for practitioners appearing before an accounting arbitrator, M&A Disputes also provides advice to would-be and experienced arbitrators alike to successfully resolve disputes that can be significant and complex.
Management accounting when an organization is facing default by Principles of Islamic Accounting by
Your introduction to Islamic accounting Principles of Islamic Accounting is the first and only text that covers the fundamentals of Islamic accounting in English. A comprehensive guide, this groundbreaking reference offers both insight into Islamic accounting best practices and disclosure for Shariah-compliant instruments. Covering everything from basic transaction analysis to the preparation of financial statements, this reference serves as a broad framework around which undergraduate students can build their understanding of the Islamic business environment by offering context and showcasing how Islamic values can influence the disclosure of financial information. Islamic accounting is becoming an increasingly important aspect of the business field as globalization results in a surge in business partnerships and transactions around the world. Today's students need to understand Islamic accounting principles in order to effectively work with professionals who adhere to these standards--and accessing this information via text in English was not possible until this revolutionary reference. Review the basics through an introduction to Islamic accounting Understand the recording process, and how to complete the accounting cycle and adjust accounts as necessary Explore accounting for assets, liabilities, equity, and sukuk, as well as zakat and takaful accounting Discover details regarding Islamic commercial law, accounting for Islamic financial institutions, and Islamic corporate governance and sustainability, and look at auditing from an Islamic perspective Principles of Islamic Accounting is an essential text for first-year university students who are studying Islamic accounting, as well as professional societies and organizations that support the use of Islamic accounting principles, such as The Islamic Finance Professionals Association.
Strategic Management Accounting by
This book critically analyzes the concept of strategic management accounting, the implications this emerging paradigm will have on the accounting profession, and the ramifications for businesses at large. This research examines current literature, and illustrates these concepts with current market examples. This manuscript approaches the topic in a way that is unique by linking the concept of SMA to the integrated reporting framework. In essence, strategic management accounting is a theory with broad-based support, but the IR framework and reporting structure provides a vehicle through which progress, costs, and benefits of a more strategic accounting function can be evaluated. Focusing on principles, primarily for internal management utilization, the following provides an outline and summary of concepts and techniques that can be used to elevate the role of the management accounting function. Whether you are a management expert, an accounting professional, or simply someone looking to keep up to date with emerging business trends, this text provides the content, and action-oriented steps to meet those expectations.
Codification of Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services: Numbers 1 - 23 by
In addition to SSARS No. 21, which is now effective, this edition includes two newly released Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services (SSARS): SSARS No. 22, Compilation of Pro Forma Financial Information, and SSARS No. 23, Omnibus Statement on Standards for Accounting and Review Services--2016. The codification statements are fully indexed and arranged by subject. The guidance (and related interpretations to the extent applicable) help apply the standards in specific circumstances and clearly show amendments, deleted or superseded portions, and conforming changes due to the issuance of other authoritative guidance.
Strategic Management Accounting by
This book critically analyzes the concept of strategic management accounting, the implications this emerging paradigm will have on the accounting profession, and the ramifications for businesses at large. This research examines current literature, and illustrates these concepts with current market examples. This manuscript approaches the topic in a way that is unique by linking the concept of SMA to the integrated reporting framework. In essence, strategic management accounting is a theory with broad-based support, but the IR framework and reporting structure provides a vehicle through which progress, costs, and benefits of a more strategic accounting function can be evaluated. Focusing on principles, primarily for internal management utilization, the following provides an outline and summary of concepts and techniques that can be used to elevate the role of the management accounting function. Whether you are a management expert, an accounting professional, or simply someone looking to keep up to date with emerging business trends, this text provides the content, and action-oriented steps to meet those expectations.
Building on Principles of Research Design this course aims to extend and deepen your understanding of different research approaches and methodologies in order to prepare you for your own research projects in their business discipline. This course will also assist you in identifying, discussing and formulating a research problem, in selecting and applying appropriate research approaches and methods of inquiry (both quantitative or qualitative), and in presenting their results. Successful completion of this course should be sufficient for you to undertake a research project.
Action Research in Business and Management by
For the first time, internationally-renowned scholars David Coghlan and Abraham B. Shani bring together the important articles and publications in action research in business and management since the 1950s. Action research is presented in terms of its historical and philosophical foundations and development, its implementation in different business settings and disciplines, and its contemporary and developmental opportunities. Volume 1: Foundations of Action Research in Business and Management Volume 2: Business Disciplines Volume 3: Action Research in Diverse Industries Volume 4: Contemporary and Emerging Issues Designed to be a foundation resource for individual scholars and business schools, this collection provides academics in the field with a touchstone resource to help build their knowledge and understanding of the field.
Business Research Reporting by
Business Research Reporting addresses the essential activities of locating, collecting, evaluating, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting business data. It highlights the value of primary and secondary research to making business decisions and solving business problems. It aims to help business managers, MBA candidates, and upper-level college students boost their research skills and report research with confidence. This book discusses primary data collection, sampling concepts, and the use of measurement and scales in preparing instruments. Also, this book explores statistical and non-statistical analysis of qualitative and quantitative data and data interpretation (findings, conclusions, and recommendations). The author shows how to locate, evaluate, and extract secondary data found on the web and in brick-and-mortar libraries, including optimized searching, evaluating, and recording. Plus, the book demonstrates how to avoid copyright infringement and plagiarism, use online citation software, and cite sources when writing and presenting. Two glossaries-one each for primary and secondary research-round out the content. Business Research Reporting can be your go-to guidebook for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can pick up ample information to apply instantly. Then keep it handy and refer to it in your ongoing research activities.
Cambridge Handbook of Research Approaches to Business Ethics and Corporate Responsibility by
While there is a large and ever-expanding body of work on the fields of business ethics and corporate social responsibility (CSR), there is a noted absence of a single source on the methodology and research approaches to these fields. In this book, the first of its kind, leading scholars in the fields gather to analyse a range of philosophical and empirical approaches to research in business ethics and CSR. It covers such sections as historical approaches, normative and behavioural methodologies, quantitative, qualitative and experimental perspectives, grounded theory and case methodologies, and finally a section on the role of the researcher in research projects. This book is a valuable and essential read for all researchers in business ethics and CSR, not only for those starting out in the fields, but also for seasoned scholars and academics.
Conducting Case Study Research for Business and Management Students by
In Case Study Research, Bill Lee and Mark Saunders describe the properties of case study designs in organizational research, exploring the uses, advantages and limitations of case research. They also demonstrate the flexibility that case designs offer, and challenges the myths surrounding this approach. Ideal for Business and Management students reading for a Master's degree, each book in the series may also serve as reference books for doctoral students and faculty members interested in the method.Part of SAGE's Mastering Business Research Methods series, conceived and edited by Bill Lee, Mark N. K. Saunders and Vadake K. Narayanan and designed to support students by providing in-depth and practical guidance on using a chosen method of data collection or analysis.Watch the editors introduce the Mastering Business Research Methods series and tell you more about the first three books.
The Essentials of Business Research Methods by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
Handbook of Research on Business Angels by
Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes.Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels.Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions.
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, International and Cross-Cultural Business Research investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioral standards, and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers, and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
Management and Business Research by
This book is not available as a print inspection copy. To download an e-version click here or for more information contact your local sales representative. Get 24 months FREE access to an interactive eBook when purchasing the paperback* The Sixth Edition continues to give students a comprehensive overview of what is needed to carry-out successful and effective research, with practical hands-on guidance on how to conduct a dissertation project or research thesis, in business and management. New to This Edition: Complimentary fully integrated interactive eBook version. Coverage of online data collection, netnography, big data and data visualization. Research philosophy in chapter 3 is further supported and enhanced by an author video overview available online and a pull out at the back of the book that gives a useful visual representation of each key component of the research process using a tree as a metaphor. Annotated further reading recommendations. An important new feature is the "Research in Action" textboxes, which consist of engaging accounts of real-world research experiences from academics, practitioners and students. Examples include measuring the impact of development programmes on Chinese rural communities, and qualitative data being used to measure the experiences of UK taxi drivers. Each contributor has also given a practical 'top tip' for doing research successfully.The book is complemented by a FREE Interactive eBook and online resources including PowerPoint slides, datasets, multiple-choice questions, e-flashcards and links to additional online material.Suitable reading for any student carrying out a research project, dissertation or thesis in business and management.*Interactivity only available through Vitalsource eBook included as part of paperback product (ISBN 9781526446954). Access not guaranteed on second-hand copies (as access code may have previously been redeemed).
Research Methods for Business by
Research Methods for Business: A Skill-Building Approach is a concise and straightforward introduction for students to the world of business research. The skill-building approach provides students with practical perspectives on how research can be applied in real business situations. Maintaining Uma Sekaran' s popular and accessible style of writing, Roger Bougie draws upon his extensive experience in the field to present an up-to-date guide on business research which is ideal for aspiring managers. The seventh edition has been fully revised and updated to include cutting-edge examples and enriched pedagogical features designed to improve student learning outcomes. There is now an increased emphasis on the relationship between the scientific and the pragmatic approaches to research, while the key concepts are explored and applied to real-life research throughout the book.
Building on Principles of Research Design this course aims to extend and deepen your understanding of different research approaches and methodologies in order to prepare you for your own research projects in their business discipline. This course will also assist you in identifying, discussing and formulating a research problem, in selecting and applying appropriate research approaches and methods of inquiry (both quantitative or qualitative), and in presenting their results. Successful completion of this course should be sufficient for you to undertake a research project.
Business, Innovation and Responsibility by
Responsible Innovation. For some, this expression is only an oxymoron or, worse, a means of masking with a sheet of virtue economic practices that would otherwise appear selfish and self-interested. For others, theorists and actors of innovation, this expression represents a formidable lever of action and a rich conceptual source from which to draw new ways of innovating. The articulation between different levels of norms - economic and ethical, to which we can add the legal dimension - is not new, and is the subject of an in-depth reflection, decades old, around the idea of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). By taking up some debates on CSR, most of which are foreign to the current authors of responsible innovation, this book examines the various justifications that CSR brings in order to convince economic players, subject to powerful market forces, of their responsible commitment. But these are not enough. The book also explores the specific contribution of the concept of responsible innovation to coping with the technological, social and political breakthroughs generated by innovation, and is based on philosophical resources such as the ethics of virtue and the ethics of "care".
A Business Framework for International Commercialization of Innovative Construction Products by
Businesses, consumers, industry groups, and governments understand the importance of innovation for continued economic success and improvements in quality of life. However, innovation remains an opaque topic. A paradox exists in the construction industry at-large; using innovation is vital yet challenges the value to individual organizations. This paradox is supported by a landscape that includes a sizeable graveyard of failed attempts at innovation on grand and small scales. As a result, ÒA Business Framework for International Commercialization of Innovative Construction ProductsÓ is the next book in a series looking at solutions to innovation adoption in a resistant industry. The study in this book relies on sequential explanatory mixed-method research design. Such methodologies utilize distinct phases in order to gain insight into the commercialization processes. Findings suggest perceived versus actual risks and barriers to the international commercialization process for an integral product to the construction process. Based on the identified barriers, the researchers develop market-based strategies that are incorporated into common business practices for residential construction innovation.
Business Report Guides : Research Reports and Business Plans by
This book offers tactics for creating business plans as well as research reports. Readers will find guides for planning research projects; writing proposals; identifying major findings; drawing conclusions; and using them to recommend appropriate actions--along with citing sources, numbering pages, and displaying visuals. The book examines business plans--why entrepreneurs need them, the objectives and contents of business plans, and how-to guides for each part. Business Report Guides can be your go-to source for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can gain information for immediate use. Keep it handy and refer to it often when reporting research or when planning a new business or altering an existing one.
Business Research Reporting by
Business Research Reporting addresses the essential activities of locating, collecting, evaluating, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting business data. It highlights the value of primary and secondary research to making business decisions and solving business problems. It aims to help business managers, MBA candidates, and upper-level college students boost their research skills and report research with confidence. This book discusses primary data collection, sampling concepts, and the use of measurement and scales in preparing instruments. Also, this book explores statistical and non-statistical analysis of qualitative and quantitative data and data interpretation (findings, conclusions, and recommendations). The author shows how to locate, evaluate, and extract secondary data found on the web and in brick-and-mortar libraries, including optimized searching, evaluating, and recording. Plus, the book demonstrates how to avoid copyright infringement and plagiarism, use online citation software, and cite sources when writing and presenting. Two glossaries--one each for primary and secondary research--round out the content. Business Research Reporting can be your go-to guidebook for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can pick up ample information to apply instantly. Then keep it handy and refer to it in your ongoing research activities.
Disability and Employer Practices : Research across the Disciplines by
This book is about the employment of people with disabilities in the United States and the important role of employer practices. Nearly one in five people report some form of disability, and they are only half as likely to be employed as those without disabilities. With the aging workforce and returning military veterans both contributing to increasing number of disabilities in the workplace, there is an urgent need for better ways to address continuing employment disparities for people with disabilities. Examining employer behaviors is critical to changing this trend. It is essential to understand the factors that motivate employers to engage this workforce and which specific practices are most effective. Disability and Employer Practices features research-based documentation of workplace policies and practices that result in the successful recruitment, retention, advancement, and inclusion of individuals with disabilities. The Cornell team whose work is featured in this book drew from multiple disciplines, data sources, and methodologies to learn where employment disparities for people with disabilities occur and to identify workplace policies and practices that might remediate them. The contributors include individuals with expertise in the fields of business, economics, education, environmental design and analysis, human resources, management, industrial/organizational psychology, public health, rehabilitation psychology, research methods, survey design, educational measurement, statistics, and vocational rehabilitation counseling.
The Essentials of Business Research Methods by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
Handbook of Business Communication by
In spite of the day-to-day relevance of business communication, it remains underrepresented in standard handbooks and textbooks on applied linguistics. The present volume introduces readers to a wide variety of linguistic studies of business communication, ranging from traditional LSP approaches to contemporary discourse-based work, and from the micro-level of lexical choice to macro-level questions of language policy and culture.
Organizing for Reliability : A Guide for Research and Practice by 
Planning and Organizing Business Reports by
This book emphasizes the importance of planning reports to ensure they do what you, the writer or presenter, want them to do. Inside, the reader will discover useful information to make reports more effective, including: the steps involved to plan written and oral report presentations for individuals as well as teams, models for ethical reporting, exclusive tips for preparing webinars, well-thought out steps for preparing a research proposal, and so much more. Numerous examples, helpful illustrations, and a concise writing style let you acquire vital information rapidly, and each chapter ends with a convenient checklist. In Planning and Organizing Business Reports, you have a how-to guide for the various types of reports you will need to generate throughout your career!
Research in Organizational Change and Development by
Highlights include a reflection on forty years of collaboration and provides an inside perspective on collegial partnerships; the first recipients of the Pasmore-Woodman Award (AOM 2015) consider personal recollections as well as general principles about successful academic partnerships; one of the first women in the field provides a perspective on the interdependence of research and practice through a gender lens; while reflecting on the role of women in ODC across a fifty-year time period; strategies for managing changes in the research question when conducting field-based action research advances our understanding of evidence-based practice through the application of theory; Dialogic OD, a relatively new perspective in the field, is explored by discussing a case in which 'social space' serves as 'transitional space' and the ODC practitioner is provided a theoretically informed set of principles that can be applied and evaluated across contexts; the nature and role of organization identity shades new insights about the potential impact of organization development work on company culture and effectiveness; the challenges of integrating business strategy and organization development in the fast changing newspaper industry.
This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system b) obligations and contracts c) business entities/ forms, especially single proprietorships, corporations & partnerships. The selected relevant legal principles and rules to guide those entering into business dealings whether as a start-up entrepreneur or as part of the partnership/ corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications for the learner to acquire working knowledge of the legal aspects for business enterprises, augment analytical skills for operations and decision-making using management and law concepts, consider preventive and remedial measures in business transactions and to consider legal and ethical implications in business matters. The course complements the other competencies being developed in the Business Administration curriculum.
Anderson's Business Law and the Legal Environment by
Prepare to ace your business law course as the #1 summarized case business law text on the market today helps you grasp key legal concepts and principles. ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT - COMPREHENSIVE EDITION, 23E reinforces your understanding through applications and examples of real-world dilemmas, issues, and problems. You�ll also find invaluable information and resources to assist you in studying for the CPA exam. Current, comprehensive, easy-to-understand and fascinating to read, ANDERSON�S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT helps you prepare you for class with all of the in-text and online resources you need to succeed in your business law course.
Business : its legal, ethical, and global environment by
Discover how laws and ethical issues are critical to all business decisions as you review business situations from today�s headlines and more with the comprehensive and realistic BUSINESS: ITS LEGAL, ETHICAL, AND GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT, 11E. Learning both the law and ethical standards in the context of business dilemmas provides you with the insight and analytical skills that today�s employers want. More than 200 real-world scenarios help you understand the what, why, and how of legal issues as you explore the various areas of law. You will not only understand that copyright infringement violates the law, but you will also be able to list examples of similar businesses violations, such as Monster Energy using Beastie Boys music in an online video. Packed with active learning features, this edition illustrates just how law and ethics apply to issues in the business world today. MindTap online solution is also available to help you prepare for this course.
Employment Law and Intellectual Property Law by
This collection includes twenty-four articles published over a period that spans almost seventy years and is related to the law in three jurisdictions. The volume is divided into five parts and brings together influential and significant scholarly work in this exciting field. The material examines various themes that arise at the points at which employment and intellectual property laws converge: historical perspectives on employee inventions; rationales for default rules; allocation of ownership of employee creation; restraints and employee mobility and discusses university approaches and issues. With an original introduction by the editor, this timely collection will be a valuable source of reference for students, academics and practitioners interested in employment and intellectual property law.
Law and Ethics in the Business Environment by
Climate change. Telematic surveillance. The gig economy. Transgender rights at work. Food security. Native advertising. Now you can take a closer look at the hot topics impacting business law and ethics today as you examine real applications in the thought-provoking LAW AND ETHICS IN THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT, 9E. This edition dives into current controversies and makes classroom discussion with your instructor and peers come alive. Content prompts you to carefully consider recent, important court cases, while readings challenge you to think critically about contemporary legal and ethical dilemmas. Interactive assignments, such as role play, mock trials, and negotiation exercises, sharpen your ability to tackle tough problems and communicate effectively.
The Legal Environment of Business by
Now you can examine the practical structure and function of the legal system from the perspective of the professional non-lawyer with the popular THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS, 13E. Readable cases summarize background facts and lower court holdings. Case decisions appear in the words of the court itself but are edited to include only key issues relevant to understanding the legal reasoning. In addition to reviewing the structure of today�s legal system, the book places strong emphasis on the nuts and bolts of legal rules that directly impact business today. Clear, concise coverage of a wide range of topics introduces critical points of law using business-specific examples and realistic scenarios. The authors� readable style complements their extensive knowledge of domestic and international business to make this a favorite among students, like you. To complement this edition, MindTap online solution is available to help you prepare for this course.
Managers and the Legal Environment by
With new cases and examples torn from the headlines, MANAGERS AND THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT: STRATEGIES FOR BUSINESS, 9E equips you with the legal knowledge and risk management techniques for success as a business manager. Cutting-edge coverage and a strategic approach teach you to enhance realizable value, redeploy resources, and manage legal and business risk. Up-to-date coverage addresses the rights of workers at firms, like Uber, in the "gig" economy; the right of employers to restrict employees� social media; ethics of compensating workers who are tipped; law to protect children�s safety on the Internet; Fourth Amendment concerns in searches of cell location; rules governing "crowdfunding"; and the ramifications of the EU�s �right to be forgotten.� You learn to use legal tools to create value, attain business objectives, resolve legal issues, manage risk, and handle legal disputes.
The Oxford Handbook of Corporate Law and Governance by
Corporate law and corporate governance have been at the forefront of regulatory activities across the world for several decades now, and are subject to increasing public attention following the Global Financial Crisis of 2008. The Oxford Handbook of Corporate Law and Governance provides theglobal framework necessary to understand the aims and methods of legal research in this field.Written by leading scholars from around the world, the Handbook contains a rich variety of chapters that provide a comparative and functional overview of corporate governance. It opens with the central theoretical approaches and methodologies in corporate law scholarship in Part I, before examiningcore substantive topics in corporate law, including shareholder rights, takeovers and restructuring, and minority rights in Part II. Part III focuses on new challenges in the field, including conflicts between Western and Asian corporate governance environments, the rise of foreign ownership, andemerging markets. Enforcement issues are covered in Part IV, and Part V takes a broader approach, examining those areas of law and finance that are interwoven with corporate governance, including insolvency, taxation, and securities law as well as financial regulation.The Handbook is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary resource placing corporate law and governance in its wider context, and is essential reading for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers in the field.
Transfer and business taxation by This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system b) obligations and contracts c) business entities/ forms, especially single proprietorships, corporations & partnerships. The selected relevant legal principles and rules to guide those entering into business dealings whether as a start-up entrepreneur or as part of the partnership/ corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications for the learner to acquire working knowledge of the legal aspects for business enterprises, augment analytical skills for operations and decision-making using management and law concepts, consider preventive and remedial measures in business transactions and to consider legal and ethical implications in business matters. The course complements the other competencies being developed in the Business Administration curriculum.
The Destructive Power of Family Wealth : A Guide to Succession Planning, Asset Protection, Taxation and Wealth Management by
Wealth owners are responsible for more than just assets The Destructive Power of Family Wealth offers thoughtful, holistic planning to ensure that your wealth remains a positive force for your family. While today's families have become global and the world has become smaller and more mobile, we have not yet become immune to the problems wealth poses to the family unit. This book provides authoritative guidance on family wealth management, with an emphasis on both family and wealth. Global taxation regimes, changing bank secrecy laws, asset protection and other critical issues are examined in depth to assist wealth owners in planning, and the discussion includes details on the essential tools that aid in the execution of any wealth management strategy. More than a simple financial planning guide, this book also delves into the psychology of wealth, and the effect it has on different family members; wealth destroys families every day, and smart management means maintaining the health of the family as much as it means maintaining and expanding wealth. Family wealth brings advantages, but it also carries a potential for destruction. Wealth owners have a responsibility to their families and to themselves, and this book provides the critical guidance you need to get it right, whether you are part of a wealth-owning family or are an advisor to wealth-owning families. Learn how careful planning can prevent family strife Protect assets from risks ranging from divorce to political upheaval Explore the many tools that facilitate secure wealth management Discover how changing global regulations affect wealth Understand how private banks and other advisors work Uncover challenges faced by the wealth management industry Find out how to work with advisors and to manage costs while ensuring efficient and effective outcomes Families at all levels of wealth are vulnerable to shifting economic climates, evolving regulatory issues, asset threats and more. Any amount of wealth is enough to shatter a family, but deeply intentional planning based on thoughtful consideration is the key to keeping destructive forces at bay. The Destructive Power of Family Wealth provides expert guidance and a fresh perspective to help you maintain both family and wealth. For those in the wealth management industry and for other advisors to wealth-owning families, The Destructive Power of Family Wealth contains insight on the needs of today's wealth-owning families, ways in which the tools of wealth planning address those needs and guidance on what it takes to be a successful, trusted family advisor.
Digital Currency: An International Legal and Regulatory Compliance Guide by
"Digital or 'virtual' currencies pose significant challenges for government, financial and legal institutions because of their non-physical nature and their relative anonymity to physical currency. These attributes make this form of exchange extremely vola"
The Economics of Civil and Common Law by
Law is supposed to encourage innovation, morality, and conformity with societal expectations, yet it may provides perverse incentives causing individuals, or even the State, to act in discordant, inefficient, and even immoral ways. This book will explore the inefficiencies that are created that serve to deny individuals work and shelter in a haphazard and capricious manner. The author examines property rights, including eminent domain, that lets the State take property away with seemingly arbitrary compensation to the owner. Individuals must understand both civil law, codified by statutes, and common law, enshrined in precedential judicial decisions. This book is written for economists and non-economists and has an extensive glossary of economic, political and legal terms. Two items that are not formally treated in other economics of law textbooks are the legal organization of businesses and tax law from an economics perspective.
The Law of Tax-Exempt Organizations by
Tax-exempt law explained, for lawyers and nonlawyers alike The Law of Tax-Exempt Organizations has, for decades, been the definitive single-volume source of legal information for nonprofit lawyers and managers alike. Author Bruce R. Hopkins is widely recognized as the leading authority on the subject; in this thoroughly revised Twelfth Edition, he provides all the updates you need to stay current on the latest changes to tax code, regulatory, and case law developments. Annual supplements available with the book will ensure that you don't miss any important updates. Making solid decisions about the future of any tax-exempt organization requires a firm and up-to-date understanding of the relevant tax and other law. This reference provides guidance on the latest developments in eligibility for tax exemption, the private inurement and private benefit doctrines, nonprofit governance, lobbying, political campaign activity, public charities, private foundations, donor-advised funds, unrelated business activities, reporting, disclosure requirements, and more. Understand the tax code, regulations, and case law pertaining to all categories of tax-exempt organizations Access the nonprofit law standard reference guide, written by the leading legal expert on tax-exempt organizations Prepare yourself to make well-founded strategic decisions about the current and future actions of your organization Review annual supplements that provide plain-English information on changes for each tax year Written in a practical format that's accessible to lawyers and non-lawyers alike, The Law of Tax-Exempt Organizations, Twelfth Edition, is a trustworthy resource for anyone involved in advising or managing charitable organizations, social welfare entities, associations, clubs, or any other type of tax-exempt entity.
Legal Data for Banking : Business Optimisation and Regulatory Compliance by
A practical, informative guide to banks' major weakness Legal Data for Banking defines the legal data domain in the context of financial institutions, and describes how banks can leverage these assets to optimise business lines and effectively manage risk. Legal data is at the heart of post-2009 regulatory reform, and practitioners need to deepen their grasp of legal data management in order to remain compliant with new rules focusing on transparency in trade and risk reporting. This book provides essential information for IT, project management and data governance leaders, with detailed discussion of current and best practices. Many banks are experiencing recurrent pain points related to legal data management issues, so clear explanations of the required processes, systems and strategic governance provide immediately-relevant relief. The recent financial crisis following the collapse of major banks had roots in poor risk data management, and the regulators' unawareness of accumulated systemic risk stemming from contractual obligations between firms. To avoid repeating history, today's banks must be proactive in legal data management; this book provides the critical knowledge practitioners need to put the necessary systems and practices in place. Learn how current legal data management practices are hurting banks Understand the systems, structures and strategies required to manage risk and optimise business lines Delve into the regulations surrounding risk aggregation, netting, collateral enforceability and more Gain practical insight on legal data technology, systems and migration The legal contracts between firms contain significant obligations that underpin the financial markets; failing to recognise these terms as valuable data assets means increased risk exposure and untapped business lines. Legal Data for Banking provides critical information for the banking industry, with actionable guidance for implementation.
The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law by
In today's litigious business world, cyber-related matters could land you in court. As a computer security professional, you are protecting your data, but are you protecting your company? While you know industry standards and regulations, you may not be a legal expert. Fortunately, in a few hours of reading, rather than months of classroom study, Tari Schreider's The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law: Essentials for Today's Business, lets you integrate legal issues into your security program. Tari Schreider, a board-certified information security practitioner with a criminal justice administration background, has written a much-needed book that bridges the gap between cybersecurity programs and cybersecurity law. He says, "My nearly 40 years in the fields of cybersecurity, risk management, and disaster recovery have taught me some immutable truths. One of these truths is that failure to consider the law when developing a cybersecurity program results in a protective façade or false sense of security." In a friendly style, offering real-world business examples from his own experience supported by a wealth of court cases, Schreider covers the range of practical information you will need as you explore - and prepare to apply - cybersecurity law. His practical, easy-to-understand explanations help you to: Understand your legal duty to act reasonably and responsibly to protect assets and information. Identify which cybersecurity laws have the potential to impact your cybersecurity program. Upgrade cybersecurity policies to comply with state, federal, and regulatory statutes. Communicate effectively about cybersecurity law with corporate legal department and counsel. Understand the implications of emerging legislation for your cybersecurity program. Know how to avoid losing a cybersecurity court case on procedure - and develop strategies to handle a dispute out of court. Develop an international view of cybersecurity and data privacy - and international legal frameworks. Schreider takes you beyond security standards and regulatory controls to ensure that your current or future cybersecurity program complies with all laws and legal jurisdictions. Hundreds of citations and references allow you to dig deeper as you explore specific topics relevant to your organization or your studies. This book needs to be required reading before your next discussion with your corporate legal department.
Mergers and Acquisitions : A Step-By-Step Legal and Practical Guide by
The legal, financial, and business primer to the M&A process Mergers and Acquisitions offers accessible step-by-step guidance through the M&A process to provide the legal and financial background required to navigate these deals successfully. From the initial engagement letter to the final acquisition agreement, this book delves into the mechanics of the process from beginning to end, favoring practical advice and actionable steps over theoretical concepts. Coverage includes deal structure, corporate structuring considerations, tax issues, public companies, leveraged buyouts, troubled businesses and more, with a uniquely solution-oriented approach to the M&A process. This updated second edition features new discussion on cross-border transactions and "pseudo" M&A deals, and the companion websites provides checklists and sample forms to facilitate organization and follow-through. Mergers and acquisitions are complex, and problems can present themselves at each stage of the process; even if the deal doesn't fall through, you may still come out with less than you bargained for. This book is a multi-disciplinary primer for anyone navigating an M&A, providing the legal, financial, and business advice that helps you swing the deal your way. Understand the legal mechanics of an M&A deal Navigate the process with step-by-step guidance Compare M&A structures, and the rationale behind each Solve common issues and avoid transactional missteps Do you know what action to take when you receive an engagement letter, confidentiality agreement, or letter of intent? Do you know when to get the banker involved, and how? Simply assuming the everything will work out well guarantees that it will--for the other side. Don't leave your M&A to chance; get the information and tools you need to get it done right. Mergers and Acquisitions guides you through the process step-by-step with expert insight and real-world advice.
Rethinking Investment Incentives : Trends and Policy Options by
Governments often use direct subsidies or tax credits to encourage investment and promote economic growth and other development objectives. Properly designed and implemented, these incentives can advance a wide range of policy objectives (increasing employment, promoting sustainability, and reducing inequality). Yet since design and implementation are complicated, incentives have been associated with rent-seeking and wasteful public spending. This collection illustrates the different types and uses of these initiatives worldwide and examines the institutional steps that extend their value. By combining economic analysis with development impacts, regulatory issues, and policy options, these essays show not only how to increase the mobility of capital so that cities, states, nations, and regions can better attract, direct, and retain investments but also how to craft policy and compromise to ensure incentives endure.
The Tax Law of Charitable Giving, 2017 Supplement by
The classic reference for charitable gift regulations, updated for 2017 The Tax Law of Charitable Giving is the leading guide to the law, rules, and regulations governing charitable giving. Author Bruce R. Hopkins is the most respected authority in the field; in this book, he provides a comprehensive update on the latest changes to the law, new Treasury Department regulations, and much more to help lawyers, managers, and development directors in tax-exempt organizations stay up-to-date on all regulations pertaining to charitable gifts. This 2017 update includes coverage of updated estate tax law, new substantiation requirements, appraisal requirements, recordkeeping, donor-advised funds, and the new healthcare tax on investment income of trusts, with detailed documentation, citations, and references to regulations, rulings, cases, and tax literature included. The companion website provides additional tables, appendices, IRS guidelines, and other useful documents to help nonprofits make fully informed decisions about their fund-development programs. As quickly as tax law evolves, it remains the nonprofit's responsibility to stay up-to-date and compliant with all relevant regulations. This book provides a definitive reference for the latest changes, new laws, and upcoming legislation to provide an accessible one-stop reference. Examine the latest changes to the laws surrounding charitable giving Learn how the new healthcare tax affects pooled income funds Understand the Treasury Department's new regulations for reporting, appraisal, and more Access reference tables, IRS guidelines, and other useful documents Charitable gifts are the cornerstone of the nonprofit organization's support, and American taxpayers give more than any other group worldwide. The rules surrounding these gifts are complex, but compliance is critical to the health of the organization. The Tax Law of Charitable Giving provides an authoritative reference for all aspects of the law, with the most up-to-date information available anywhere.
For the student to be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of Business Finance is needed. In this course, the student learns and develops understanding of the concepts, principles, policies, and programs on money, credit and banking, and their relevance to the existing social and economic conditions. It also teaches the students the study of the finance functions, distinction between partnership and corporate financial management, cash budgets and the uses of basic business finance in formulating financial strategies. With a focus on different tools and techniques used in financial planning are the core concepts that you will learn and apply in this course. The concepts of capital budgeting are extensively discussed for you to develop analytical skills in project evaluation, the concepts of time value of money, and the development of projections for capital budgeting.
Basic Finance : an introduction to financial institutions, investments, and management by
Combing up-to-the-minute coverage with best practices from the field, BASIC FINANCE: AN INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INVESTMENTS, AND MANAGEMENT, 12Eillustrates how all three primary aspects of finance -- investments, financial institutions, and corporate finance -- are interrelated to give you a solid foundation in the essentials of finance. Extremely reader friendly, each chapter offers a concise, self-contained treatment of specific concepts or institutions. Comprehensive coverage of time value of money uses equations, interest tables, and financial calculator keystrokes to ensure your understanding of this key topic that permeates finance. In addition, numerous hands-on problems, financial calculation illustrations, an Excel appendix, and the MindTap digital solution help you put what you learn into practice and maximize your success.
Business Hack : the wealth dragon way to build a successful business in the digital age by
Master the online tools available to grow your business and conquer the competition Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media--offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. In today's dynamic business environment, strong and ongoing engagement in social media marketing is no longer an option-it is a necessity. From local craft-based businesses to new tech start-ups and even global multinational corporations, effective cyber-marketing can be instrumental in determining success. A comprehensive digital strategy enables you to compete across all platforms and maintain viability and relevance in the face of intense competition. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing The Internet and rise of digital media have changed the rules of business and marketing. It is now possible for small and new businesses to compete and thrive in the global marketplace through intelligent use of digital and social media marketing. Business Hack provides the tools and knowledge necessary to succeed in the 21st century.
Corporate Financial Distress, Restructuring, and Bankruptcy by
A comprehensive look at the enormous growth and evolution of distressed debt markets, corporate bankruptcy, and credit risk models This Fourth Edition of the most authoritative finance book on the topic updates and expands its discussion of financial distress and bankruptcy, as well as the related topics dealing with leveraged finance, high-yield, and distressed debt markets. It offers state-of-the-art analysis and research on U.S. and international restructurings, applications of distress prediction models in financial and managerial markets, bankruptcy costs, restructuring outcomes, and more.
Foundations of Business by
Gain the understanding of business to become a better employee, more informed consumer and even a successful business owner with Pride/Hughes/Kapoor's FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS, 6E. Every feature has been evaluated by experienced instructors and business students, like you. New applications and activities guide you in applying important concepts. This up-to-date edition highlights business ownership, management and organization, human resources, marketing, e-business, information systems, accounting and finance. You study ethics and social responsibility, small business and entrepreneurship and global issues. Cutting-edge content also emphasizes social media, international business, green and socially responsible business and sustainability. MindTap online resources help you further master important concepts and succeed in today's competitive business world and in your personal life.
Math for Business and Finance : an algebraic approach by 
Real estate finance and investments by 
Rethinking Islamic Finance Markets Regulations and Islamic Law by
Islamic finance's phenomenal growth owes to the Shariah compliant nature of its financial instruments. Shariah forbids the charging of interest (Riba) and instead promulgates risk-sharing and trade-based modes of financing. The Islamic financial industry has been subject to both critique and admiration. Critics argue that Islamic instruments (bearing debt-based structures) differ from their conventional counterparts only in legal lexicon and not in economic impact. The admirers argue that such instruments, irrespective of wider economic implications, rigorously comply with 'juristically sound' Islamic principles. This book aims to reconcile the above dispute. It argues that the financial impact of instruments is a consequence of the way they are priced and structured. The similarity in pricing and structures is an outcome not of the underlying Islamic financial modes but of the competitive environment in which Islamic instruments compete. Even risk-sharing and trade-based Islamic structures, if implemented in such an environment, would have a financial impact similar to that of conventional instruments. This book has a wider appeal for both academic and non-academic audiences. It can complement undergraduate and graduate courses as an additional reading on the intricacies of Islamic financial instruments and markets. For PhD students, it would help identify future research areas. To non-academics, it offers a deeper understanding regarding the working of the Islamic finance industry.
Using Excel for Business and Financial Modelling by
A hands-on guide to using Excel in the business context First published in 2012, Using Excel for Business and Financial Modelling contains step-by-step instructions of how to solve common business problems using financial models, including downloadable Excel templates, a list of shortcuts and tons of practical tips and techniques you can apply straight away. Whilst there are many hundreds of tools, features and functions in Excel, this book focuses on the topics most relevant to finance professionals. It covers these features in detail from a practical perspective, but also puts them in context by applying them to practical examples in the real world. Learn to create financial models to help make business decisions whilst applying modelling best practice methodology, tools and techniques. * Provides the perfect mix of practice and theory * Helps you become a DIY Excel modelling specialist * Includes updates for Excel 2019/365 and Excel for Mac * May be used as an accompaniment to the author's online and face-to-face training courses Many people are often overwhelmed by the hundreds of tools in Excel, and this book gives clarity to the ones you need to know in order to perform your job more efficiently. This book also demystifies the technical, design, logic and financial skills you need for business and financial modelling.
For the student to be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of Business Finance is needed. In this course, the student learns and develops understanding of the concepts, principles, policies, and programs on money, credit and banking, and their relevance to the existing social and economic conditions. It also teaches the students the study of the finance functions, distinction between partnership and corporate financial management, cash budgets and the uses of basic business finance in formulating financial strategies. With a focus on different tools and techniques used in financial planning are the core concepts that you will learn and apply in this course. The concepts of capital budgeting are extensively discussed for you to develop analytical skills in project evaluation, the concepts of time value of money, and the development of projections for capital budgeting.
Climate Adaptation Finance and Investment in California by
This book serves as a guide for local governments and private enterprises as they navigate the unchartered waters of investing in climate change adaptation and resilience. This book serves not only as a resource guide for identifying potential funding sources but also as a roadmap for asset management and public finance processes. It highlights practical synergies between funding mechanisms, as well as the conflicts that may arise between varying interests and strategies. While the main focus of this work is on the State of California, this book offers broader insights for how states, local governments and private enterprises can take those critical first steps in investing in society's collective adaptation to climate change.
Corporate Financial Distress, Restructuring, and Bankruptcy by
A comprehensive look at the enormous growth and evolution of distressed debt markets, corporate bankruptcy, and credit risk models This Fourth Edition of the most authoritative finance book on the topic updates and expands its discussion of financial distress and bankruptcy, as well as the related topics dealing with leveraged finance, high-yield, and distressed debt markets. It offers state-of-the-art analysis and research on U.S. and international restructurings, applications of distress prediction models in financial and managerial markets, bankruptcy costs, restructuring outcomes, and more.
Disrupting Finance by
This open access Pivot demonstrates how a variety of technologies act as innovation catalysts within the banking and financial services sector. Traditional banks and financial services are under increasing competition from global IT companies such as Google, Apple, Amazon and PayPal whilst facing pressure from investors to reduce costs, increase agility and improve customer retention. Technologies such as blockchain, cloud computing, mobile technologies, big data analytics and social media therefore have perhaps more potential in this industry and area of business than any other. This book defines a fintech ecosystem for the 21st century, providing a state-of-the art review of current literature, suggesting avenues for new research and offering perspectives from business, technology and industry.
Efficiency, Finance, and Varieties of Industrial Policy by
Industrial policy, once relegated to resource allocation, technological improvements, and the modernization of industries, should be treated as a serious component of sustainability and developmental economics. A rich set of complimentary institutions, shared behavioral norms, and public policies have sustained economic growth from Britain's industrial revolution onwards. This volume revisits the role of industrial policy in the success of these strategies and what it can offer developed and developing economies today. Featuring essays from experts invested in the expansion of industrial policies, topics discussed include the most effective use of industrial policies in learning economies, development finance, and promoting investment in regional and global contexts. Also included are in-depth case studies of Japan and India's experience with industrial policy in the banking and private sector. One essay revisits the theoretical and conceptual foundations of industrial policy from a structural economics perspective and another describes the models, packages, and transformation cycles that constitute a variety of approaches to implementation. The collection concludes with industrial strategies for facilitating quality growth, realizing more sustainable manufacturing development, and encouraging countries to industrialize around their natural resources.
Finance, Economics, and Mathematics by
The compiled works of the man behind the evolution of quantitative finance Finance, Economics, and Mathematics is the complete Vasicek reference work, including published and unpublished work and interviews with the man himself. The name Oldrich A. Vasicek is synonymous with cutting-edge research in the finance fields, and this book comes straight from the source to bring you the undiluted mother lode of quant wisdom from one of the founders of the field. From his early work in yield curve dynamics, to the mean-reverting short-rate model, to his thoughts on derivatives pricing, to his work on credit risk, to his most recent research on the economics of interest rates, this book represents the life's work of an industry leader. Going beyond the papers, you'll also find the more personal side inspirational as Vasicek talks about the academics and professionals who made lasting impressions and collaborated, debated, and ultimately helped spawn some of his greatest thinking. Oldrich Vasicek has won virtually every important award and prize for his groundbreaking research in quantitative finance. You've followed his work for years; this book puts it all in a single volume to give you the definitive reference you'll turn to again and again. Explore Vasicek's insights on topics he helped create Discover his research and ideas that have gone unpublished--until now Understand yield curves and the Vasicek model from the source himself Gain a reference collection of some of the most influential work in quantitative finance Vasicek's research is the foundation of one of the most important innovations in finance. Quants around the world have been influenced by his ideas, and his status as thought leader is cemented in the annals of finance history. Finance, Economics, and Mathematics is the definitive Vasicek reference every finance professional needs.
Fintech : The New DNA of Financial Services by
This extraordinary book, written by leading players in a burgeoning technology revolution, is about the merger of finance and technology (fintech), and covers its various aspects and how they impact each discipline within the financial services industry. It is an honest and direct analysis of where each segment of financial services will stand. Fintech: The New DNA of Financial Services provides an in-depth introduction to understanding the various areas of fintech and terminology such as AI, big data, robo-advisory, blockchain, cryptocurrency, InsurTech, cloud computing, crowdfunding and many more. Contributions from fintech innovators discuss banking, insurance and investment management applications, as well as the legal and human resource implications of fintech in the future.
Taxation : The People’s Business by
Originally published in 1924, this book contains various explanations and views on the American tax system by the reformer Andrew Mellon. During his 11 years in office as Secretary of the Treasury, he cut income taxes, reduced public spending, and brought an end to the excess profits tax--all while reducing the federal debt left over from World War I. Mellon's views on taxation expressed within this book have appeared in letters to Committee of Congress and various organizations and individuals, and are used throughout to illustrate his points, whilst also serving to publish them in a compact form, in one volume. The book also includes various tables and documents of scholarly interest.
This course offers the students with the knowledge and skills necessary to perform useful consumer analyses in developing effective marketing strategies. It discusses affect and cognition, consumer behavior, consumer environment, and marketing strategies by which marketing stimuli like products, packages, advertisements, sales promotions, stores, websites and price information are placed in consumer environments to influence consumers’’ affect, cognition and behavior.
Big Data in Practice : how 45 successful companies used big data analytics to deliver extraordinary results by
The best-selling author of Big Data is back, this time with a unique and in-depth insight into how specific companies use big data. Big data is on the tip of everyone's tongue. Everyone understands its power and importance, but many fail to grasp the actionable steps and resources required to utilise it effectively. This book fills the knowledge gap by showing how major companies are using big data every day, from an up-close, on-the-ground perspective. From technology, media and retail, to sport teams, government agencies and financial institutions, learn the actual strategies and processes being used to learn about customers, improve manufacturing, spur innovation, improve safety and so much more. Organised for easy dip-in navigation, each chapter follows the same structure to give you the information you need quickly. For each company profiled, learn what data was used, what problem it solved and the processes put it place to make it practical, as well as the technical details, challenges and lessons learned from each unique scenario. Learn how predictive analytics helps Amazon, Target, John Deere and Apple understand their customers Discover how big data is behind the success of Walmart, LinkedIn, Microsoft and more Learn how big data is changing medicine, law enforcement, hospitality, fashion, science and banking Develop your own big data strategy by accessing additional reading materials at the end of each chapter
CB (with CB Online, 1 Term (6 Months) Printed Access Card) by
Learn your Consumer Behavior course YOUR Way with CB! CB's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, CB Online allows easy exploration of CB anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits(tm) from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
The Connected Consumer by
There is a tectonic shift in consumer behavior because of changing lifestyles. Online commerce was only a pre-cursor to what we see today: people who live most of their life online. These digital natives spend most of their time online, texting, talking or simply checking on what others are doing on their mobile phones. Online stores offer them not only a wide range of products but recommendations based on their psychology and habits gathered from data gathered from various sites. Instant connection with friends and experts help them decide what they buy. This book explores changing consumer behavior due to constant connectivity and how businesses are responding to these changes. It describes how data is used to track and analyze customers in almost everything they do, and how marketing communications are delivered with precision to influence the consumers during their decision journeys. The connected customer is blurring the line between online and offline sales resulting in an entirely new purchase cycle. The book also does some crystal gazing to describe the future of consumer buying and questions whether this peering into customers lives has limits.
Consumer Behavior Theories by
This book critically examines and analyzes the classical and neoclassical behavioral theories in reference to consumer decision-making across the business cultures. Discussions in the book present new insights on drawing contemporary interpretations to the behavioral theories of consumers, and guide the breakthrough strategies in marketing.
Consumer Culture Theory by
Outlining the key themes, concepts and theoretical areas in the field, this book draws on contributions from prominent researchers to unravel the complexities of consumer culture by looking at how it affects personal identity, social interactions and the consuming human being. A field which is characterised as being theoretically challenging is made accessible through learning features that include case study material, critical reflection, research directions, further reading and a broad mix of the types of consumers and consumption contexts including emerging markets and economies. The structure of the book is designed to help students map the field in the way it is interpreted by researchers and follows the conceptual mapping in the classic Arnould & Thompson 2005 journal article. The book is organised into three parts - the Consumption Identity, Marketplace Cultures and the Socio-Historic Patterning of Consumption. Insight is offered into both the historical roots of consumer culture and the everyday experiences of navigating the contemporary marketplace. The book is supported by a collection of international case studies and real world scenarios, including: How Fashion Bloggers Rule the Fashion World; the Kendall Jenner Pepsi Commercial; Professional Beer Pong, Military Recruiting Campaigns, The World Health Organization and the Corporatization of Education. The go-to text for anyone new to CCT or postgraduate students writing a CCT-related thesis.
Consumer Vulnerability by
This book demonstrates that marketing scholarship has much to contribute to our understanding of consumer vulnerability and potential solutions. It brings to the fore ways in which so‐called vulnerable consumers navigate various marketplace and service interactions and develop specific consumer skills in order to empower themselves in such exchanges. It does so by exploring how consumer vulnerability is experienced across a range of different contexts such as poverty and disability, and the potential impact of vulnerability from childhood to old age. Other chapters extend focus from the consumer to the organisational perspective or consider more macro issues such as socio-spatial disadvantages. The fundamental aim of many of the contributors is to produce work that can benefit individual and societal well-being. They draw on various methodological approaches that generate both marketing management and policy-focused implications. A series of commentaries are also included to stimulate critical reflection and new insights into consumer vulnerability. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Management.
The New Consumer Psychology : scanning buying behavior with MRI of the mind by
The term ¿consumption¿ is generally thought of as process by which individuals purchase goods and services. The New Consumer Psychology attempts to explain consumption as a social behavior that satisfies individual values and desires. In modern society, individual needs are no longer determined solely by age or gender, but by the life values and desires that one pursues. This book uncovers people's subjective experiences of consumption in the capitalist society with interesting inside stories ranging from politics to designer handbags. The book also provides valuable consumer insights into business and individuals by going beyond the limitations of population statistics and demonstrates Q-methodology is used to analyse consumers¿ subjective responses. This book is an interesting take on how we should shift our focus from products to people and explains why identification and interpretations of different consumer groups are important in smart targeting. Its content will definitely inspire marketing strategies and market effectiveness.
Rising Consumer Materialism : a threat to sustainable happiness by
Rising Consumer Materialism presents a theoretical advancement of materialism research. It identifies eight areas of a consumer's life that are inter-disciplinary and of prime importance towards promoting happy and rewarding lifestyles. This study examines the pre-planned purchase process as the primary step towards satisfactory consumption. The theoretical framework provides a stream of research possibilities that guide readers towards healthy consumption patterns. Therefore, the book offers practical solutions to problems such as loneliness and unhappiness. It advocates a new dimension of consumption activity and lifestyle choices that can help to re-socialize and improve social bonds; hitting materialism right at its core, making the consumption experience well informed and beneficial for the consumer as well as society. Together, pre-planned engaging, intrinsic experiential purchases with a view to environmentalism, religiosity, social giving, social support and nostalgia can cure the excessive emphasis on acquiring and showing off valuables that are disruptive to a consumer's social affiliations and subjective wellbeing. Rather than utilizing material possessions as a proxy measure for success and happiness resulting in only temporary happiness, discontent, continuous brand/product switching, undesirable post purchase evaluations and shifting brand loyalties, the book establishes alternative mechanisms for achieving happiness. The integrated framework provides a comprehensive solution rather than a half-baked specific situational-based intervention and is a must read for academics, students and consumers alike.
Social Media Data Mining and Analytics by
Harness the power of social media to predict customer behavior and improve sales Social media is the biggest source of Big Data. Because of this, 90% of Fortune 500 companies are investing in Big Data initiatives that will help them predict consumer behavior to produce better sales results. Social Media Data Mining and Analytics shows analysts how to use sophisticated techniques to mine social media data, obtaining the information they need to generate amazing results for their businesses. Social Media Data Mining and Analytics isn't just another book on the business case for social media. Rather, this book provides hands-on examples for applying state-of-the-art tools and technologies to mine social media - examples include Twitter, Wikipedia, Stack Exchange, LiveJournal, movie reviews, and other rich data sources. In it, you will learn: The four key characteristics of online services-users, social networks, actions, and content The full data discovery lifecycle-data extraction, storage, analysis, and visualization How to work with code and extract data to create solutions How to use Big Data to make accurate customer predictions How to personalize the social media experience using machine learning Using the techniques the authors detail will provide organizations the competitive advantage they need to harness the rich data available from social media platforms.
The Xiaomi way : customer engagement strategies that built one of the largest smartphone companies in the world by
How one small tech company got smart about social media and became "China's new smartphone king" (CNN) In this exclusive inside look at the phenomenal rise of Xiaomi--the new smartphone company that's giving Apple a run for their money--cofounder Li Wanqiang shares the secrets behind the viral marketing techniques, R&D innovations, and user-driven excitement that turned a small tech start-up into a world-class player. You'll discover: * How Xiaomi became the third largest smartphone maker in the world--in just 4 years' time * How the cofounders landed their first million users--without spending a dime on advertising * How Xiaomi used social media to build exceptional brand recognition and word-of-mouth momentum * What every business can learn from Xiaomi's proven success in customer engagement, viral marketing, and cutting-edge product development Already an instant bestseller in China, Wanqiang's eye-opening book provides an exciting new business model for today's flatter, faster world of Internet marketing and user-inspired innovation. No matter how big or small your business, The Xiaomi Way can show you how to even the playing field, develop products people will love, spread the word through social media, and turn customers into passionate, lifelong fans. Includes a foreword by Lei Jun, Xiaomi CEO.
This course offers the students with the knowledge and skills necessary to perform useful consumer analyses in developing effective marketing strategies. It discusses affect and cognition, consumer behavior, consumer environment, and marketing strategies by which marketing stimuli like products, packages, advertisements, sales promotions, stores, websites and price information are placed in consumer environments to influence consumers’’ affect, cognition and behavior.
Big Data in Practice : How 45 Successful Companies Used Big Data Analytics to Deliver Extraordinary Results by
The best-selling author of Big Data is back, this time with a unique and in-depth insight into how specific companies use big data. Big data is on the tip of everyone's tongue. Everyone understands its power and importance, but many fail to grasp the actionable steps and resources required to utilise it effectively. This book fills the knowledge gap by showing how major companies are using big data every day, from an up-close, on-the-ground perspective. From technology, media and retail, to sport teams, government agencies and financial institutions, learn the actual strategies and processes being used to learn about customers, improve manufacturing, spur innovation, improve safety and so much more. Organised for easy dip-in navigation, each chapter follows the same structure to give you the information you need quickly. For each company profiled, learn what data was used, what problem it solved and the processes put it place to make it practical, as well as the technical details, challenges and lessons learned from each unique scenario. Learn how predictive analytics helps Amazon, Target, John Deere and Apple understand their customers Discover how big data is behind the success of Walmart, LinkedIn, Microsoft and more Learn how big data is changing medicine, law enforcement, hospitality, fashion, science and banking Develop your own big data strategy by accessing additional reading materials at the end of each chapter
Consumer behaviour in a changing world : food, culture and society by
The international trade in food is measured in hundreds of billions of pounds/ euros/ dollars or whatever currency you choose to use. The food industry is therefore of major economic importance to most countries both in “simple cash” terms (their food imports/exports and trade balance) as well as the employment it provides. The success of the food industry, in part, relies on its ability to be innovative – for example the UK food industry launches, at considerable development cost, approximately 8500 new food products each year. However, many of these will not be on supermarket shelves a year later and this represents a major economic loss.To maximise investment, not just product development, but also product maintenance, manufacturers need to be mindful of consumer purchasing attitudes, aspirations, intentions and trends. At times they may even need to assist in shaping these e.g. in response to government initiatives on healthy eating. The British Food Journal published 15 papers on consumer cognitions, attitudes and related behaviours in a special issue (3) in 2015. However it has been said that a week in politics is a long time – whether this is true or not, a year in the food industry certainly is. One thing we can be sure of in life is change and this includes food consumption patterns and consumer behaviour.This E-book, a year after the previous consumer special issue, consists of sixteen chapters, mostly published under the guest editorship of Professor Fabio Verneau, University of Naples. The papers, some combining many elements of the changes mentioned above, consider the determination of consumer preferences and intentions, factors influencing purchase behaviour, life style factors, loyalty and trust in the food industry as well as papers that consider more product /production related topics as well as more general issues of consumer behaviour.
Culture and Commerce : The Value of Entrepreneurship in Creative Industries by 
Customer Obsessed : A Whole Company Approach to Delivering Exceptional Customer Experiences by
Optimize the customer experience via the cloud to gain a powerful competitive advantage Customer Obsessed looks at customer experience through the lens of the cloud to bring you a cutting-edge handbook for customer experience. Cloud technology has been hailed as a game-changer, but a recent IDC report shows that it accounts for less than three percent of total IT spending; why are so many companies neglecting such an enormous asset? This book provides a high-level overview of how the cloud can give you a competitive advantage. You'll learn how to integrate cloud technology into sound customer experience strategy to achieve unprecedented levels of success. More than just a state-of-the-field assessment, this book offers a set of concrete actions you can take today to leverage cloud computing into technical innovation and better business outcomes at all levels of your organization. You'll examine the many factors that influence the customer experience, and emerge with the insight to fine-tune your approach using the power of the cloud. What kind of advantage is your company leaving on the table? This book guides you through the key drivers of customer success to help you optimize your approach and leverage the future of global technology. Learn the keys to competitive advantage in the digital era Gain insight into each element that affects customer experience Harness the power of the cloud to achieve customer success Follow a prescriptive framework for optimizing customer experience We are in the golden age of IT innovation, but the majority of companies haven't even adopted cloud technology, much less begun to utilize its full business capabilities. Jump into the gap now, and reap the benefits as other struggle to catch up. Customer Obsessed gives you the guidance you need to achieve sustainable success in today's digital world.
Multi-Item Measures for Consumer Insight Research by
"The Marketing Scales Handbook series is the longest-running set of books that provide reviews of multi-item measures used in scholarly studies of consumer behavior. This volume picks up where the previous volume ended and has reviews of 433 scales that were reported in top marketing journal articles published in 2014 and 2015. These scales are new to the series and were not in any of the previous volumes. Each review provides the scale items (questions, statements, or semantic differentials) as well as information about the scale's origin, previous users, and measurement quality. The bulk of the scales in this book involve topics typical to the series such as brands, advertising, stores, purchasing, and pricing. Measures of other topics in this volume have to do with newer topics including environmentalism, service dominant orientations, symbolic embeddedness, word-of-mouth activity, switching costs, product installations, place attachment, interactions with employees, and sports. As with the rest of the series, this book is a unique and valuable resource for researchers in a variety of fields who want tested and reliable measures of attitudes, emotions, or traits for their studies of consumers or similar types of respondents such as viewers, patients, patrons, or citizens. Many of the measures could also be used in business settings when studying employees, members, or administrators. Instead of using simplistic measures of dubious quality or, at the other extreme, having to build and refine sophisticated measures from scratch, researchers can use the book's contents to learn from the experts who have already crafted quality scales and had their measures vetted by other experts. By using these precision metrics, the expectation is that accuracy is increased as will the quality of the decisions based upon them."
Reengineering Retail : The Future of Selling in a Post-Digital World by
Since the release of Doug Stephens’ first book, The Retail Revival, change in the global retail sector has accelerated beyond even the boldest forecasts. As predicted, online giants like Amazon and Alibaba.com are growing at a dizzying pace. Hundreds of well-known brick and mortar retailers have closed their doors, and brands and retailers across categories are struggling to understand the shifting needs and expectations of a new consumer. Picking up where The Retail Revival left off, Reengineering Retail explores the coming revolution in the global retail and consumer goods market, offering sales and marketing executives a roadmap to the future. Author and internationally renowned consumer futurist, Doug Stephens, paints a bold vision of the future where every aspect of the retail experience as we know it, will be radically transformed. From online to bricks and mortar, the very concept of what stores are, how consumers shop them, and even the core economic model for revenue, will be will be profoundly reinvented; changes sure to affect not only retailers large and small but any business with a stake in the global retail industry. Infused with real world examples and interviews with industry disruptors, Reengineering Retail illustrates the vast opportunities at play for bold brands and business leaders. Stephens’ strategies will provide businesses with the foresight required to move quickly and effectively into the future.
Shopper Marketing : A How-To Business Story by
The book follows the story of the Big Beverage Company, a large multinational company, whose main source of profit is coffee. Their growth has stalled though in the face of increased competition from private label brands, and consumption shifts to different channels. As their growth has slowed so too the total categories, and so one afternoon their biggest retail customer, Shopmart, calls to ask for their help in getting the category growing again. This sets the Big Beverage Company and their management team on a journey from being a brand-focused business, to one that understands how a broader emphasis on the category and its shoppers can lead to greater growth for themselves and their retail partners.
Social Media and Big Data in Consumer Behaviour by
With this e-book, we seek to shed light on five key drivers of the growing panorama of social media. Despite some early investigations into social media (see review by Grewal et al. 2016), the field remains in its infancy. This e-book aims to highlight some important drivers of social media engagement.
The Strategic Storyteller : Content Marketing in the Age of the Educated Consumer by
The world needs more storytellers. Storytelling is an inherently innovative activity. When organizations find their best stories and tell them to the world, they're not only building a reputation, they're flexing the same muscles that allow them to pivot quickly around crisis or opportunity, and solve problems more creatively. For individuals, crafting stories is the primary way we can make sense of the world and our place in it. The Strategic Storyteller is a comprehensive, practical guide to transformative storytelling. In its pages you will learn how to: Tap into your and your organization's unique sources of wonder, wisdom, and delight Boost individual and collective creativity Understand the storytelling strategies behind some of the world's most powerful brands Unlock the secrets of the great strategic storytellers of the past Build a place where your stories can live online Distribute stories so they have staying power and reach in the digital age Convene audiences by going beyond demographic stereotypes and tapping into enduring human needs Understand how unshakable reputations are built out of stories that accumulate over time Sooner or later all of us will be asked to tell stories in the course of our professional lives. We will be asked to make a case for ourselves, our work, our companies, and our future. The Strategic Storyteller tells you how.
This course introduces the student to digital marketing. It will cover the aspects of Internet, Social Media and Mobile Marketing that are most relevant to how one markets products and services to the buyers. Students will also be exposed on how digital marketing strategy its implementation and executional considerations affect Business to business, and Business to Customer relationships. Students will learn a detailed understanding of all digital channels and platforms. After completing the course, they will a comprehensive knowledge of how to develop an integrated digital marketing strategy, from formulation to implementation.
Contemporary Issues in Social Media Marketing by
In a short time span, social media has transformed communication, as well as the way consumers buy, live and utilize products and services. Understanding the perspectives of both consumers and marketers can help organizations to design, develop and implement better social media marketing strategies. However, academic research on social media marketing has not kept pace with the practical applications and this has led to a critical void in social media literature. This new text expertly bridges that void. Contemporary Issues in Social Media provides the most cutting edge findings in social media marketing, through original chapters from a range of the world's leading specialists in the area. Topics include: * The consumer journey in a social media world * Social media and customer relationship management (CRM) * Social media marketing goals and objectives * Social media and recruitment * Microblogging strategy And many more. The book is ideal for students of social media marketing, social media marketing professionals, researchers and academicians who are interested in knowing more about social media marketing. The book will also become a reference resource for those organizations which want to use social media marketing for their brands.
Digital Analytics for Marketing by
This comprehensive book provides students with a "grand tour" of the tools needed to measure digital activity and implement best practices for using data to inform marketing strategy. It is the first text of its kind to introduce students to analytics platforms from a practical marketing perspective. Demonstrating how to integrate large amounts of data from web, digital, social, and search platforms, this helpful guide offers actionable insights into data analysis, explaining how to "connect the dots" and "humanize" information to make effective marketing decisions. The author covers timely topics, such as social media, web analytics, marketing analytics challenges, and dashboards, helping students to make sense of business measurement challenges, extract insights, and take effective actions. The book's experiential approach, combined with chapter objectives, summaries, and review questions, will engage readers, deepening learning by helping them to think outside the box. Filled with engaging, interactive exercises, and interesting insights from an industry expert, this book will appeal to students of digital marketing, online marketing, and analytics. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, and PowerPoint slides.
Digital Marketing : a practical approach by
As in the previous editions of this book, whilst strategic issues are included where appropriate, by concentrating on the operational and functional aspects of this dynamic subject, Digital Marketing: A Practical Approach provides a step-by-step guide to implementing the key aspects of online marketing. Similarly, although primarily aimed at an academic market, the practical - rather than purely theoretical - nature of the book means that it will be equally useful in both training and self-learning scenarios. After reading this book - and completing the exercises within it - the reader will be equipped to undertake any digital marketing role within a variety of organizations. The practical case-study exercises - based on theory and recognized good practice - will ensure that readers will be able to analyse situations within the work place, identify the most appropriate course of action and implement the strategies and tactics that will help the organization meet its online objectives. A key aspect to this digital marketing book is the use of a number of bespoke case studies that are designed to make clear how the impact of each online application varies between organizations and markets. For each section of every chapter there is a case study question that is pertinent to that subject - though readers are welcome to switch case studies for each question if they so wish, or even substitute their own organization. This makes the book an excellent text for work-based learning programmes such as Degree Apprenticeships. As the subject has evolved in recent years, so too has the structure of the third edition of this book. The book is now in two distinct parts. Part I considers the environment in which digital marketing is practised, digital buyer behaviour and has a chapter that includes sections covering strategic digital issues such as content marketing, attribution, influencers and digital marketing objectives. Part II replicates the successful structure of the first two editions of the book by having chapters devoted to the key elements of operational digital marketing. Essential updates made necessary by both technology and consumer behaviour are made to all elements, but specifically to programmatic advertising and marketing on social media. There is also the addition of a chapter devoted to e-metrics and online analytics. Online support and subject updates that both complement and enhance each chapter's content can be found on the author's website at AlanCharlesworth.com/DigitalMarketing.
Digital marketing : communicating, selling and connecting by
Digital Marketing: Communicating, Selling and Connecting is an invaluable and vital tool for students seeking a comprehensive introduction to the subject of digital marketing. Written by a leading expert in the field, it is an unparalleled resource for students in marketing, as well as an accessible supplementary text for business and management students.Covering digital marketing's background and development, its practical challenges and unique benefits, and its operational foundations, this textbook introduces both technological and marketing concepts. It culminates with discussion of the future of digital marketing in an increasingly networked world.Key Features:* In-depth introductions to the foundations and basic operating principles of digital marketing* Multiple chapters covering consumer decision making online, and how digital marketing affects the consumer* Chapters on service technology and visual design, for a deeper understanding of digital marketing* Coverage of digital marketing in both B2B and B2C contexts* Discussion of legal and ethical aspects of digital marketing* Discussion questions in each chapter to promote engagement with the material and deepen student understanding.Charles Hofacker has drawn on extensive expertise to create an invaluable resource. Written for undergraduate students of marketing and digital marketing this textbook will be useful for anyone looking for an introduction to the subject.
Digital Marketing : strategic planning & integration by
An unbiased approach to the latest digital marketing models, offering students and practitioners a range of tools to implement in their digital marketing planning and strategy. Covering all aspects of digital marketing planning, and the latest digital marketing models, the book aims to provide a roadmap for a digital marketing journey. As such, its structure maps against the development of a digital marketing plan and concludes with a ready-made digital marketing plan template to download and adapt. In addition to this, the content is supported by case examples from real-world organizations, and a number of features throughout the chapters: Smartphone sixty seconds features in every chapter, to evaluate influencers in relation to the topic covered. Digital tool boxes introduce professional tools (for example how Google shares its aggregate data to inform marketers about shopping insights, trends and benchmarks Ethical insights provide a reflective and challenging look at social issues and the negative sides to marketing. The book is complemented by online resources for both instructors and students, these include PowerPoint slides, an instructor's guide, exercises and activities relating to each chapter, digital marketing planning documents, digital marketing model templates, quizzes, annotated recommended video links, links to free online tools and SAGE journal article recommendations.Suitable for digital and e-marketing courses on marketing and advertising degrees as well as professional courses for anyone interested in gaining a holistic understanding of digital marketing.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Email Marketing in a Digital World : the basics and beyond by
This book will examine how organizations can optimize their use of email marketing. We will first briefly describe the history of email marketing and then discuss current best (and worst) practices. This is followed by an explanation of the evolving psychology of email and how peoples' interactions with emails vary in meaningful ways across devices and contexts (e.g., mobile apps versus desktop computer; workplace versus marketplace). Building on this foundation and drawing on our unique expertise, we introduce three ways in which all organizations can improve their email strategies: 1) improving and moving beyond A/B and MV testing of email content, 2) integrating email and social media efforts, and 3) designing and aligning CRM and other sources of customer data for greater email marketing impact. This book is intended for anyone interested in learning more about email and digital marketing, whether a student or professor in business programs or practicing business executives in digital marketing. In addition to providing new content knowledge, each chapter will end with an application of key metrics needed to better understand and evaluate a firm's email marketing strategy. The overall goal is to help marketing managers' get more out of a critical marketing tool.
How to build an online business : Australia's top digital disruptors reveal their secrets for launching and growing an online business by
The ultimate guide to launching and growing an online business You've got a crazy idea, a hobby, a business or special expertise. You want to take it online, and you want to it be a money-making success. But what do you do next? Using a simple 5-step approach, best-selling author and digital marketing specialist Bernadette Schwerdt uncovers the inside tips and tricks that Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs use to build their multi-million dollar businesses. For those just starting out, this book will help you identify the best business idea to pursue, guide you on how to set it up and give you the strategies to grow it quickly using low-cost tools. For those with existing businesses, you'll learn how to maximise your online impact and access the little-known but powerful tools and technologies the top disruptors use to create a global presence. Featuring dozens of case studies of how Australia's most successful disruptors have done it, Bernadette reveals the underlying patterns common to all successful online businesses - what they did right, what they did wrong, what they would do differently and the short cuts to building an online business that only the successful know. You'll learn how to: Develop the entrepreneurial mindset needed to turn your passion, hobby or expertise into an online business Access free tools and technologies to help you build and test your online idea (before launching) to ensure a viable market exists Create a minimum viable product (MVP) that attracts attention and generates instant income Source web developers, designers and other important suppliers for a fraction of the usual cost Write, pitch, persuade and present like a professional to attract investors, customers and high-quality strategic partners Understand the basics of the Internet of Things, virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence and use these technologies to help your business create a point of difference Work from home and set up your online business in just a few hours a week Whether you are starting an online business or building on an existing one, How to Build an Online Business is your complete, how-to guide for making it a success.
Integrated marketing communication : advertising and promotion in a digital world by
This book is an up-to-date resource that shows students how to achieve their marketing objectives through a campaign that coordinates marketing, advertising, and promotion. It provides essential information about planning, implementing, and assessing a comprehensive marketing plan to help students appreciate integrated marketing communications as a business strategy. The author describes the processes and considerations needed to appeal to consumers, identifying how geographic segmentation, timing, competitive environments, and cost contribute to planning. He considers the integration of digital technology, such as social media platforms and mobile apps, and how these can be used for advertising, sales promotion, and public relations. The book's concise, easy to read explanation of marketing components and their interconnected relationships is solidified by a series of visual summaries as well as examples and useful demonstrations. Students are given the opportunity to prepare their own integrated marketing communication plan based on consumer, product, and market research along with original creative materials and media spreadsheets. Students of marketing communication, advertising and promotion, and digital marketing will love this book's abbreviated, but thorough format. An interactive companion website rounds out a stellar set of features that encourage quick understanding, participation, and utilization of IMC concepts.
Relationship Marketing in the Digital Age by
The concept of relationship marketing has been discussed among marketing academics and managers since the early 1980s. But instead of reaching its maturity stage, relationship marketing is nowadays encountering its next upsurge. Due to a confluence of trends driving the global business world--including the transition to service-based economies, faster product commoditization, intensified competition worldwide, growth among emerging markets, aging populations, advertising saturation, and (above all) the digital age--strong customer relationships are more than ever vital to company strategy and performance. Relationship Marketing in the Digital Ageprovides a comprehensive overview of the state-of-the-art of relationship marketing, offering fruitful insights to marketing scholars and practitioners. In seven chapters, divided into two main sections on understanding (Part I) and effectively applying (Part II) relationship marketing, an introductory and a concluding chapter, readers learn how to successfully manage customer-seller relationships.
Services Marketing by
Explore the latest industry trends and issues as you examine services marketing from a unique, broad perspective with SERVICES MARKETING: CONCEPTS, STRATEGIES AND CASES, 6e. Fifteen streamlined chapters present services marketing as both an essential focus for service firms as well as a competitive advantage for companies that market tangible products. The latest examples and interesting end-of-chapter cases address current global issues, such as environmental, societal and governance (ESG) issues and changing consumer markets. New content introduces you to technological advancements like robotics and artificial intelligence in services marketing and recent challenges, such as the consequences of the pandemic, stressed employees and disruptive customers. You gain valuable insights for business success with this comprehensive, current approach to services marketing and this edition's practical global perspective.
This course introduces the student to digital marketing. It will cover the aspects of Internet, Social Media and Mobile Marketing that are most relevant to how one markets products and services to the buyers. Students will also be exposed on how digital marketing strategy its implementation and executional considerations affect Business to business, and Business to Customer relationships. Students will learn a detailed understanding of all digital channels and platforms. After completing the course, they will a comprehensive knowledge of how to develop an integrated digital marketing strategy, from formulation to implementation.
The Art of Digital Marketing : The Definitive Guide to Creating Strategic, Targeted, and Measurable Online Campaigns by
The premier guide to digital marketing that works, and a solid framework for success The Art of Digital Marketing is the comprehensive guide to cracking the digital marketing 'code,' and reaching, engaging, and serving the empowered consumer. Based on the industry's leading certification from the Digital Marketing Institute (DMI), this book presents an innovative methodology for successful digital marketing: start with the customer and work backwards. A campaign is only effective as it is reflective of the consumer's wants, needs, preferences, and inclinations; the DMI framework provides structured, implementable, iterative direction for getting it right every time. The heart of the framework is a three-step process called the 3i Principles: Initiate, Iterate, and Integrate. This simple idea translates into higher engagement, real customer interaction, and multichannel campaigns that extend even into traditional marketing channels. The evolution of digital marketing isn't really about the brands; it's about consumers exercising more control over their choices. This book demonstrates how using this single realization as a starting point helps you build and implement more effective campaigns. Get inside the customer's head with deep consumer research Constantly improve your campaigns based on feedback and interactions Integrate digital activities across channels, including traditional marketing Build campaigns based on customer choice and control Digital marketing turns traditional marketing models on their heads. Instead of telling the customer what to think, you find out what they already think and go from there. Instead of front-loading resources, you continually adjust your approach based on real interactions with real customers every day. Digital marketing operates within its own paradigm, and The Art of Digital Marketing opens the door for your next campaign.
Email Marketing in a Digital World : The Basics and Beyond by
Despite annual predictions of its demise, email marketing remains one of the most important tools for businesses and other organizations. The reason is simple. Other communication tools, including social and digital media channels, cannot duplicate or recreate the unique capabilities of email marketing. This book is for those who wish to learn more about how email marketing works, whether as students, teachers, or practitioners. The authors recap the history of email and email marketing and explain how it informs email today. They cover the fundamentals of email marketing, including types of emails, the elements of an email, email metrics, best practices for email for improving performance, list development, and the benefits of segmenting an email list. Also addressed are special topics in email strategy, including the psychology of email recipients, AB testing for optimizing email elements, integrating email with social media, and aligning email with big data sources.
Experiential Marketing : Secrets, Strategies, and Success Stories from the World's Greatest Brands by
The most researched, documented, and comprehensive manifesto on experiential marketing. As customers take control over what, when, why, and how they buy products and services, brands face the complete breakdown and utter failure of passive marketing strategies designed more than a half-century ago. To connect with a new generation of customers, companies must embrace and deploy a new marketing mix, powered by a more effective discipline: experiences. Experiential marketing, the use of live, face-to-face engagements to connect with audiences, create relationships and drive brand affinity, has become the fastest-growing form of marketing in the world as the very companies that built their brands on the old Madison Avenue approach--including Coca-Cola, Nike, Microsoft, American Express and others--open the next chapter of marketing. . . as experiential brands. Using hundreds of case studies, exclusive research, and interviews with more than 150 global brands spanning a decade, global experiential marketing experts Kerry Smith and Dan Hanover present the most in-depth book ever written on how companies are using experiences as the anchor of reinvented marketing mixes. You'll learn: The history and fundamental principles of experiential marketing How top brands have reset marketing mixes as experience-driven portfolios The anatomy of a brand experience The psychology of engagement and experience design The 10 habits of highly experiential brands How to measure the impact of experiential marketing How to combine digital and social media in an experiential strategy The experiential marketing vocabulary How to begin converting to experiential marketing Marketers still torn between outdated marketing models and the need to reinvent how they market in today's customer-controlled economy will find the clarity they need to refine their marketing strategies, get a roadmap for putting their brands on a winning path, and walk away inspired to transition into experiential brands.
Hacking Marketing : Agile Practices to Make Marketing Smarter, Faster, and More Innovative by
Apply software-inspired management concepts to accelerate modern marketing In many ways, modern marketing has more in common with the software profession than it does with classic marketing management. As surprising as that may sound, it's the natural result of the world going digital. Marketing must move faster, adapt more quickly to market feedback, and manage an increasingly complex set of customer experience touchpoints. All of these challenges are shaped by the dynamics of software--from the growing number of technologies in our own organizations to the global forces of the Internet at large. But you can turn that to your advantage. And you don't need to be technical to do it. Hacking Marketing will show you how to conquer those challenges by adapting successful management frameworks from the software industry to the practice of marketing for any business in a digital world. You'll learn about agile and lean management methodologies, innovation techniques used by high-growth technology companies that any organization can apply, pragmatic approaches for scaling up marketing in a fragmented and constantly shifting environment, and strategies to unleash the full potential of talent in a digital age. Marketing responsibilities and tactics have changed dramatically over the past decade. This book now updates marketing management to better serve this rapidly evolving discipline. Increase the tempo of marketing's responsiveness without chaos or burnout Design "continuous" marketing programs and campaigns that constantly evolve Drive growth with more marketing experiments while actually reducing risk Architect marketing capabilities in layers to better scale and adapt to change Balance strategic focus with the ability to harness emergent opportunities As a marketer and a manager, Hacking Marketing will expand your mental models for how to lead marketing in a digital world where everything--including marketing--flows with the speed and adaptability of software.
Marketing 4. 0 : Moving from Traditional to Digital by
Marketing has changed forever--this is what comes next Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital is the much-needed handbook for next-generation marketing. Written by the world's leading marketing authorities, this book helps you navigate the increasingly connected world and changing consumer landscape to reach more customers, more effectively. Today's customers have less time and attention to devote to your brand--and they are surrounded by alternatives every step of the way. You need to stand up, get their attention, and deliver the message they want to hear. This book examines the marketplace's shifting power dynamics, the paradoxes wrought by connectivity, and the increasing sub-culture splintering that will shape tomorrow's consumer; this foundation shows why Marketing 4.0 is becoming imperative for productivity, and this book shows you how to apply it to your brand today. Marketing 4.0 takes advantage of the shifting consumer mood to reach more customers and engage them more fully than ever before. Exploit the changes that are tripping up traditional approaches, and make them an integral part of your methodology. This book gives you the world-class insight you need to make it happen. Discover the new rules of marketing Stand out and create WOW moments Build a loyal and vocal customer base Learn who will shape the future of customer choice Every few years brings a "new" marketing movement, but experienced marketers know that this time its different; it's not just the rules that have changed, it's the customers themselves. Marketing 4.0 provides a solid framework based on a real-world vision of the consumer as they are today, and as they will be tomorrow. Marketing 4.0 gives you the edge you need to reach them more effectively than ever before.
The Seven Principles of Digital Business Strategy by
If we are creating most of our competitive advantage at the strategic planning stage, why are we spending so little time on this and so much time on technology? This book is not about why you should digitally transform and become more strategic; it's about how. It lays out the steps that must be taken, the data that should be used, and the decision tree to be followed. Following the principles laid out in this book allows organizational leaders, marketers, and technologists to talk at a high strategic level without getting bogged down in the tactics and delivery that consumes most of the time, attention, and activity in the modern workplace. Use the seven principles of digital business strategy to define the direction of travel for your business in today's digital economy.
Social Media Marketing : Marketing Panacea or the Emperor’s New Digital Clothes? by
Published in 1837, Hans Christian Andersen's The Emperor's New Clothes tells the tale of two weavers who present a non-existent suit of clothes to the Emperor with the caution that the suit is invisible to those who are unfit for their positions, stupid, or incompetent. As the Emperor parades in his underwear no one dares to say that they see no clothes--with the exception for one small child who exclaims; "he isn't wearing anything at all." Fast forward to the present day and business owners and managers around the world are told that anyone who cannot see the benefits of social media marketing are unfit for their positions, stupid, or incompetent. As organizations, brands and products fill the social media landscape with meaningless, objectiveless drivel that has interest to no one and serves only to waste resources and alienate customers, a small voice can be heard exclaiming; "who told you that was a good idea?" The caveat to this contemporary tale is that for a very few organizations, brands and products, social media has provided a kind-of marketing panacea. Correction: make that a very, very few organizations. For the rest, they are metaphorically parading in their digital underwear. All is not lost however. Although many have been duped in a new clothes-esque sting, and that their social media marketing efforts are indeed, invisible--but marketing on social media might just be riding to the rescue.
Social Media Marketing : Strategies in Utilizing Consumer-Generated Content by
With the introduction of the Internet, consumers are relying heavily on the media for content. The popularity of consumer-generated content (CGC) has captured the consumer (i.e., user) as the producer, which has cause a power shift in the market from the companies to the consumers. When technology is paired with culture, it is inevitable that consumers are constantly changing their attitudes toward consumption to adapt to current trends. Thus, marketers are meticulously looking for information to keep current with the consumer market in order to maintain their market share. CGC relates closely to electronic word-of-mouth (eWOM) and can be found in various online review sites, forums, blogs, company websites, as well as on social media platforms. Consumers' contribution toward the content on the different digital media sites (including company's website) is on voluntary basis, either paid (e.g., sponsored) or nonpaid (e.g., personal blogs). It is evident that information that is published online travels faster to consumers than when delivered through traditional media such as television. Companies are therefore trying to be proactive; and as part of their promotional efforts, they are turning to online media for the latest information on their target market, feedback on their company (e.g., criticism, praises), as well as information on their competitors. The goal of this book is to educate business owners, marketing practitioners, students, as well as marketing researchers in understanding the use of CGC and how it is beneficial for their marketing plan.
Visual Content Marketing : Leveraging Infographics, Video, and Interactive Media to Attract and Engage Customers by
Your ticket to generating better results through infographics Visual Content Marketing is a more than just a guide to infographics. Written for business people dealing with complex offerings, this is a hands-on, in-the-trenches guide to leveraging this emerging medium to reach bottomline business goals. Uniquely, this book addresses the full range of visual solutions, with an emphasis on using these products to create real business value. Inside, you'll learn the ins and outs of infographics, interactive pictograms, video, animations, data-driven visualizations, and other conversion-generating graphical content. Get inspired by the groundbreaking examples showcased here, and learn how to manage every aspect of visual content, from sourcing suppliers to leveraging content on the appropriate media platforms. Author Stephen Gamble is a leader in visual marketing solutions, with over twenty years of experience in the industry. Thousands look to his firm, Frame Concepts, for insider tips on generating revenue with the help of innovative graphics. This insider knowledge is at your fingertips in Visual Content Marketing. To meet your demanding business goals, you need new ideas. This book will show you how to infuse visual content where and when it counts. Generate high-quality leads and revenue with infographics, video, data visualizations, and more Identify the visual marketing and engagement strategies that will work for your business Source and manage talented content suppliers who will deliver on your strategic vision Integrate eye-popping visual solutions to update your brand and achieve your business goals Focusing on the visual is the secret to success in the effort to win customer engagement and attention. Visual Content Marketing is applicable to every business function and industry. With this book, you have the start-to-finish information you need to leverage visual solutions to great effect.
World Wide Data : The Future of Digital Marketing, E-Commerce, and Big Data by
The world is currently in the midst of a data revolution. Consumers now inhabit a digital world and companies have no option but to follow them there. Governments are reviewing the rules of usage for consumer data in marketing and advertising in order to take advantage of the huge economic opportunity that the data driven economy represents. Companies, recognizing the opportunity, are hurrying to adapt by digitalizing their processes. They are putting pressure on their managers and working teams to learn how to make best use of the technology capabilities and their data resources. What is more, premier national companies have to compete in a global business field where their Silicon Valley-breed competitors have a substantial advantage in terms of digitalization and data usage. Written in plain English with illustrative examples and cases, this book is for the general manager who seeks a better grasp of this fast-changing business world and a better understanding of what will be required from he/she, not just now but in five years' time.
You may have the best product in town, with great features and benefits communicated to target market and reasonably priced, but if it’s not available to customer for purchase when they need it, then other marketing efforts will be useless.” A business of any size – you have to make sure that products or services available in the right place at the right time and in the right quantities. Distribution is the process of making a product or service available for use or consumption by a consumer or business user. Rapid changes in communication, and information technology, globalization of business, increase in competition and higher level of customer orientation have made place/distribution more important than ever. This course will focus in the distribution management tasks in the context of the marketing mix and the importance of marketing channel strategies as value-add to the business. As marketer or a business owner, to make your product or service available for use or consumption by your consumer or business users, you must decide to use either direct means, or using indirect means with channels of distribution (marketing channels) or intermediaries. To complete your understanding of the whole concept of distribution management, a strong emphasis will also be given to marketing channel strategies, channel design, channels flow and its relationship to service level, level of intensity of distribution efforts and role of Logistics and Supply Chain Management in go-to-market strategies of the company.
E-Logistics by
E-logistics serves as the nerve system for the whole supply chain and enables smooth information flow within and between organizations. This contributed book focuses on the strategic role of e-logistics in today's dynamic global environment. In E-Logistics international experts from both academia and industry examine how competitiveness and productivity in transport, logistics and supply chain management can be improved using e-logistics systems and technologies. A variety of successful e-logistics business approaches are discussed covering a range of commercial sectors and transport modes. Separate chapters consider e-logistics developments for air freight; rail freight; road freight; sea transport and port systems. Subsequent chapters address in depth support systems for B2C and B2B e-commerce and e-fulfilment, warehouse management, RFID, electronic marketplaces, global supply network visibility, and service chain automation. Industry case studies are used to support the discussion. The book also investigates emerging technologies in e-logistics and considers what the future might hold in this rapidly changing and developing field.
Handbook of Research on Distribution Channels by
Distribution channels are the most complex element of the marketing mix to fully grasp and to profitably manage. In this Handbook the authors present cutting-edge research on channel management and design from analytical, conceptual, and empirical perspectives. The ultimate objective of this Handbook is a comprehensive theory of distribution channels for scholars presented in enlightened surveys of the literature to tightly reasoned investigations. Channel management topics include value creation, interorganizational knowledge transfer, contract design, governance and control, and relationship management. Channel design topics encompass coordination, supply-chain management, price vs. quantity competition, channel breadth, franchising, resale price maintenance, and bricks-and-mortar vs. online retailer competition. The book concludes with a sketch of a Comprehensive Theory of Distribution Channels meant to incorporate and extend current thinking. The breadth of this Handbook makes it appropriate for use in a doctoral course on distribution channels, or as a knowledge-broadening resource for faculty and researchers who wish to understand types of channels research that are outside the scope of their own approach to distribution.
Inventory and Production Management in Supply Chains, Fourth Edition by
Authored by a team of experts, the new edition of this bestseller presents practical techniques for managing inventory and production throughout supply chains. It covers the current context of inventory and production management, replenishment systems for managing individual inventories within a firm, managing inventory in multiple locations and firms, and production management. The book presents sophisticated concepts and solutions with an eye towards today's economy of global demand, cost-saving, and rapid cycles. It explains how to decrease working capital andnbsp;how to deal with coordinating chains across boundaries.
Logistics by
As a first destination for Bac + 4 and above students, but also for teachers and researchers, this book presents in 42 sheets - from 4 to 5 pages each - the fundamental elements to the setting up of a logistics. Indeed, many books exist in logistics, but they usually focus on the development of a particular theme. In this case, the logistics in 42 sheets offers an overview of the key elements to consider for the implementation of a logistics. And to go further, each sheet offers a bibliography "development" themes and subtopics.
Marketing and Supply Chain Management by
Organizations are now recognizing the importance of demand-supply integration to their growth and success. While marketing and supply chain management are an essential part of any business qualification, it is becoming increasingly essential to understand the need for integration between synergize marketing and SCM. Marketing and Supply Chain Management is among the first to synergize these two disciplines. Its holistic approach provides students with a macro-level understanding of these functions and their symbiotic relationship to one another, and demonstrates how both can be managed synergistically to the benefit of the organization. This bridge-building textbook is ideal for students of marketing, logistics, supply chain management, or procurement who want to understand the machinations of business at a macro level.
Operations and Supply Chain Management by 
Principles of Supply Chain Management by
Reflecting the latest practices, trends, and emerging developments, PRINCIPLES OF SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: A BALANCED APPROACH, 4E guides you step by step through the management of all supply chain activity--including issues related to both domestic and global supply chains. Comprehensive, one-of-a-kind coverage encompasses operations, purchasing, logistics, and process integration. The book's balanced approach follows the natural flow through the supply chain. Well-organized chapters demonstrate the practical applications of supply chain management in today's workplace, and intriguing SCM Profiles provide a wealth of real-world business examples. In addition, relevant end-of-chapter questions and problems help you put what you learn into practice.
Purchasing and Supply Chain Management by
For too long, business has focused on short-term cost advantages through low-cost country sourcing with little regard for the longer-term implications of global sustainability. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management, Second Edition, not only fully addresses the environmental, social and economic challenges of how companies manage purchasing and supply chains, but also delves deeper into emerging areas such as modern slavery, digital technologies and circular supply chains. In addition to explaining the basic principles and processes of both purchasing and supply chain management, the book evaluates how to develop strategic and sustainable purchasing and supply chain management. Our key message is that purchasing and supply chain management needs to focus on value creation rather than cost cutting. This requires the development of new purchasing and supply chain models that involve circular supply structures, supply chain transparency and collaboration with new stakeholders in traditional sourcing and supply chain settings. Aimed at students, educators and practitioners the book integrates sustainability into each chapter as a core element of purchasing and supply chain management. This second edition incorporates new examples and case studies from industry throughout, striking a balance between theoretical frameworks and guidelines for implementation in practice.
Supply Chain Management by
The tenth edition of SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: A LOGISTICS PERSPECTIVE refined its focus on the supply chain approach by blending logistics theory with practical applications and includes updated material on the latest technology, transportation regulations, pricing, and other issues. Students are introduced to real-world companies, people and events with applied examples of hands-on managerial experience. "Supply Chain Technology" boxes appear throughout the text assisting students relate technological developments to supply chain management concepts and logistics practices while taking in consideration global changes. Short Cases at the end of each chapter are updated and build on what students have learned in the chapter.
Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management by
Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management addresses the most relevant topics of operations and supply chain management from the perspective of sustainability. The main focus is to provide a step by step guide for managerial decisions made along the product life-cycle, following a path made up of the following steps: product design, sourcing, manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution, reverses logistics and recovery.
You may have the best product in town, with great features and benefits communicated to target market and reasonably priced, but if it’s not available to customer for purchase when they need it, then other marketing efforts will be useless.” A business of any size – you have to make sure that products or services available in the right place at the right time and in the right quantities. Distribution is the process of making a product or service available for use or consumption by a consumer or business user. Rapid changes in communication, and information technology, globalization of business, increase in competition and higher level of customer orientation have made place/distribution more important than ever. This course will focus in the distribution management tasks in the context of the marketing mix and the importance of marketing channel strategies as value-add to the business. As marketer or a business owner, to make your product or service available for use or consumption by your consumer or business users, you must decide to use either direct means, or using indirect means with channels of distribution (marketing channels) or intermediaries. To complete your understanding of the whole concept of distribution management, a strong emphasis will also be given to marketing channel strategies, channel design, channels flow and its relationship to service level, level of intensity of distribution efforts and role of Logistics and Supply Chain Management in go-to-market strategies of the company.
Contemporary Issues in Supply Chain Management and Logistics by
This book is a collection of chapters on issues we face today in the world of supply chain management. While there are a number of college textbooks related to specific areas within logistics and supply chain issues, there are very few general supply chain management "trends" books. Contemporary Issues in Supply Chain Management and Logistics consists of seven dynamic, current and informative chapters that cover a variety of cutting-edge supply chain topics of use to both graduate students, and professionals working in the field. The book contains new, original research papers written by academics from the fields of engineering, transportation, marketing, and supply chain management and logistics.
Essentials of Supply Chain Management by
The bestselling guide to the field, updated with the latest innovations Essentials of Supply Chain Management is the definitive guide to the field, providing both broad coverage and necessary detail from a practical, real-world perspective. From clear explanation of fundamental concepts to insightful discussion of supply chain innovation, this book offers students and professionals a comprehensive introduction with immediately-applicable understanding. The fourth edition has been updated to reflect the current state of the field, with coverage of the latest technologies and new case studies that illustrate critical concepts in action. Organized for easy navigation and ease-of-use, this invaluable guide also serves as a quick reference for managers in the field seeking tips and techniques for maximizing efficiency and turning the supply chain into a source of competitive advantage. The supply chain underpins the entire structure of manufacturing and retailing. Well-run, it can help a company become a global behemoth--or, if poorly-managed, it can sink a company before the product ever sees the light of day. The supply chain involves many moving parts, constantly-changing variables, and a network of other business that may have different priorities and interests--keeping it all running smoothly is a complex, but immensely powerful skill. This book takes you inside the supply chain to show you what you need to know. Understand the fundamental concepts behind supply chain management Learn how supply chains work, and how to measure their performance Explore the ways in which innovation is improving supply chains around the world Examine the supply chain as a source of competitive advantage Whether you're at the front or the back of your supply chain, your business is affected by every other company and event in the chain. Deep understanding and a host of practical skills are required to accurately predict, react to, and manage the ever-changing stream of events that could potentially disrupt the flow. Essentials of Supply Chain Management prepares you to take on the challenge and succeed.
The LIVING Supply Chain : The Evolving Imperative of Operating in Real Time by
Creates a managerial compass for entering into the LIVING (Live, Intelligent, Velocity, Interactive, Networked, and Good) era of supply chain management and defines the imperative for creating Velocity and Visibility as the focal point for exploiting new digital, mobile, and cloud-based technologies Written by well-known researchers in the field, this book addresses the changes that have occurred and are still unfolding at various organizations that are involved in building real-time supply chains. The authors draw on their experiences with multiple companies, along with references to the natural evolution of ecosystems throughout to help identify the "new rules of supply chain management." The LIVING principles associated with the rapid digitization and technology changes occurring in the global economy are discussed, along with the push to become more sustainable and responsive to customer needs. " Handfield and Linton reveal the "secret ingredient" to leveraging the power of a well managed supply chain....will revolutionize the way companies approach supply chain management." Frank Crespo, Vice President, Global Supply Network Division (CPO/Logistics/IoT Analytics), Caterpillar Inc. " The LIVING supply chain is a wake up call to any enterprise that depends on suppliers and contractors. Be fast, be nimble and make supply chain transparency the nucleus of your operations or become endangered." Paul Massih, Vice President, BP PSCM " ...a fascinating journey through the future of supply chain management ... a must read for every supplychain professional." Yossi Sheffi, Professor, MIT Center for Transportation and Logistics " ... a great "living" reading on how to bring supply chains to a powerful living state. The idea of Live-Interactive-Velocity-Intelligent-Networked-Good is the foundation of how supply chains can be agile, adaptive and aligned. ...of value to every supply chain executive and practitioner." Hau Lee, Professor, Stanford University " Successful businesses are those that support the success of their customers. This book captures the essence of our volatile, uncertain world and the opportunities that exist for the commercially astute, organizationally integrated business. More important, it offers insight to the recipe for 21st century operations and the management of complex supply ecosystems." Tim Cummins, CEO, International Association of Commercial and Contract Management " A LIVING supply chain requires a living company. The authors make a great case for how Flex is creating a living company to thrive in the living supply chain." Tom Choi, Harold E. Fear on Eminent Scholar Chair of Purchasing Management, Arizona State University, Executive Director, CAPS Research " To survive we need to have an adaptive supply chain and capability to both optimize and adapt simultaneously. This book begins to describe the ability to shift from functional silos to E2E Frictionless flow with the maturity to make E2E tradeoff decisions as a key enabler for success." Wayne Rothman, Vice President, Enterprise Supply Chain Planning, Johnson & Johnson "A fantastic read and excellent stories from Dr. Handfield and Tom." Joanne E. Wright, Vice President, IBM Supply Chain ROBERT HANDFIELD, PhD, is Bank of America University Distinguished Professor of Supply Chain Management and Director of the Supply Chain Resource Cooperative at North Carolina State University. The author of four books and over 150 journal articles, Dr. Handfield received his PhD in Opera
Managing the Supply Chain Management-Marketing Interface by 
Modeling and Simulation of Logistics Flows 2 : Dashboards, Traffic Planning and Management by
Volume 2 begins with an introduction and 4 chapters implementing software tools on cases of practical applications and it ends with a conclusion: The various tools used in this volume Operational research with a spreadsheet Dashboards with spreadsheets and pivot tables Scheduling and planning with a project manager The traffic simulation The conclusion shows the new features that are expected to emerge on spreadsheets as well as project managers, developments and convergences between traffic simulators and new infrastructure that are emerging on road networks. Annex 1 focuses on the installation Solver in Microsoft Excel and Annex 2 focuses on the installation of the Java Development Kit.
Procurement Practices and SMEs in Global Supply Chains: What do we know so far? by
This literature review looks at what we know so far about the procurement practices from small and medium enterprises (SMEs) in global supply chains and what strategies actors in these market systems can take to improve these practices. So far little attention has been paid to this specific question, even though micro, small and medium enterprises (including farms) in many cases (i) supply many of the jobs in global supply chains and at the same time (ii) face the biggest challenges in terms of decent work deficits.
Quality and supply chain management : integration challenges and impacts by 
RFID for the Supply Chain and Operations Professional, Second Edition by
RFID (radio-frequency identification) is increasing its presence in our personal and business lives--you name it and RFID is likely to be finding its way there. RFID has many advantages over other auto-ID technologies, including its ability to read tags at the item level while the items are still in boxes and pallets and out of line of sight. In addition, RFID tags are reusable, which helps reduce the costs associated with an RFID system. RFID is a technology that can provide decision makers with real-time information to result in better and timelier decisions. It can help increase efficiency, security, and asset control. This second edition contains updated information on the technology and its uses, new and updated examples, and a new case study. This book provides readers with no prior knowledge of RFID with the basics of the technology, guidelines for considering its use, examples of how RFID is being used effectively in a variety of organizations, and guidelines for implementing an RFID system.
Supply Chain Management and Its Applications in Computer Science by
Supply chain management is a key topic for a large variety of strategic decision problems. It is essential in making efficient decisions related to the management of inventory and the delivery of final products to customers. The focus of this book is the understanding of the supply chain taxonomy, the different levels of decision and the impact of one level on another depending on the modeling of the addressed objectives. The authors explore the potential problems that can be addressed within the supply chain, such as the inventory, the transportation and issues of holding, and find applications in numerous fields of study, from cloud computing and networking through to industrial sciences. The reader can find each issue described and its positioning in the supply chain determined. A computer science framework is also developed to show how the use of electronic platforms can aid in the handling of these potential problems.
Supply Chain Management for Sustainable Food Networks by
An interdisciplinary framework for managing sustainable agrifood supply chains Supply Chain Management for Sustainable Food Networks provides an up-to-date and interdisciplinary framework for designing and operating sustainable supply chains for agri-food products. Focus is given to decision-making procedures and methodologies enabling policy-makers, managers and practitioners to design and manage effectively sustainable agrifood supply chain networks. Authored by high profile researchers with global expertise in designing and operating sustainable supply chains in the agri-food industry, this book: Features the entire hierarchical decision-making process for managing sustainable agrifood supply chains. Covers knowledge-based farming, management of agricultural wastes, sustainability, green supply chain network design, safety, security and traceability, IT in agrifood supply chains, carbon footprint management, quality management, risk management and policy- making. Explores green supply chain management, sustainable knowledge-based farming, corporate social responsibility, environmental management and emerging trends in agri-food retail supply chain operations. Examines sustainable practices that are unique for agriculture as well as practices that already have been implemented in other industrial sectors such as green logistics and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). Supply Chain Management for Sustainable Food Networks provides a useful resource for researchers, practitioners, policy-makers, regulators and C-level executives that deal with strategic decision-making. Post-graduate students in the field of agriculture sciences, engineering, operations management, logistics and supply chain management will also benefit from this book.
Enterprise Resource Management 1
This basic entrepreneurship course provides a space and platform for self-discovery and opportunity discovery. The learners are expected to uncover their strengths in terms of an entrepreneurial founding team and learn the basics, such as opportunity discovery, value proposition, prototyping, competition analysis, and early customer insights. By the end of this course, the learners should be able to convert ideas into a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) and embrace an entrepreneurial skills and characteristics.
Big Data for Small Business for Dummies by
Capitalise on big data to add value to your small business Written by bestselling author and big data expert Bernard Marr, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you understand what big data actually is--and how you can analyse and use it to improve your business. Free of confusing jargon and complemented with lots of step-by-step guidance and helpful advice, it quickly and painlessly helps you get the most from using big data in a small business. Business data has been around for a long time. Unfortunately, it was trapped away in overcrowded filing cabinets and on archaic floppy disks. Now, thanks to technology and new tools that display complex databases in a much simpler manner, small businesses can benefit from the big data that's been hiding right under their noses. With the help of this friendly guide, you'll discover how to get your hands on big data to develop new offerings, products and services; understand technological change; create an infrastructure; develop strategies; and make smarter business decisions. Shows you how to use big data to make sense of user activity on social networks and customer transactions Demonstrates how to capture, store, search, share, analyse and visualise analytics Helps you turn your data into actionable insights Explains how to use big data to your advantage in order to transform your small business If you're a small business owner or employee, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you harness the hottest commodity on the market today in order to take your company to new heights.
Business Driven Information Systems by 
Business Driven Technology by
Business Driven Technology 7e provides the ultimate flexibility in tailoring content to the exact needs of your MIS or IT course! Business Driven Technology 7e offers flexibility to customize according to your needs and the course and student needs by covering essential concepts and topics in the five core units, while providing additional in-depth coverage in the business and the technology plug-ins. Plug-ins are fully developed modules of text that include student learning outcomes, case studies, business vignettes, and end-of-chapter material such as key terms, individual and group questions and projects, and case study exercises. Each chapter and plug-in is independent so you can: * Cover any or all of the chapters as they suit your purpose. * Cover any or all of the business plug-ins as they suit your purpose. * Cover any or all of the technology plug-ins as they suit your purpose. * Cover the plug-ins in any order you wish.
Business Process Management by
This book introduces students to business process management, an approach that aims to align the organization's business processes with the demands of the marketplace. Processes serve as a coordination mechanism, and the aim of business process management is to improve the organization's effectiveness and efficiency in adapting to change, and maintaining competitive advantage. In Business Process Management, Kumar argues for the value of looking at businesses as a collection of processes that cut across departments, and for breaking down functional silos. The book provides an overview of the basic concepts in this field before moving on to more advanced topics such as process verification, flexible processes, process security and evaluation, resource assignment, and social networks. One chapter of the book is also devoted to process analytics. The book concludes with an examination of the future directions of the discipline. Blending a strong grounding in current research with a focus on concepts and tools, Business Process Management is an accessible textbook full of practical examples and cases that will appeal to upper level students.
Business Process Management : practical guidelines to successful implementations by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated fourth edition brings Jeston's practicable frameworks and solutions up to date with the latest developments in BPM, including the robotics process automation, digital strategies and the changes necessary as a result of the impact of the quad generations in the workforce. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: Enhanced BPM House noting the importance of traceability from strategy to execution activities New and revised case studies An analysis of the risks and benefits of robotic automation and cognitive computing. The book highlights that millennials will be 50% of the global workforce in 2020 and 67% by 2025--Jeston warns managers to ignore them at your peril. Business processes and the way work is performed must evolve! This book will prove to be an indispensable guide to any senior business executive or chief financial officer while providing practical BPM examples to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike.
The Business Value of Software by
In business, driving value is a key strategy and typically starts at the top of an organization. In today's digital age, driving software value is also an important, and often overlooked, key strategy. Executives, and the corporate board, need to expect the highest level of business value from the software the organization is developing, buying, and selling. In today's digital transformation marketplace, it is imperative that organizations start driving business value from software development initiatives. For many years, the cost of software development challenged organizations with questions such as: How do we allocate software development costs? Should these costs be considered an overhead expense? Are we getting the most value possible for our investment? A fundamental problem has been built into these questions - the focus on cost. In almost every other part of the organization, maximizing profit or, in the case of a not-for-profit, maximizing the funds available, provides a clear focus with metrics to determine success or failure. In theory, simply aligning software spending with the maximizing profit goals should be sufficient to avoid any questions about value for money. Unfortunately, this alignment hasn't turned out to be so simple, and the questions persist, particularly at the strategic or application portfolio level. In this book, Michael D.S. Harris describes how a software business value culture--one where all stakeholders, including technology and business--have a clear understanding of the goals and expected business value from software development. The book shows readers how they can transform software development from a cost or profit center to a business value center. Only a culture of software as a value center enables an organization to constantly maximize business value flow through software development. If your organization is starting to ask how it can change software from a cost-center to a value-center, this book is for you.
Enterprise Performance Intelligence and Decision Patterns by
"Vivek Kale has written a　great　book　on performance management that focuses on decision-making; on continuous, incremental improvement; and on identifying common patterns in becoming a more intelligent organization." --James Taylor, CEO of Decision Management Solutions and author of Real-World Decision Modeling with DMN "Introducing the concepts of decision patterns and performance intelligence, Vivek Kale has written another important book on the issues faced by contemporary organizations."--Gary Cokins, author of Predictive Business Analytics and Performance Management: Integrating Strategy Execution, Methodologies, Risk, and Analytics Enterprise Performance Intelligence and Decision Patterns unravels the mystery of enterprise performance intelligence (EPI) and explains how it can transform the operating context of business enterprises. It provides a clear understanding of what EPI means, what it can do, and application areas where it is practical to use. The need to be responsive to evolving customer needs and desires creates organizational structures where business intelligence (BI) and decision making is pushed out to operating units that are closest to the scene of the action. Closed-loop decision making resulting from a combination of on-going performance management with on-going BI can lead to an effective responsive enterprise; hence, the need for performance intelligence (PI). This pragmatic book: Introduces the technologies such as data warehousing, data mining, analytics, and business intelligence systems that are a first step toward enabling data-driven enterprises. Details decision patterns and performance decision patterns that pave the road for performance intelligence applications. Introduces the concepts, principles, and technologies related to performance measurement systems. Describes the concepts and principles related to balance scorecard systems (BCS). Introduces aspects of performance intelligence for the real-time enterprises. Enterprise Performance Intelligence and Decision Patterns shows how a company can design and implement instruments ranging from decision patterns to PI systems that can enable continuous correction of business unit behavior so companies can enhance levels of productivity and profitability.
Global Marketing Management System (Second Edition) by
This is the second edition of the Global Marketing Management System (GMMS). The GMMS approach (GMMS book + GMMSO4 software) provides a rigorous theoretical base and a comprehensive, systematic and integrative planning process designed to guide students and managers alike through the decision-making process of a company seeking global market opportunities.The book aims to provide a structure, platform, tools and a systematic step-by-step process designed to support the creation of a strategic and applied oriented methodology to global business planning and strategy formulation. It introduces the GMMS process as a demonstration of a successful application of using web-based tools in teaching international business. The book also facilitates the ability of students to enhance their understanding of decision making in international management and bridge the gap between theory and practice.
Implementing Enterprise Risk Management : from methods to applications by
A practical, real-world guide for implementing enterprise risk management (ERM) programs into your organization Enterprise risk management (ERM) is a complex yet critical issue that all companies must deal with in the twenty-first century. Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. ERM empowers risk professionals to balance risks with rewards and balance people with processes. But to master the numerous aspects of enterprise risk management, you must integrate it into the culture and operations of the business. No one knows this better than risk management expert James Lam, and now, with Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications, he distills more than thirty years' worth of experience in the field to give risk professionals a clear understanding of how to implement an enterprise risk management program for every business. Offers valuable insights on solving real-world business problems using ERM Effectively addresses how to develop specific ERM tools Contains a significant number of case studies to help with practical implementation of an ERM program While Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls, Second Edition focuses on the "what" of ERM, Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications will help you focus on the "how." Together, these two resources can help you meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on--and succeed.
Lean Management of Global Supply Chain by
This book is the first among many books in supply chain management, which provides the readers with insights on how to select the best global supply chain out of inter-firm network, fables system or market firms. This process is clearly expounded in the book through case studies, which include Apple, Toyota, BMW, IKEA and Taiwan TSMC. The main editor, Prof Yasuhiro Monden, is the founding father of Lean Production Management who published Toyota Production System from IIE in 1983, which is called the classic of Lean System. This book will explain how the global supply chain (GSC) could be organized by considering causal relationships of the stage differences in (1) market needs, (2) product design architecture, and (3) product life-cycle, for the purpose of reducing the total costs of GSC.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Enterprise Resource Management 1
This basic entrepreneurship course provides a space and platform for self-discovery and opportunity discovery. The learners are expected to uncover their strengths in terms of an entrepreneurial founding team and learn the basics, such as opportunity discovery, value proposition, prototyping, competition analysis, and early customer insights. By the end of this course, the learners should be able to convert ideas into a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) and embrace an entrepreneurial skills and characteristics.
Agile Project Management for Business Transformational Success by
This book is intended to provide project management office (PMO) executives' practical information to promote enterprise Agile for business value compatibility within their organization. The primary benefit of this book is to promote a sense of common purpose and collaboration between the project delivery and the organization. Agile project delivery methods are adaptable to the emergence of unknown requirements identified in the later part of the project delivery lifecycle. The key success factor is direct business participation and collaboration to ensure that a business focus determines the output. Agile promotes innovation and creates synergies through a business focus viewing technology deployments as a catalyst for change rather than the final objective. Technology investments implemented through Agile processes result in improved market leadership, organizational alignment, and resource efficiency delivering competitive advantage.
Enterprise Agility : Being Agile in a Changing World by
Enterprise Agility is practical framework for enhancing Agility and equipping your company with the tools to survive. Key Features Prepare your company to navigate the rapidly-moving business world Enhance Agility in every component of your organization Build a framework that meets the unique requirements of your enterprise Book Description The biggest challenge enterprises face today is dealing with fast-paced change in all spheres of business. Enterprise Agility shows how an enterprise can address this challenge head on and thrive in the dynamic environment. Avoiding the mechanistic construction of existing enterprises that focus on predictability and certainty, Enterprise Agility delivers practical advice for responding and adapting to the scale and accelerating pace of disruptive change in the business environment. Agility is a fundamental shift in thinking about how enterprises work to effectively deal with disruptive changes in the business environment. The core belief underlying agility is that enterprises are open and living systems. These living systems, also known as complex adaptive systems (CAS), are ideally suited to deal with change very effectively. Agility is to enterprises what health is to humans. There are some foundational principles that can be broadly applied, but the definition of healthy is very specific to each individual. Enterprise Agility takes a similar approach with regard to agility: it suggests foundational practices to improve the overall health of the body--culture, mindset, and leadership--and the health of its various organs: people, process, governance, structure, technology, and customers. The book also suggests a practical framework to create a plan to enhance agility. What you will learn Drive agility-oriented change across the enterprise Understand why agility matters (more than ever) to modern enterprises Adopt and influence an Agile mindset in your teams and in your organization Understand the concept of a CAS and how to model enterprise and leadership behaviors on CAS characteristics to enhance enterprise agility Understand and convey the differences between Agile and true enterprise agility Create an enterprise-specific action plan to enhance agility Become a champion for enterprise agility Recognize the advantages and challenges of distributed teams, and how Agile ways of working can remedy the rough spots Enable and motivate your IT partners to adopt Agile ways of working Who this book is for Enterprise Agility is a tool for anyone with the motivation to influence outcomes in an enterprise, who aspires to improve Agility. Readers from the following backgrounds will benefit: chief executive officer, chief information officer, people/human resource director, information technology director, head of change program, head of transformation, and Agile coach/consultant.
Enterprise Content and Search Management for Building Digital Platforms by
Provides modern enterprises with the tools to create a robust digital platform utilizing proven best practices, practical models, and time-tested techniques Contemporary business organizations can either embrace the digital revolution--or be left behind. Enterprise Content and Search Management for Building Digital Platforms provides modern enterprises with the necessary tools to create a robust digital platform utilizing proven best practices, practical models, and time-tested techniques to compete in the today's digital world. Features include comprehensive discussions on content strategy, content key performance indicators (KPIs), mobile-first strategy, content assessment models, various practical techniques and methodologies successfully used in real-world digital programs, relevant case studies, and more. Initial chapters cover core concepts of a content management system (CMS), including content strategy; CMS architecture, templates, and workflow; reference architectures, information architecture, taxonomy, and content metadata. Advanced CMS topics are then covered, with chapters on integration, content standards, digital asset management (DAM), document management, and content migration, evaluation, validation, maintenance, analytics, SEO, security, infrastructure, and performance. The basics of enterprise search technologies are explored next, and address enterprise search architecture, advanced search, operations, and governance. Final chapters then focus on enterprise program management and feature coverage of various concepts of digital program management and best practices--along with an illuminating end-to-end digital program case study. Offers a comprehensive guide to the understanding and learning of new methodologies, techniques, and models for the creation of an end-to-end digital system Addresses a wide variety of proven best practices and deployed techniques in content management and enterprise search space which can be readily used for digital programs Covers the latest digital trends such as mobile-first strategy, responsive design, adaptive content design, micro services architecture, semantic search and such and also utilizes sample reference architecture for implementing solutions Features numerous case studies to enhance comprehension, including a complete end-to-end digital program case study Provides readily usable content management checklists and templates for defining content strategy, CMS evaluation, search evaluation and DAM evaluation Comprehensive and cutting-edge, Enterprise Content and Search Management for Building Digital Platforms is an invaluable reference resource for creating an optimal enterprise digital eco-system to meet the challenges of today's hyper-connected world.
Enterprise Interoperability: Smart Services and Business Impact of Enterprise Interoperability by
The ability of future industry to create interactive, flexible and always-on connections between design, manufacturing and supply is an ongoing challenge, affecting competitiveness, efficiency and resourcing. The goal of enterprise interoperability (EI) research is therefore to address the effectiveness of solutions that will successfully prepare organizations for the advent and uptake of new technologies. This volume outlines results and practical concepts from recent and ongoing European research studies in EI, and examines the results of research and discussions cultivated at the I-ESA 2018 conference, "Smart services and business impact of enterprise interoperability". The conference, designed to encourage collaboration between academic inquiry and real-world industry applications, addressed a number of advanced multidisciplinary topics including Industry 4.0, Big Data, the Internet of Things, Cloud computing, ontology, artificial intelligence, virtual reality and enterprise modelling for future "smart" manufacturing. Readers will find this book to be a source of invaluable knowledge for enterprise architects in a range of industries and organizations.
Enterprise Knowledge Capital by
Thoroughly grounded in an extensive body of international research and analysis, this book investigates the concepts surrounding a firm's knowledge capital. These concepts play an integral part in the evolution of economic and managerial thinking, particularly in relation to the themes of firm, knowledge and innovation. The author advocates a greater socialization of the production of knowledge capital that stands in contradiction to the strong appropriation strategies that are predominant today. This book presents a historical analysis of the facts with a strong basis in the recent literature in economics and innovation management as well as in case studies of CAC 40 companies that have been conducted over the course of the past few years.
Enterprise Risk Management : A Common Framework for the Entire Organization by
Enterprise Risk Management: A Common Framework for the Entire Organization discusses the many types of risks all businesses face. It reviews various categories of risk, including financial, cyber, health, safety and environmental, brand, supply chain, political, and strategic risks and many others. It provides a common framework and terminology for managing these risks to build an effective enterprise risk management system. This enables companies to prevent major risk events, detect them when they happen, and to respond quickly, appropriately, and resiliently. The book solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization and between different risk specialties by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks, while also showing how these principles apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks. Enterprise Risk Management is ideal for executives and managers across the entire organization, providing the comprehensive understanding they need, in everyday language, to successfully navigate, manage, and mitigate the complex risks they face in today's global market. Provides a framework on which to build an enterprise-wide system to manage risk and potential losses in business settings Solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks Offers principles which apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks Presents useful, building block information in everyday language for both managers and risk practitioners across the entire organization
Enterprise Security Risk Management : Concepts and Applilcations by
As a security professional, have you found that you and others in your company do not always define "security" the same way? Perhaps security interests and business interests have become misaligned. Brian Allen and Rachelle Loyear offer a new approach: Enterprise Security Risk Management (ESRM). By viewing security through a risk management lens, ESRM can help make you and your security program successful. In their long-awaited book, based on years of practical experience and research, Brian Allen and Rachelle Loyear show you step-by-step how Enterprise Security Risk Management (ESRM) applies fundamental risk principles to manage all security risks. Whether the risks are informational, cyber, physical security, asset management, or business continuity, all are included in the holistic, all-encompassing ESRM approach which will move you from task-based to risk-based security. How is ESRM familiar? As a security professional, you may already practice some of the components of ESRM. Many of the concepts - such as risk identification, risk transfer and acceptance, crisis management, and incident response - will be well known to you. How is ESRM new? While many of the principles are familiar, the authors have identified few organizations that apply them in the comprehensive, holistic way that ESRM represents - and even fewer that communicate these principles effectively to key decision-makers. How is ESRM practical? ESRM offers you a straightforward, realistic, actionable approach to deal effectively with all the distinct types of security risks facing you as a security practitioner. ESRM is performed in a life cycle of risk management including: Asset assessment and prioritization. Risk assessment and prioritization. Risk treatment (mitigation). Continuous improvement. Throughout Enterprise Security Risk Management: Concepts and Applications, the authors give you the tools and materials that will help you advance you in the security field, no matter if you are a student, a newcomer, or a seasoned professional. Included are realistic case studies, questions to help you assess your own security program, thought-provoking discussion questions, useful figures and tables, and references for your further reading. By redefining how everyone thinks about the role of security in the enterprise, your security organization can focus on working in partnership with business leaders and other key stakeholders to identify and mitigate security risks. As you begin to use ESRM, following the instructions in this book, you will experience greater personal and professional satisfaction as a security professional - and you'll become a recognized and trusted partner in the business-critical effort of protecting your enterprise and all its assets.
Implementing Enterprise Risk Management : From Methods to Applications by
A practical, real-world guide for implementing enterprise risk management (ERM) programs into your organization Enterprise risk management (ERM) is a complex yet critical issue that all companies must deal with in the twenty-first century. Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. ERM empowers risk professionals to balance risks with rewards and balance people with processes. But to master the numerous aspects of enterprise risk management, you must integrate it into the culture and operations of the business. No one knows this better than risk management expert James Lam, and now, with Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications, he distills more than thirty years' worth of experience in the field to give risk professionals a clear understanding of how to implement an enterprise risk management program for every business. Offers valuable insights on solving real-world business problems using ERM Effectively addresses how to develop specific ERM tools Contains a significant number of case studies to help with practical implementation of an ERM program While Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls, Second Edition focuses on the "what" of ERM, Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications will help you focus on the "how." Together, these two resources can help you meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on--and succeed.
The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data by
" ... the enterprise of today has changed ... wherever you sit in this new corporation ... Srinivasan gives us a practical and provocative guide for rethinking our business process ... calling us all to action around rapid development of our old, hierarchical structures into flexible customer centric competitive force .... A must read for today's business leader." Mark Nunnelly, Executive Director, MassIT, Commonwealth of Massachusetts and Managing Director, Bain Capital "'Efficiency,' 'agile,' and 'analytics' used to be the rage. Venkat Srinivasan explains in this provocative book why organizations can no longer afford to stop there. They need to move beyond - to be 'intelligent.' It isn't just theory. He's done it." Bharat Anand, Henry R. Byers Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School In the era of big data and automation, the book presents a cutting-edge approach to how enterprises should organize and function. Striking a practical balance between theory and practice, The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data presents the enterprise architecture that identifies the power of the emerging technology environment. Beginning with an introduction to the key challenges that enterprises face, the book systematically outlines modern enterprise architecture through a detailed discussion of the inseparable elements of such architecture: efficiency, flexibility, and intelligence. This architecture enables rapid responses to market needs by sensing important developments in internal and external environments in real time. Illustrating all of these elements in an integrated fashion, The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data also features: * A detailed discussion on issues of time-to-market and flexibility with respect to enterprise application technology * Novel analyses illustrated through extensive real-world case studies to help readers better understand the applicability of the architecture and concepts * Various applications of natural language processing to real-world business transactions * Practical approaches for designing and building intelligent enterprises The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data is an appropriate reference for business executives, information technology professionals, data scientists, and management consultants. The book is also an excellent supplementary textbook for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level courses in business intelligence, data mining, big data, and business process automation. "a compelling vision of the next generation of organization--the intelligent enterprise--which will leverage not just big data but also unstructured text and artificial intelligence to optimize internal processes in real time ... a must-read book for CEOs and CTOs in all industries." Ravi Ramamurti, D"Amore-McKim Distinguished Professor of International Business and Strategy, and Director, Center for Emerging Markets, Northeastern University "It is about the brave new world that narrows the gap between technology and business .... The book has practical advice from a thoughtful practitioner. Intelligent automation will be a competitive strength in the future. Will your company be ready?" Victor J. Menezes, Retired Senior Vice Chairman, Citigroup Venkat Srinivasan, PhD, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of RAGE Frameworks, Inc., which supports the creation of intelligent business process automation solutions and cognitive intelligence solutions for global corporations. He is an entrepreneur and holds several patents in the area of knowledge-based technology architectures. He is t
Stakeholder-Led Project Management : Changing the Way We Manage Projects by
If stakeholders matter on projects, then they must make a difference to the way we plan, structure, and execute projects. This book provides a stakeholder-centric analysis of projects, and explains which engagement models are relevant to different types of projects--from simple office moves to IT enterprise changes, to transformational change of a business, and to complex social development. With case studies from around the world, the book illustrates what goes wrong when stakeholders are not engaged successfully, what amazing things happen when they are, and what lessons can be learned from both experiences. Cases drawn from a variety of contexts are used to demonstrate the application of stakeholder tools, leaving the reader with a very practical understanding of which techniques may be beneficially applied to their own projects. Key models introduced include the following: * The stakeholder-neutral to stakeholder-led project continuum * Role-based and agenda-based stakeholders * Purposeful communication--the 6-why model for communication * Power and influence in projects * The six principles of stakeholder engagement. This book is intended for project managers and those project staff involved in the engagement of stakeholders to deliver successful project outcomes.
Enterprise Resource Management 2
This advanced entrepreneurship course will take the learners from the Minimum Viable Product (MVP) stage to the Business Model stage, The learners will acquire the skills required to transform their MVP into a business model. In this course, they will transform their business idea into the Business Model Canvas and will use it to further refine their MVP. They will also set up a digital presence and learn to use promotional channels and distribution channels to engage and serve their customers. Additionally, they will get started with various legal and operational aspects as well as initial funding concepts such as bootstrapping. At the end of the program, they can use their respective Business Model Canvasses as their Capstone project and be able to enhance their entrepreneurial mind and spirit.
Big Data for Small Business for Dummies by
Capitalise on big data to add value to your small business Written by bestselling author and big data expert Bernard Marr, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you understand what big data actually is--and how you can analyse and use it to improve your business. Free of confusing jargon and complemented with lots of step-by-step guidance and helpful advice, it quickly and painlessly helps you get the most from using big data in a small business. Business data has been around for a long time. Unfortunately, it was trapped away in overcrowded filing cabinets and on archaic floppy disks. Now, thanks to technology and new tools that display complex databases in a much simpler manner, small businesses can benefit from the big data that's been hiding right under their noses. With the help of this friendly guide, you'll discover how to get your hands on big data to develop new offerings, products and services; understand technological change; create an infrastructure; develop strategies; and make smarter business decisions. Shows you how to use big data to make sense of user activity on social networks and customer transactions Demonstrates how to capture, store, search, share, analyse and visualise analytics Helps you turn your data into actionable insights Explains how to use big data to your advantage in order to transform your small business If you're a small business owner or employee, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you harness the hottest commodity on the market today in order to take your company to new heights.
Business Driven Information Systems by Business Driven Technology by
Business Driven Technology 7e provides the ultimate flexibility in tailoring content to the exact needs of your MIS or IT course! Business Driven Technology 7e offers flexibility to customize according to your needs and the course and student needs by covering essential concepts and topics in the five core units, while providing additional in-depth coverage in the business and the technology plug-ins. Plug-ins are fully developed modules of text that include student learning outcomes, case studies, business vignettes, and end-of-chapter material such as key terms, individual and group questions and projects, and case study exercises. Each chapter and plug-in is independent so you can: * Cover any or all of the chapters as they suit your purpose. * Cover any or all of the business plug-ins as they suit your purpose. * Cover any or all of the technology plug-ins as they suit your purpose. * Cover the plug-ins in any order you wish.
Business Process Management by
This book introduces students to business process management, an approach that aims to align the organization's business processes with the demands of the marketplace. Processes serve as a coordination mechanism, and the aim of business process management is to improve the organization's effectiveness and efficiency in adapting to change, and maintaining competitive advantage. In Business Process Management, Kumar argues for the value of looking at businesses as a collection of processes that cut across departments, and for breaking down functional silos. The book provides an overview of the basic concepts in this field before moving on to more advanced topics such as process verification, flexible processes, process security and evaluation, resource assignment, and social networks. One chapter of the book is also devoted to process analytics. The book concludes with an examination of the future directions of the discipline. Blending a strong grounding in current research with a focus on concepts and tools, Business Process Management is an accessible textbook full of practical examples and cases that will appeal to upper level students.
Business Process Management : practical guidelines to successful implementations by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated fourth edition brings Jeston's practicable frameworks and solutions up to date with the latest developments in BPM, including the robotics process automation, digital strategies and the changes necessary as a result of the impact of the quad generations in the workforce. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: Enhanced BPM House noting the importance of traceability from strategy to execution activities New and revised case studies An analysis of the risks and benefits of robotic automation and cognitive computing. The book highlights that millennials will be 50% of the global workforce in 2020 and 67% by 2025--Jeston warns managers to ignore them at your peril. Business processes and the way work is performed must evolve! This book will prove to be an indispensable guide to any senior business executive or chief financial officer while providing practical BPM examples to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike.
The Business Value of Software by
In business, driving value is a key strategy and typically starts at the top of an organization. In today's digital age, driving software value is also an important, and often overlooked, key strategy. Executives, and the corporate board, need to expect the highest level of business value from the software the organization is developing, buying, and selling. In today's digital transformation marketplace, it is imperative that organizations start driving business value from software development initiatives. For many years, the cost of software development challenged organizations with questions such as: How do we allocate software development costs? Should these costs be considered an overhead expense? Are we getting the most value possible for our investment? A fundamental problem has been built into these questions - the focus on cost. In almost every other part of the organization, maximizing profit or, in the case of a not-for-profit, maximizing the funds available, provides a clear focus with metrics to determine success or failure. In theory, simply aligning software spending with the maximizing profit goals should be sufficient to avoid any questions about value for money. Unfortunately, this alignment hasn't turned out to be so simple, and the questions persist, particularly at the strategic or application portfolio level. In this book, Michael D.S. Harris describes how a software business value culture--one where all stakeholders, including technology and business--have a clear understanding of the goals and expected business value from software development. The book shows readers how they can transform software development from a cost or profit center to a business value center. Only a culture of software as a value center enables an organization to constantly maximize business value flow through software development. If your organization is starting to ask how it can change software from a cost-center to a value-center, this book is for you.
Enterprise Performance Intelligence and Decision Patterns by
"Vivek Kale has written a　great　book　on performance management that focuses on decision-making; on continuous, incremental improvement; and on identifying common patterns in becoming a more intelligent organization." --James Taylor, CEO of Decision Management Solutions and author of Real-World Decision Modeling with DMN "Introducing the concepts of decision patterns and performance intelligence, Vivek Kale has written another important book on the issues faced by contemporary organizations."--Gary Cokins, author of Predictive Business Analytics and Performance Management: Integrating Strategy Execution, Methodologies, Risk, and Analytics Enterprise Performance Intelligence and Decision Patterns unravels the mystery of enterprise performance intelligence (EPI) and explains how it can transform the operating context of business enterprises. It provides a clear understanding of what EPI means, what it can do, and application areas where it is practical to use. The need to be responsive to evolving customer needs and desires creates organizational structures where business intelligence (BI) and decision making is pushed out to operating units that are closest to the scene of the action. Closed-loop decision making resulting from a combination of on-going performance management with on-going BI can lead to an effective responsive enterprise; hence, the need for performance intelligence (PI). This pragmatic book: Introduces the technologies such as data warehousing, data mining, analytics, and business intelligence systems that are a first step toward enabling data-driven enterprises. Details decision patterns and performance decision patterns that pave the road for performance intelligence applications. Introduces the concepts, principles, and technologies related to performance measurement systems. Describes the concepts and principles related to balance scorecard systems (BCS). Introduces aspects of performance intelligence for the real-time enterprises. Enterprise Performance Intelligence and Decision Patterns shows how a company can design and implement instruments ranging from decision patterns to PI systems that can enable continuous correction of business unit behavior so companies can enhance levels of productivity and profitability.
Global Marketing Management System (Second Edition) by
This is the second edition of the Global Marketing Management System (GMMS). The GMMS approach (GMMS book + GMMSO4 software) provides a rigorous theoretical base and a comprehensive, systematic and integrative planning process designed to guide students and managers alike through the decision-making process of a company seeking global market opportunities.The book aims to provide a structure, platform, tools and a systematic step-by-step process designed to support the creation of a strategic and applied oriented methodology to global business planning and strategy formulation. It introduces the GMMS process as a demonstration of a successful application of using web-based tools in teaching international business. The book also facilitates the ability of students to enhance their understanding of decision making in international management and bridge the gap between theory and practice.
Implementing Enterprise Risk Management : from methods to applications by
A practical, real-world guide for implementing enterprise risk management (ERM) programs into your organization Enterprise risk management (ERM) is a complex yet critical issue that all companies must deal with in the twenty-first century. Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. ERM empowers risk professionals to balance risks with rewards and balance people with processes. But to master the numerous aspects of enterprise risk management, you must integrate it into the culture and operations of the business. No one knows this better than risk management expert James Lam, and now, with Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications, he distills more than thirty years' worth of experience in the field to give risk professionals a clear understanding of how to implement an enterprise risk management program for every business. Offers valuable insights on solving real-world business problems using ERM Effectively addresses how to develop specific ERM tools Contains a significant number of case studies to help with practical implementation of an ERM program While Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls, Second Edition focuses on the "what" of ERM, Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications will help you focus on the "how." Together, these two resources can help you meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on--and succeed.
Lean Management of Global Supply Chain by
This book is the first among many books in supply chain management, which provides the readers with insights on how to select the best global supply chain out of inter-firm network, fables system or market firms. This process is clearly expounded in the book through case studies, which include Apple, Toyota, BMW, IKEA and Taiwan TSMC. The main editor, Prof Yasuhiro Monden, is the founding father of Lean Production Management who published Toyota Production System from IIE in 1983, which is called the classic of Lean System. This book will explain how the global supply chain (GSC) could be organized by considering causal relationships of the stage differences in (1) market needs, (2) product design architecture, and (3) product life-cycle, for the purpose of reducing the total costs of GSC.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Enterprise Resource Management 2
This advanced entrepreneurship course will take the learners from the Minimum Viable Product (MVP) stage to the Business Model stage, The learners will acquire the skills required to transform their MVP into a business model. In this course, they will transform their business idea into the Business Model Canvas and will use it to further refine their MVP. They will also set up a digital presence and learn to use promotional channels and distribution channels to engage and serve their customers. Additionally, they will get started with various legal and operational aspects as well as initial funding concepts such as bootstrapping. At the end of the program, they can use their respective Business Model Canvasses as their Capstone project and be able to enhance their entrepreneurial mind and spirit.
Agile Project Management for Business Transformational Success by
This book is intended to provide project management office (PMO) executives' practical information to promote enterprise Agile for business value compatibility within their organization. The primary benefit of this book is to promote a sense of common purpose and collaboration between the project delivery and the organization. Agile project delivery methods are adaptable to the emergence of unknown requirements identified in the later part of the project delivery lifecycle. The key success factor is direct business participation and collaboration to ensure that a business focus determines the output. Agile promotes innovation and creates synergies through a business focus viewing technology deployments as a catalyst for change rather than the final objective. Technology investments implemented through Agile processes result in improved market leadership, organizational alignment, and resource efficiency delivering competitive advantage.
Enterprise Agility : Being Agile in a Changing World by
Enterprise Agility is practical framework for enhancing Agility and equipping your company with the tools to survive. Key Features Prepare your company to navigate the rapidly-moving business world Enhance Agility in every component of your organization Build a framework that meets the unique requirements of your enterprise Book Description The biggest challenge enterprises face today is dealing with fast-paced change in all spheres of business. Enterprise Agility shows how an enterprise can address this challenge head on and thrive in the dynamic environment. Avoiding the mechanistic construction of existing enterprises that focus on predictability and certainty, Enterprise Agility delivers practical advice for responding and adapting to the scale and accelerating pace of disruptive change in the business environment. Agility is a fundamental shift in thinking about how enterprises work to effectively deal with disruptive changes in the business environment. The core belief underlying agility is that enterprises are open and living systems. These living systems, also known as complex adaptive systems (CAS), are ideally suited to deal with change very effectively. Agility is to enterprises what health is to humans. There are some foundational principles that can be broadly applied, but the definition of healthy is very specific to each individual. Enterprise Agility takes a similar approach with regard to agility: it suggests foundational practices to improve the overall health of the body--culture, mindset, and leadership--and the health of its various organs: people, process, governance, structure, technology, and customers. The book also suggests a practical framework to create a plan to enhance agility. What you will learn Drive agility-oriented change across the enterprise Understand why agility matters (more than ever) to modern enterprises Adopt and influence an Agile mindset in your teams and in your organization Understand the concept of a CAS and how to model enterprise and leadership behaviors on CAS characteristics to enhance enterprise agility Understand and convey the differences between Agile and true enterprise agility Create an enterprise-specific action plan to enhance agility Become a champion for enterprise agility Recognize the advantages and challenges of distributed teams, and how Agile ways of working can remedy the rough spots Enable and motivate your IT partners to adopt Agile ways of working Who this book is for Enterprise Agility is a tool for anyone with the motivation to influence outcomes in an enterprise, who aspires to improve Agility. Readers from the following backgrounds will benefit: chief executive officer, chief information officer, people/human resource director, information technology director, head of change program, head of transformation, and Agile coach/consultant.
Enterprise Content and Search Management for Building Digital Platforms by
Provides modern enterprises with the tools to create a robust digital platform utilizing proven best practices, practical models, and time-tested techniques Contemporary business organizations can either embrace the digital revolution--or be left behind. Enterprise Content and Search Management for Building Digital Platforms provides modern enterprises with the necessary tools to create a robust digital platform utilizing proven best practices, practical models, and time-tested techniques to compete in the today's digital world. Features include comprehensive discussions on content strategy, content key performance indicators (KPIs), mobile-first strategy, content assessment models, various practical techniques and methodologies successfully used in real-world digital programs, relevant case studies, and more. Initial chapters cover core concepts of a content management system (CMS), including content strategy; CMS architecture, templates, and workflow; reference architectures, information architecture, taxonomy, and content metadata. Advanced CMS topics are then covered, with chapters on integration, content standards, digital asset management (DAM), document management, and content migration, evaluation, validation, maintenance, analytics, SEO, security, infrastructure, and performance. The basics of enterprise search technologies are explored next, and address enterprise search architecture, advanced search, operations, and governance. Final chapters then focus on enterprise program management and feature coverage of various concepts of digital program management and best practices--along with an illuminating end-to-end digital program case study. Offers a comprehensive guide to the understanding and learning of new methodologies, techniques, and models for the creation of an end-to-end digital system Addresses a wide variety of proven best practices and deployed techniques in content management and enterprise search space which can be readily used for digital programs Covers the latest digital trends such as mobile-first strategy, responsive design, adaptive content design, micro services architecture, semantic search and such and also utilizes sample reference architecture for implementing solutions Features numerous case studies to enhance comprehension, including a complete end-to-end digital program case study Provides readily usable content management checklists and templates for defining content strategy, CMS evaluation, search evaluation and DAM evaluation Comprehensive and cutting-edge, Enterprise Content and Search Management for Building Digital Platforms is an invaluable reference resource for creating an optimal enterprise digital eco-system to meet the challenges of today's hyper-connected world.
Enterprise Interoperability: Smart Services and Business Impact of Enterprise Interoperability by
The ability of future industry to create interactive, flexible and always-on connections between design, manufacturing and supply is an ongoing challenge, affecting competitiveness, efficiency and resourcing. The goal of enterprise interoperability (EI) research is therefore to address the effectiveness of solutions that will successfully prepare organizations for the advent and uptake of new technologies. This volume outlines results and practical concepts from recent and ongoing European research studies in EI, and examines the results of research and discussions cultivated at the I-ESA 2018 conference, "Smart services and business impact of enterprise interoperability". The conference, designed to encourage collaboration between academic inquiry and real-world industry applications, addressed a number of advanced multidisciplinary topics including Industry 4.0, Big Data, the Internet of Things, Cloud computing, ontology, artificial intelligence, virtual reality and enterprise modelling for future "smart" manufacturing. Readers will find this book to be a source of invaluable knowledge for enterprise architects in a range of industries and organizations.
Enterprise Knowledge Capital by
Thoroughly grounded in an extensive body of international research and analysis, this book investigates the concepts surrounding a firm's knowledge capital. These concepts play an integral part in the evolution of economic and managerial thinking, particularly in relation to the themes of firm, knowledge and innovation. The author advocates a greater socialization of the production of knowledge capital that stands in contradiction to the strong appropriation strategies that are predominant today. This book presents a historical analysis of the facts with a strong basis in the recent literature in economics and innovation management as well as in case studies of CAC 40 companies that have been conducted over the course of the past few years.
Enterprise Risk Management : A Common Framework for the Entire Organization by
Enterprise Risk Management: A Common Framework for the Entire Organization discusses the many types of risks all businesses face. It reviews various categories of risk, including financial, cyber, health, safety and environmental, brand, supply chain, political, and strategic risks and many others. It provides a common framework and terminology for managing these risks to build an effective enterprise risk management system. This enables companies to prevent major risk events, detect them when they happen, and to respond quickly, appropriately, and resiliently. The book solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization and between different risk specialties by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks, while also showing how these principles apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks. Enterprise Risk Management is ideal for executives and managers across the entire organization, providing the comprehensive understanding they need, in everyday language, to successfully navigate, manage, and mitigate the complex risks they face in today's global market. Provides a framework on which to build an enterprise-wide system to manage risk and potential losses in business settings Solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks Offers principles which apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks Presents useful, building block information in everyday language for both managers and risk practitioners across the entire organization
Enterprise Security Risk Management : Concepts and Applilcations by
As a security professional, have you found that you and others in your company do not always define "security" the same way? Perhaps security interests and business interests have become misaligned. Brian Allen and Rachelle Loyear offer a new approach: Enterprise Security Risk Management (ESRM). By viewing security through a risk management lens, ESRM can help make you and your security program successful. In their long-awaited book, based on years of practical experience and research, Brian Allen and Rachelle Loyear show you step-by-step how Enterprise Security Risk Management (ESRM) applies fundamental risk principles to manage all security risks. Whether the risks are informational, cyber, physical security, asset management, or business continuity, all are included in the holistic, all-encompassing ESRM approach which will move you from task-based to risk-based security. How is ESRM familiar? As a security professional, you may already practice some of the components of ESRM. Many of the concepts - such as risk identification, risk transfer and acceptance, crisis management, and incident response - will be well known to you. How is ESRM new? While many of the principles are familiar, the authors have identified few organizations that apply them in the comprehensive, holistic way that ESRM represents - and even fewer that communicate these principles effectively to key decision-makers. How is ESRM practical? ESRM offers you a straightforward, realistic, actionable approach to deal effectively with all the distinct types of security risks facing you as a security practitioner. ESRM is performed in a life cycle of risk management including: Asset assessment and prioritization. Risk assessment and prioritization. Risk treatment (mitigation). Continuous improvement. Throughout Enterprise Security Risk Management: Concepts and Applications, the authors give you the tools and materials that will help you advance you in the security field, no matter if you are a student, a newcomer, or a seasoned professional. Included are realistic case studies, questions to help you assess your own security program, thought-provoking discussion questions, useful figures and tables, and references for your further reading. By redefining how everyone thinks about the role of security in the enterprise, your security organization can focus on working in partnership with business leaders and other key stakeholders to identify and mitigate security risks. As you begin to use ESRM, following the instructions in this book, you will experience greater personal and professional satisfaction as a security professional - and you'll become a recognized and trusted partner in the business-critical effort of protecting your enterprise and all its assets.
Implementing Enterprise Risk Management : From Methods to Applications by
A practical, real-world guide for implementing enterprise risk management (ERM) programs into your organization Enterprise risk management (ERM) is a complex yet critical issue that all companies must deal with in the twenty-first century. Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. ERM empowers risk professionals to balance risks with rewards and balance people with processes. But to master the numerous aspects of enterprise risk management, you must integrate it into the culture and operations of the business. No one knows this better than risk management expert James Lam, and now, with Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications, he distills more than thirty years' worth of experience in the field to give risk professionals a clear understanding of how to implement an enterprise risk management program for every business. Offers valuable insights on solving real-world business problems using ERM Effectively addresses how to develop specific ERM tools Contains a significant number of case studies to help with practical implementation of an ERM program While Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls, Second Edition focuses on the "what" of ERM, Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications will help you focus on the "how." Together, these two resources can help you meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on--and succeed.
The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data by
" ... the enterprise of today has changed ... wherever you sit in this new corporation ... Srinivasan gives us a practical and provocative guide for rethinking our business process ... calling us all to action around rapid development of our old, hierarchical structures into flexible customer centric competitive force .... A must read for today's business leader." Mark Nunnelly, Executive Director, MassIT, Commonwealth of Massachusetts and Managing Director, Bain Capital "'Efficiency,' 'agile,' and 'analytics' used to be the rage. Venkat Srinivasan explains in this provocative book why organizations can no longer afford to stop there. They need to move beyond - to be 'intelligent.' It isn't just theory. He's done it." Bharat Anand, Henry R. Byers Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School In the era of big data and automation, the book presents a cutting-edge approach to how enterprises should organize and function. Striking a practical balance between theory and practice, The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data presents the enterprise architecture that identifies the power of the emerging technology environment. Beginning with an introduction to the key challenges that enterprises face, the book systematically outlines modern enterprise architecture through a detailed discussion of the inseparable elements of such architecture: efficiency, flexibility, and intelligence. This architecture enables rapid responses to market needs by sensing important developments in internal and external environments in real time. Illustrating all of these elements in an integrated fashion, The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data also features: * A detailed discussion on issues of time-to-market and flexibility with respect to enterprise application technology * Novel analyses illustrated through extensive real-world case studies to help readers better understand the applicability of the architecture and concepts * Various applications of natural language processing to real-world business transactions * Practical approaches for designing and building intelligent enterprises The Intelligent Enterprise in the Era of Big Data is an appropriate reference for business executives, information technology professionals, data scientists, and management consultants. The book is also an excellent supplementary textbook for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level courses in business intelligence, data mining, big data, and business process automation. "a compelling vision of the next generation of organization--the intelligent enterprise--which will leverage not just big data but also unstructured text and artificial intelligence to optimize internal processes in real time ... a must-read book for CEOs and CTOs in all industries." Ravi Ramamurti, D"Amore-McKim Distinguished Professor of International Business and Strategy, and Director, Center for Emerging Markets, Northeastern University "It is about the brave new world that narrows the gap between technology and business .... The book has practical advice from a thoughtful practitioner. Intelligent automation will be a competitive strength in the future. Will your company be ready?" Victor J. Menezes, Retired Senior Vice Chairman, Citigroup Venkat Srinivasan, PhD, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of RAGE Frameworks, Inc., which supports the creation of intelligent business process automation solutions and cognitive intelligence solutions for global corporations. He is an entrepreneur and holds several patents in the area of knowledge-based technology architectures. He is t
Stakeholder-Led Project Management : Changing the Way We Manage Projects by
If stakeholders matter on projects, then they must make a difference to the way we plan, structure, and execute projects. This book provides a stakeholder-centric analysis of projects, and explains which engagement models are relevant to different types of projects--from simple office moves to IT enterprise changes, to transformational change of a business, and to complex social development. With case studies from around the world, the book illustrates what goes wrong when stakeholders are not engaged successfully, what amazing things happen when they are, and what lessons can be learned from both experiences. Cases drawn from a variety of contexts are used to demonstrate the application of stakeholder tools, leaving the reader with a very practical understanding of which techniques may be beneficially applied to their own projects. Key models introduced include the following: * The stakeholder-neutral to stakeholder-led project continuum * Role-based and agenda-based stakeholders * Purposeful communication--the 6-why model for communication * Power and influence in projects * The six principles of stakeholder engagement. This book is intended for project managers and those project staff involved in the engagement of stakeholders to deliver successful project outcomes.
In the past four decades, there has been a great amount of fundamental shift from local business to global business. Gone were the days when economies are limited to its local market and production facilities, isolated from each other by distance, time zones, language, religion, and culture. With the help of the Internet, much has been accomplished by business organizations around the world by making them part of an interdependent and integrated global economic system. In this course, we will take a close look at the theories and their basic issues. We will explore the dynamic changes in international trade, investment, and political systems that prod Globalization and how it is altering the competitive playing field.
The Development of International Business : a narrative of theory and practice by
The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century.By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole.Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future.
Global Business by
Discover success in global business today with the most strategic approach to international business topics and unique coverage not found in other texts. GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, is the first global business book that answers the big question, "What determines the success and failure of firms around the globe?" Globally renowned scholar and author Mike Peng integrates both an institution-based view and resource-based view in every chapter, bringing an unparalleled continuity and strategic approach to the learning process. The book combines an inviting, conversational style with the latest research and examples that reflect the most recent global developments. A wealth of business cases from Mike Peng and other respected international experts delve into how companies throughout the world have expanded globally. All-new video cases that cover each chapter's opening case and closing case, world maps that connect geography and culture to business decisions, and unique global debate sections that draw you into cutting-edge international discussions help you learn to think independently and view business challenges from a truly global perspective. With GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, you view business through the eyes of a true world citizen and gain the understanding you need to become an effective manager within today's global business landscape.
Global Business Ethics : responsible decision making in an international context by
Corporate social responsibility, sustainability and acting ethically are all accepted business aims, but their meaning and implementation in a global context is far less clear-cut. Global Business Ethics cuts through the confusion to provide a coherent basis for ethical decision-making within the complications of the international business landscape. Underpinned by theory and including worked-through examples of ethical dilemmas and their solutions, this textbook will guide the reader beyond theory to real-world business decisions. Practical tools such as decision trees and suggested principles to apply in dilemma situations give readers the skills and confidence to tackle the ethical challenges they face. Global Business Ethics offers a unique working code of ethics provided as a model with guidance to readers for adaptation and implementation. Case studies include: Walmart, Hershey's, Citibank, Ford, Nike, Johnson & Johnson, Harley-Davidson, The Body Shop and Procter and Gamble. A chapter on the legal aspects of ethics provides guidance on the complex relationship between law and ethics in international business. The final part takes an in-depth look at the practical application of ethics in business life. Covering all the major theories of ethics, including an examination of the role of quantification of ethics, Global Business Ethics demonstrates how their principles can be applied to inform better business decisions. Online supporting resources for this book include instructor's manual, lecture slides and appendices.
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, International and Cross-Cultural Business Research investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioral standards, and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers, and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
International Business : competing in the global marketplace by 
International business : environments & operations by 
International Business : perspectives from developed and emerging markets by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International Business Law and Its Environment by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today's global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Entrepreneurship by
Rich in examples from the real world, International Entrepreneurship illustrates how theory and practice go hand in hand. Specially designed for courses and tutors of International Entrepreneurship, this essential text discusses the opportunities and challenges facing internationalising entrepreneurial ventures. With clear and concise explanations of the current literature, the subject is explored from the different perspectives of social, cross-cultural and comparative entrepreneurship, as well as including analysis of the relationship to marketing and finance. Key features include: * A dedicated overview illustrating the state of the art from the point of view of International Entrepreneurship, rather than from a general business context, allowing students to build in-depth knowledge on the topic from a single resource* Interesting and accessible international case studies provide insight into how real companies handle modern issues, preparing students for future entrepreneurial ventures. Examples include ofo, Nokero, Wonderbly, FacilityLive and Blueseed* Flexibility of use for instructors to fit their own context and needs, particularly for integrating into current entrepreneurship or business courses* Further reading references and supplementary example boxes allow students to extend their knowledge outside the lecture hall and inspire a passion for the subject* Case studies inspire a variety of activities for both theoretical discussion and practical applications and can easily be enriched and updated. International Entrepreneurship is a much-needed text for all IE courses, as well as an ideal supplementary text for postgraduate students studying entrepreneurship, international business, management, and marketing.
Introduction to Global Business : understanding the international environment and global business functions by
The global business environment is rapidly changing due to shifts in geopolitical alliances, active support of global international institutions in promoting market-oriented economic reforms, and advances in the development and use of information technology. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 2e addresses these challenges by providing a comprehensive analysis of the global business environment and lays the foundation for the functional tools used to better prepare you to manage the global business landscape. The text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking you to apply those learning skills into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics, and information technology. Ensure that you understand the procedures and concepts you need to know with MindTap for INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS. MindTap, an online course management and learning system, combines the best of current technology to save time in planning and managing your course and assignments.
In the past four decades, there has been a great amount of fundamental shift from local business to global business. Gone were the days when economies are limited to its local market and production facilities, isolated from each other by distance, time zones, language, religion, and culture. With the help of the Internet, much has been accomplished by business organizations around the world by making them part of an interdependent and integrated global economic system. In this course, we will take a close look at the theories and their basic issues. We will explore the dynamic changes in international trade, investment, and political systems that prod Globalization and how it is altering the competitive playing field.
Beyond Empires: Global, Self-Organizing, Cross-Imperial Networks, 1500-1800 by Business Analytics for Managers by
The intensified used of data based on analytical models to control digitalized operational business processes in an intelligent way is a game changer that continuously disrupts more and more markets. This book exemplifies this development and shows the latest tools and advances in this field Business Analytics for Managers offers real-world guidance for organizations looking to leverage their data into a competitive advantage. This new second edition covers the advances that have revolutionized the field since the first edition's release; big data and real-time digitalized decision making have become major components of any analytics strategy, and new technologies are allowing businesses to gain even more insight from the ever-increasing influx of data. New terms, theories, and technologies are explained and discussed in terms of practical benefit, and the emphasis on forward thinking over historical data describes how analytics can drive better business planning. Coverage includes data warehousing, big data, social media, security, cloud technologies, and future trends, with expert insight on the practical aspects of the current state of the field. Analytics helps businesses move forward. Extensive use of statistical and quantitative analysis alongside explanatory and predictive modeling facilitates fact-based decision making, and evolving technologies continue to streamline every step of the process. This book provides an essential update, and describes how today's tools make business analytics more valuable than ever. Learn how Hadoop can upgrade your data processing and storage Discover the many uses for social media data in analysis and communication Get up to speed on the latest in cloud technologies, data security, and more Prepare for emerging technologies and the future of business analytics Most businesses are caught in a massive, non-stop stream of data. It can become one of your most valuable assets, or a never-ending flood of missed opportunity. Technology moves fast, and keeping up with the cutting edge is crucial for wringing even more value from your data--Business Analytics for Managers brings you up to date, and shows you what analytics can do for you now.
A Business Framework for International Commercialization of Innovative Construction Products by
Businesses, consumers, industry groups, and governments understand the importance of innovation for continued economic success and improvements in quality of life. However, innovation remains an opaque topic. A paradox exists in the construction industry at-large; using innovation is vital yet challenges the value to individual organizations. This paradox is supported by a landscape that includes a sizeable graveyard of failed attempts at innovation on grand and small scales. As a result, ÒA Business Framework for International Commercialization of Innovative Construction ProductsÓ is the next book in a series looking at solutions to innovation adoption in a resistant industry. The study in this book relies on sequential explanatory mixed-method research design. Such methodologies utilize distinct phases in order to gain insight into the commercialization processes. Findings suggest perceived versus actual risks and barriers to the international commercialization process for an integral product to the construction process. Based on the identified barriers, the researchers develop market-based strategies that are incorporated into common business practices for residential construction innovation.
Cities, Business, and the Politics of Urban Violence in Latin America by
This book analyzes and explains the ways in which major developing world cities respond to the challenge of urban violence. The study shows how the political projects that cities launch to confront urban violence are shaped by the interaction between urban political economies and patterns of armed territorial control. It introduces business as a pivotal actor in the politics of urban violence, and argues that how business is organized within cities and its linkages to local governments impacts whether or not business supports or subverts state efforts to stem and prevent urban violence. A focus on city mayors finds that the degree to which politicians rely upon clientelism to secure and maintain power influences whether they favor responses to violence that perpetuate or weaken local political exclusion. The book builds a new typology of patterns of armed territorial control within cities, and shows that each poses unique challenges and opportunities for confronting urban violence. The study develops sub-national comparative analyses of puzzling variation in the institutional outcomes of the politics of urban violence across Colombia's three principal cities--Medellin, Cali, and Bogota--and over time within each. The book's main findings contribute to research on violence, crime, citizen security, urban development, and comparative political economy. The analysis demonstrates that the politics of urban violence is a powerful new lens on the broader question of who governs in major developing world cities.
The Entrepreneur : The Economic Function of Free Enterprise by
This book presents the economic theories with regards to the entrepreneur of yesterday and those of more recent years, on which issue research has been developing exponentially since the last third of the 20th Century. Much of this book will be devoted to contemporary theories. This presentation of economic theories of the entrepreneur leads us to wonder about the structural development of the free enterprise system in the short and the long term. The proliferation of entrepreneurial initiatives leads in effect to a profound transformation of modes of production and work, for example under the current phenomenon of uberization economy.
Global Business : Competitiveness and Sustainability by
Globalization has been under extreme pressure in the wake of the financial crisis. Multinational firms are weighing the costs and benefits of international scale and scope, and are increasingly under pressure to hire local, to source local, and to pay taxes domestically. At the same time global competitive pressures have intensified. This book reviews international business practices from the multinational firm perspective, and provides pathways forward concerning competitiveness and sustainability in global markets. What sets this book apart from others is that the benefits and pitfalls of globalization are addressed. Chapter coverage focuses on the functional areas of the business and how they are impacted by international expansion. Practical case studies supplement chapter coverage and highlight both positive and negative developments in the global business arena. Readers should expect to be challenged on what will be the limits of the multinational firm in the future, and how multinational firms can continue to prosper while at the same time adhere to sustainable business initiatives. Equally useful to both undergraduate and graduate students of international business as well as professional development programs, Global Business: Competitiveness and Sustainability provides a necessary tonic for dealing with today's troubled seas of globalization.
Global Entrepreneurship : Past, Present and Future by
The role that small- and medium-sized enterprises play in the economic development and growth of cities, regions and nations has been an increasing subject of debate and study for the last half century. This volume focuses on the opportunities and challenges that entrepreneurs and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) face in a world of global competition. The papers therein provide an overview of successful strategies that global entrepreneurs and SMEs have employed that have allowed them to establish regional and international footprint and of how local resources, culture and managerial capabilities have contributed to startups' global success. In doing so it highlights original, edgy ideas and theoretical advances that will provide the foundation for future doctoral dissertations and other research projects on international entrepreneurship.
Global Entrepreneurship : Past, Present and Future by
The role that small- and medium-sized enterprises play in the economic development and growth of cities, regions and nations has been an increasing subject of debate and study for the last half century. This volume focuses on the opportunities and challenges that entrepreneurs and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) face in a world of global competition. The papers therein provide an overview of successful strategies that global entrepreneurs and SMEs have employed that have allowed them to establish regional and international footprint and of how local resources, culture and managerial capabilities have contributed to startups' global success. In doing so it highlights original, edgy ideas and theoretical advances that will provide the foundation for future doctoral dissertations and other research projects on international entrepreneurship.
The Regulation of International Trade, Volume 2 : The WTO Agreements on Trade in Goods by To be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of management is needed. In this course, you will learn the importance of how to use resources in achieving organizational goals. With a focus on the individual as the basic unit of interaction, you will have a mastery of how the individual thinks and works, enabling him/her to grasp more advanced concepts of behavior involving groups and organizations which will be taken in succeeding courses. In LEADMGT, the different functions of management will be examined, and how each can affect the organization and then link it to each other so the organization can effectively and efficiently function as a whole. You will also concentrate on leadership, the four functions of management, the different types of leadership, ways on how to motivate, and the ethics of a leader. The different factors that influence a person’s way of thinking and influencing others to perform will also be discussed.
Extraordinary Influence : how great leaders bring out the best in others by
The age-old question for every leader--how do we bring out the best in those we lead? Anyone who has run a company, raised a family, lead an army, or coached a team struggles to find the key to help others excel and realize their potential. It is surprising how often we resort to criticism vs. an approach that actually results in a better worker and a better person. What if we could speak Words of Life that transform those under our influence and ignite fires of intrinsic motivation? What if those we lead found great purpose in what they do and worked at their jobs with all their heart? Isn't that what leaders, parents and teachers really want? Ultimately, don't we hope to foster intrinsic motivation so that the individuals we lead become better employees, better students or better athletes? Recent discoveries of brain science and the wisdom of top CEO's that Dr. Tim Irwin interviewed for this book give us the answers we've long sought. In most organizations, the methods used to provide feedback to employees such as performance appraisal or multi-rater feedback systems, in fact, accomplish the exact opposite of what we intend. We inadvertently speak Words of Death. Brain science tells us that these methods tend to engage a natural "negativity bias" that is hardwired in us all. Science in recent years discovered that affirmation sets in motion huge positive changes in the brain. It releases certain neuro chemicals associated with well-being and higher performance. Amazingly, criticism creates just the opposite neural reaction. The most primitive part of the brain goes into hyper defense mode, compromising our performance, torpedoing our motivation and limiting access to our higher-order strengths. How do we redirect employees who are out-of-line without engaging our natural "negativity bias?" Leaders must forever ban the term, "Constructive Criticism." Brain science tells us that we can establish a connection between the employee's work and his or her aspirations. This book calls for a new approach to align workers with an organization's mission, strategy and goals, called Alliance Feedback.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
Leadership & management : theory & practice by 
Leadership : theory and practice by
Now with an all-new chapter on Followership! Adopted at more than 1600 institutions in 89 countries and translated into 13 different languages, this market-leading text successfully combines an academically robust account of the major theories and models of leadership with an accessible style and special emphasis on how leadership theory can inform leadership practice. Peter G. Northouse uses a consistent structure for each chapter, allowing students to easily compare and contrast the various theories. Case studies and questionnaires provide students with practical examples and opportunities to deepen their personal understanding of their own leadership style. Leadership: Theory and Practice, Eighth Edition provides readers with a user-friendly account of a wide range of leadership research in a clear, concise, and interesting manner. Free Poster: 6 Emerging Leadership Approaches A Complete Teaching & Learning Package Interactive eBook with Interactive Leadership Assessments Includes access to Interactive Leadership Assessments, SAGE Premium Video, multimedia tools, and much more! Save when you bundle the Interactive eBook with the new edition. Order using bundle ISBN: 978-1-5443-2644-3. Learn more. SAGE Premium Video featuring Peter Northouse Included in the Interactive eBook! SAGE Premium Video tools and resources boost comprehension and bolster analysis. Learn more. SAGE coursepacks FREE! Easily import our quality instructor and student resource content into your school's learning management system (LMS) and save time. Learn more. SAGE edge FREE online resources for students that make learning easier. See how your students benefit. Bundle with Introduction to Leadership: Concepts and Practice, Fourth Edition and save! Bundle ISBN: 978-1-5443-3017-4
Leadership and Change Management : a cross-cultural perspective by
A leader's role in the management of change is a critical issue for successful outcomes of strategic initiatives. Globalization and economic instability have prompted an increase in organizational changes related to downsizing and restructuring in order to improve financial performance and organizational competitiveness. Researchers agree that a leader's inability to fully understand what is needed in order to guide their organization through successful change can be a reason for failure. Proper planning and management of change can reduce the likelihood of failure, promote change effectiveness, and increase employee engagement. Yet, change in organizations must be viewed as a continuous activity that affects both organizational and individual outcomes. If change management can be considered as an event induced by socio-cultural factors, the cultural variable gains greater significance when applied to the quality of the relationship between a leader and their team. Many organizations today are on the verge of internationalization. It is here that the cultural context can affect behaviors and, in the same way, leadership style. The research presented in this book by an eminent group of scholars explores the influence of culture - ethnic, regional, religious - on how leaders manage change within organizations.
Management by
MANAGEMENT, 12E readers gain the confidence to manage and develop the ability to lead with innovative solutions in today's rapidly changing business environment. Daft explores the emerging themes and management issues most important for managers in businesses today. Current and future managers learn to look beyond traditional techniques and ideas to tap into a full breadth of management skills. D.A. F.T. defines Management with the best in new and proven management competencies.
Organizational Culture and Leadership by
The book that defined the field, updated and expanded for today's organizations Organizational Culture and Leadership is the classic reference for managers and students seeking a deeper understanding of the inter-relationship of organizational culture dynamics and leadership. Author Edgar Schein is the 'father' of organizational culture, world-renowned for his expertise and research in the field; in this book, he analyzes and illustrates through cases the abstract concept of culture and shows its importance to the management of organizational change. This new fifth edition shows how culture has become a popular concept leading to a wide variety of research and implementation by various organizations and expands the focus on the role of national cultures in influencing culture dynamics, including some practical concepts for how to deal with international differences. Special emphasis is given to how the role of leadership varies with the age of the organization from founding, through mid-life to old age as the cultural issues vary at each stage. How culture change is managed at each stage and in different types of organizations is emphasized as a central concern of leader behavior.. This landmark book is considered the defining resource in the field. Drawing on a wide range of research, this fifth edition contains 25 percent new and revised material to provide the most relevant new concepts and perspectives alongside the basic culture model that has helped to define the field. Dig into assumptions and typologies to decipher organizational culture Learn how culture begins, thrives, or dies with leadership Manage cultural change effectively and appropriately Understand the leader's role in managing disparate groups The resurgence of interest in organizational culture has spurred an awakening in research, and new information is continuously coming to light. Outdated practices are being replaced by more effective methods, and the resulting shift affects organizations everywhere. Organizational Culture and Leadership is an essential resource for scholars, consultants and leaders seeking continuous improvement in the face of today's business realities.
The Oxford Handbook of Management by
Management - the pursuit of objectives through the organization and co-ordination of people - has been and is a core feature, and function, of modern society. Some "classic" forms of corporate and bureaucratic management may come to be seen as a prevalent form of organization and organizing inthe 20th century, and in the post-Fordist, global, knowledge driven contemporary world we are seeing different patterns, principles, and styles of management as old models are questioned.The functions, ideologies, practices, and theories of management have changed over time, as recorded by many scholars; and may vary according to different models of organization; and between different cultures and societies. Whilst the administrative, corporate, or factory manager may be a figure onthe wane, management as an ethos, organizing principle, culture, and field of academic teaching and research has increased dramatically in the last half century, and spread throughout the world.The purpose of this Handbook is to analyse and explore the evolution of management; the core functions and how they may have changed; its position in the culture/zeitgeist of modern society; the institutions and ideologies that support it; and likely challenges and changes in the future.This book looks at what management is, and how this may change over time. It provides an overview of management - its history, development, context, changing function in organization and society, key elements and functions, and contemporary and future challenges.
The Power of Positive Leadership : how and why positive leaders transform teams and organizations and change the world by
We are not positive because life is easy. We are positive because life can be hard. As a leader, you will face numerous obstacles, negativity, and tests. There will be times when it seems as if everything in the world is conspiring against you and your vision seems more like a fantasy than a reality. That's why positive leadership is essential! Positive leadership is not about fake positivity. It is the real stuff that makes great leaders great. The research is clear. Being a positive leader is not just a nice way to lead. It's the way to lead if you want to build a great culture, unite your organization in the face of adversity, develop a connected and committed team and achieve excellence and superior results. Since writing the mega best seller The Energy Bus, Jon Gordon has worked and consulted with leaders who have transformed their companies, organizations and schools, won national championships and are currently changing the world. He has also interviewed some of the greatest leaders of our time and researched many positive leaders throughout history and discovered their paths to success. In this pioneering book Jon Gordon shares what he has learned and provides a comprehensive framework on positive leadership filled with proven principles, compelling stories, practical ideas and practices that will help anyone become a positive leader. There is a power associated with positive leadership and you can start benefiting yourself and your team with it today.
Rethinking Leadership : a human centered approach to management ethics by
Leadership, corporate responsibility and management ethics underline the human centered paradigm in the complex world of today. One major issue in management is impact on people. This book relates to the outcomes of human interaction within and beyond the borders of an organization. It discusses what motivates moral behavior at the individual and the collective levels, how morality is engrained in markets and how it is deployed in business processes and stakeholder relations. The book shows that human centered management is built and consolidated in four complementary dimensions: ethical, social, economic and institutional. It emphasizes that moral managers and moral markets are essential for business sustainability. Rethinking Leadershipcovers ethics development from its origin to help managers understand and confront the 21st century's increasing challenges and disruptions. Its clear narrative and cogent examples bridge scholars and practitioners, with distinctive examples on how to implement human centered management and how to teach the subject to executives. The author has 30 years of business experience in developed and developing countries and 20 years in academia in the US and in Europe, which provides solid background to effectively and affectively discuss the topic from the multiple angles.
To be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of management is needed. In this course, you will learn the importance of how to use resources in achieving organizational goals. With a focus on the individual as the basic unit of interaction, you will have a mastery of how the individual thinks and works, enabling him/her to grasp more advanced concepts of behavior involving groups and organizations which will be taken in succeeding courses. In LEADMGT, the different functions of management will be examined, and how each can affect the organization and then link it to each other so the organization can effectively and efficiently function as a whole. You will also concentrate on leadership, the four functions of management, the different types of leadership, ways on how to motivate, and the ethics of a leader. The different factors that influence a person’s way of thinking and influencing others to perform will also be discussed.
21st Century Skills for Non-Profit Managers : A Practical Guide on Leadership and Management by
Over the last 30 years nonprofit organizations have grown massively in capacity, scope, and authority across the world. With growing demand for services, there are numerous opportunities for nonprofits to respond innovatively and sustainably. Any experienced nonprofit manager knows the role is sometimes frustrating but always exhilarating, working with people and empowering them. Severe funding cuts make this more testing, but new prospects are appearing. If you are new to management or the sector, you need a book describing good practice to inform and guide you. Managing a small nonprofit, requires you to multitask, manage your time and prioritize tasks, while taking on extra responsibilities, you need new skills such as fundraising, all covered in this book. This book covers essential aspects (staffing, communications, charity governance, donations, corporate social responsibility, crowdfunding). With useful case studies, resources and links, it avoids jargon and intellectualizing. Topics include effective business planning, empowering staff and clients, writing successful fundraising applications and preparing government tenders for the U.S. and UK. Don used his experience as a nonprofit manager, volunteer, staffer, fundraiser, community fund overseer, trustee and consultant to make the book relevant, topical and helpful.
Authentic Leadership Effectiveness : For Individuals and Teams – A Coaching Approach by
True leadership has always been more difficult to maintain in challenging times, but the unique stressors facing organisations throughout the world today call for renewed attention to what constitutes truly positive leadership. In AUTHENTIC LEADERSHIP EFFECTIVENESS for Individuals and Teams Tineke Wulffers combines the best of academic research, with years of personal experience working with leaders and teams, to offer a practical guide on how to develop this type of leadership effectiveness in real life.This book is divided up as follows:Part I – Definition and impact of authentic leadership – considers the need for authentic leadership, gives an overview of what is generally understood by Authentic Leadership. It also focuses on the impact of leadership authenticity on inter-relational trust, on individual and team authentic leadership effectiveness.Part II – Development of authentic leadership – forms the crux of this book. As the development of authentic leadership requires different considerations to what is mostly espoused in the field of leadership development, considerations and criteria for AL development and AL programmes are discussed. This is followed by a high-level and detailed overview of this specific individual and team ALE programme, which might well be a first. Finally, part II concludes with a detailed, followed by two high-level case studies of the effects of the ALE programme under discussion. Part III – Well-known examples of leaders through the lens of AL – even though AL programmes have not really been available before, such leadership can be developed by means of introspection and commitment to further development during a lifetime of life experiences and work episodes. Tineke divides her time between her practitioner and academic work. She is Director of the Moya Institute of Authentic Leadership Effectiveness. As an academic she is affiliated with both the University of Stellenbosch Business School (USB) and the Wits Business School (WBS) where she lectures, supervises, and examines the work of postgraduate students. She has a PhD in Personal and Professional Leadership (UJ), as well as a Master’s (cum laude) in Professional Coaching (Middlesex University). She regularly writes academic articles on authentic leadership development, and she has contributing to the book Leadership Perspectives from the Front Line.
Comparative Management Studies by
All managers, regardless of where they work, must understand certain basic concepts such as the functions, roles, and skills associated with the managerial position and the styles available to managers for use in any given situation. However, context matters, and it is essential that managers understand the role that culture plays in being effective in their positions. This book begins with a brief description of the history and evolution of "management studies", continues with an overview of the scope and practice of comparative management studies, and provides examples of the research that has been done on cross-cultural transfer of management theories. In addition, the book includes materials on the search for, and analysis of, dimensions of management styles that can be used as a basis for creating models that can be used for comparison purposes.
Cross-Cultural Leadership Studies by
Leadership is a universal phenomenon that has been consistently identified as playing a critical role in the success or failure of organizations. This book begins with an overview of the history and evolution of leadership studies and traces some of the major "schools" of leadership studies that have attracted the interest of researchers since the 19th century. Also discussed are the various theories and models of leadership that have emerged over that period. The author introduces cross-cultural leadership studies and then discusses cross-cultural competencies of global leaders, which are the practical applications of the information available from the researchers to the day-to-day activities of leaders in business organizations around the world. Finally, the book assesses the research on cross-cultural leadership, culture, and leadership in developing countries.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
Organizational Culture and Leadership by
The book that defined the field, updated and expanded for today's organizations Organizational Culture and Leadership is the classic reference for managers and students seeking a deeper understanding of the inter-relationship of organizational culture dynamics and leadership. Author Edgar Schein is the 'father' of organizational culture, world-renowned for his expertise and research in the field; in this book, he analyzes and illustrates through cases the abstract concept of culture and shows its importance to the management of organizational change. This new fifth edition shows how culture has become a popular concept leading to a wide variety of research and implementation by various organizations and expands the focus on the role of national cultures in influencing culture dynamics, including some practical concepts for how to deal with international differences. Special emphasis is given to how the role of leadership varies with the age of the organization from founding, through mid-life to old age as the cultural issues vary at each stage. How culture change is managed at each stage and in different types of organizations is emphasized as a central concern of leader behavior.. This landmark book is considered the defining resource in the field. Drawing on a wide range of research, this fifth edition contains 25 percent new and revised material to provide the most relevant new concepts and perspectives alongside the basic culture model that has helped to define the field. Dig into assumptions and typologies to decipher organizational culture Learn how culture begins, thrives, or dies with leadership Manage cultural change effectively and appropriately Understand the leader's role in managing disparate groups The resurgence of interest in organizational culture has spurred an awakening in research, and new information is continuously coming to light. Outdated practices are being replaced by more effective methods, and the resulting shift affects organizations everywhere. Organizational Culture and Leadership is an essential resource for scholars, consultants and leaders seeking continuous improvement in the face of today's business realities.
Performance Management : Toward Organizational Excellence by 
Portfolio Management : Theory and Practice by
A career's worth of portfolio management knowledge in one thorough, efficient guide Portfolio Management is an authoritative guide for those who wish to manage money professionally. This invaluable resource presents effective portfolio management practices supported by their underlying theory, providing the tools and instruction required to meet investor objectives and deliver superior performance. Highlighting a practitioner's view of portfolio management, this guide offers real-world perspective on investment processes, portfolio decision making, and the business of managing money for real clients. Real world examples and detailed test cases--supported by sophisticated Excel templates and true client situations--illustrate real investment scenarios and provide insight into the factors separating success from failure. The book is an ideal textbook for courses in advanced investments, portfolio management or applied capital markets finance. It is also a useful tool for practitioners who seek hands-on learning of advanced portfolio techniques. Managing other people's money is a challenging and ever-evolving business. Investment professionals must keep pace with the current market environment to effectively manage their client's assets while students require a foundation built on the most relevant, up-to-date information and techniques. This invaluable resource allows readers to: Learn and apply advanced multi-period portfolio methods to all major asset classes. Design, test, and implement investment processes. Win and keep client mandates. Grasp the theoretical foundations of major investment tools Teaching and learning aids include: Easy-to-use Excel templates with immediately accessible tools. Accessible PowerPoint slides, sample exam and quiz questions and sample syllabi Video lectures Proliferation of mathematics in economics, growing sophistication of investors, and rising competition in the industry requires advanced training of investment professionals. Portfolio Management provides expert guidance to this increasingly complex field, covering the important advancements in theory and intricacies of practice.
Productivity and Organizational Management by
Effective work practices and good employee relations are a real necessity of nowadays organizations, as they can help to reduce absenteeism, turnover, organizational costs, conducting to high levels of commitment, effectiveness, performance as well as productivity. Addressing these questions, this book focuses on the implications of changes in productivity and organizational management, exploring models, tools and processes.
Marketing Management is a course designed to provide students with mastery of the basic principles of Marketing with focus on developing effective strategies and detailed programs for business success. This course aims to help students develop a winning comprehensive Marketing Plan for a product or service within the framework of a competitive environment, taking into account the external market environment and the company’s resources and objectives. It will cover the strategic planning process, environmental scanning, understanding market behavior, market segmentation, formulation of the strategic marketing mix from product strategy, pricing, distribution, selling to integrated marketing communication, marketing control and budgeting. It will also cover the new 4Ps of marketing: People, Process, Programs and Performance.
Business to Business Marketing Management by
Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers, with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge, are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex, this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships - except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting; full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition; full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and detailed review of global B2B services marketing, trade shows, and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM, and social media as well as personal selling. More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet, it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs, be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge.
Essentials of Marketing Management by
The overall success of an organization is dependent on how marketing is able to inform strategy and maintain an operational focus on market needs. With an array of examples and case studies from around the world, Lancaster and Massingham's vital study offers an alternative to the traditional American focused teaching materials currently available. This second edition has been fully revised and updated, including a new chapter on digital marketing written by Dr Wilson Ouzem. Topics covered include: consumer and organizational buyer behaviour product and innovation strategies direct marketing Social media marketing Designed and written for undergraduate, MBA and masters students in marketing management classes, Essentials of Marketing Management builds on the successful earlier edition to provide a solid foundation to understanding this core topic.
Events Marketing Management : a consumer perspective by
This textbook provides students with an essential introduction to the theoretical underpinnings and practicalities of managing the marketing of events. In order to market events effectively, it is vital to consider marketing of events from the organiser's perspective and to link it to that of the consumers attending events. As such, this is the first book on the topic which reflects the unique characteristics of marketing in the Events industry by exploring both sides of the marketing coin - the supply and the demand - in the specific context of events. The book takes the reader from core marketing mix principles to exploring the event marketing landscape to consumer experience and involvement with event marketing and finally strategies and tactics employed to manage the marketing activities related to events. The use of technology, importance of sponsorship and PR are also considered. International case studies are integrated throughout to show practical realities of marketing and managing events and a range of useful learning aids are incorporated to aid navigation throughout the book, spur critical thinking and further students' knowledge. This accessible and comprehensive account of Events Marketing and Management is essential reading for all students and future managers.
Global Marketing Management System by
This is the second edition of the Global Marketing Management System (GMMS). The GMMS approach (GMMS book + GMMSO4 software) provides a rigorous theoretical base and a comprehensive, systematic and integrative planning process designed to guide students and managers alike through the decision-making process of a company seeking global market opportunities.The book aims to provide a structure, platform, tools and a systematic step-by-step process designed to support the creation of a strategic and applied oriented methodology to global business planning and strategy formulation. It introduces the GMMS process as a demonstration of a successful application of using web-based tools in teaching international business. The book also facilitates the ability of students to enhance their understanding of decision making in international management and bridge the gap between theory and practice.
Handbook of Marketing Analytics by
The Handbook of Marketing Analytics showcases analytical marketing methods and their high-impact real-life applications in marketing management, public policy, and litigation support. Fourteen chapters present an overview of specific marketing analytic methods in technical detail, while 22 case studies present thorough examples of the use of each method.The contributors featured are recognized authorities in their fields. Multidisciplinary in scope, this Handbook covers experimental methods, non-experimental methods, and their digital-era extensions. It explores topics such as classical and Bayesian econometrics, causality, machine learning, optimization, and recent advancements in conjoint analysis.This standout collection of analytical methods and application will be useful and educational for all readers, whether they are academics or practitioners in marketing, public policy, or litigation.
Marketing Management by
For undergraduate and graduate courses in marketing management. Stay on the cutting-edge with the gold standard text that reflects the latest in marketing theory and practice. The world of marketing is changing everyday--and in order for students to have a competittive advantage, they need a textbook that reflects the best of today's marketing theory and practices. Marketing Management is the gold standard marketing text because its content and organization consistently reflect the latest changes in today's marketing theory and practice.
Marketing Management and Communications in the Public Sector by
This updated edition of Marketing Management and Communications in the Public Sector provides a thorough overview of the major concepts in public sector marketing and communications, two fields that have continued to grow in importance for modern public administrations. With extended coverage of topics such as social marketing and institutional communication, the authors skilfully build on the solid foundations laid down in the previous edition. Replete with real-world case studies and examples, including new material from the USA, Australia, and Asia, this book gives students a truly international outlook. Additional features include exercises and discussion questions in each chapter and an illustrative extended case study. This refreshed text is essential reading for postgraduate students on public management degrees, and aspiring or current public managers.
A preface to marketing management by 
Research Handbook of Innovation and Creativity for Marketing Management by
This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined.This Handbook will appeal to readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will also find much to interest them in this book.
Worldwide Casebook in Marketing Management by
Worldwide Casebook in Marketing Management comprises a large collection of case studies in marketing and business management. It covers a huge array of decision-making areas and many different industries ranging from computers, petrol retailing and electronic gaming to drinks, fashion, airlines and mobile communication. The worldwide cases are all related to many well-known brands and corporations like British Airways, Red Bull, Nintendo, Google, Microsoft, Cacharel, etc.
Marketing Management is a course designed to provide students with mastery of the basic principles of Marketing with focus on developing effective strategies and detailed programs for business success. This course aims to help students develop a winning comprehensive Marketing Plan for a product or service within the framework of a competitive environment, taking into account the external market environment and the company’s resources and objectives. It will cover the strategic planning process, environmental scanning, understanding market behavior, market segmentation, formulation of the strategic marketing mix from product strategy, pricing, distribution, selling to integrated marketing communication, marketing control and budgeting. It will also cover the new 4Ps of marketing: People, Process, Programs and Performance.
Brand Meaning Management by
Establishing, expanding and leveraging brand meaning is critically important yet exceedingly complex. Successful brand meaning management is foundational to both brand differentiation and to outcomes like brand identification and brand attachment. Yet, managing this meaning over time is complex. Noted contributors to this special issue add new insights to this complex domain. A group of papers lend insight into the myriad entities involved in the meaning making process itself, such as marketers, celebrities, brand users, and the broader culture in which consumers live. A second set emphasizes the critical impact that brand meaning has on consumers and brands themselves-outcomes that include brand identification and attachment, social relationship management, and brand evangelism. The final set addresses when and how brand transgressions can threaten these outcomes, and what brands must do to recover from lost or tainted meanings. The volume co-editors provide an overview of the chapters and identify future research issues on brand meaning management in B2B (vs. B2C) markets, and how multi-product firms manage the collective set of meanings that comprise their brand portfolio.
Digital Marketing Management : A Handbook for the Current (or Future) CEO by
This book is for managers and would-be managers who need to upgrade their knowledge of digital marketing. Told from the perspective of marketing strategy, it puts digital marketing in the context of rm strategy selection. The rst step in digital marketing is to understand your company and your brand. The second step is to put content and keywords on your website so that they can be found in search. Third, use the other delivery platforms of digital marketing, e-mail, social, and mobile, to deploy that content to the customer. The nal topics in the book focus on the importance of data management and privacy. The author discusses how to develop a database and to create an organization that puts data quality at its center. These practices are as critical to digital marketing success as the delivery platforms. Without quality data, no digital marketing program can be successful.
Experiential Marketing : Secrets, Strategies, and Success Stories from the World's Greatest Brands by
The most researched, documented, and comprehensive manifesto on experiential marketing. As customers take control over what, when, why, and how they buy products and services, brands face the complete breakdown and utter failure of passive marketing strategies designed more than a half-century ago. To connect with a new generation of customers, companies must embrace and deploy a new marketing mix, powered by a more effective discipline: experiences. Experiential marketing, the use of live, face-to-face engagements to connect with audiences, create relationships and drive brand affinity, has become the fastest-growing form of marketing in the world as the very companies that built their brands on the old Madison Avenue approach--including Coca-Cola, Nike, Microsoft, American Express and others--open the next chapter of marketing. . . as experiential brands. Using hundreds of case studies, exclusive research, and interviews with more than 150 global brands spanning a decade, global experiential marketing experts Kerry Smith and Dan Hanover present the most in-depth book ever written on how companies are using experiences as the anchor of reinvented marketing mixes. You'll learn: The history and fundamental principles of experiential marketing How top brands have reset marketing mixes as experience-driven portfolios The anatomy of a brand experience The psychology of engagement and experience design The 10 habits of highly experiential brands How to measure the impact of experiential marketing How to combine digital and social media in an experiential strategy The experiential marketing vocabulary How to begin converting to experiential marketing Marketers still torn between outdated marketing models and the need to reinvent how they market in today's customer-controlled economy will find the clarity they need to refine their marketing strategies, get a roadmap for putting their brands on a winning path, and walk away inspired to transition into experiential brands.
Marketing and Management Models by
Modern business practice, especially in the field ofmarketing, depends on the integration of creative andanalytical thinking. One of the tools in this process isthe use of management models to guide business decisions.However, the inherent power of the models is onlyreleased when the people applying them have the abilityto gather relevant information and interpret the relationshipsbetween the variables in the model.This book examines the role of some of the most popularmanagement models and will help you determinewhen they should be applied. In addition, it suggestswhich models may be relevant and, more importantly,identifies the type of information needed to implementthem; and also reduces the complexity of these modelsthrough a logical and systematic approach. Models recognizethe impact of globalization, technology, systemsthinking, and the need for an integrated approach instrategicmarketing. You'll find new ones dealing withconsumer engagement, gamification, supply chain management,and cultural integration.If you're a student of business and marketing, a juniormarket researcher, or a manager responsible for the preparationof strategic analyses prior to problem-solving andplanning sessions, this book is for you!
The Marketing Book by
The Marketing Book is everything you need to know but were afraid to ask about marketing. Divided into 25 chapters, each written by an expert in their field, it's a crash course in marketing theory and practice. From planning, strategy and research through to getting the marketing mix right, branding, promotions and even marketing for small to medium enterprises. This classic reference from renowned professors Michael Baker and Susan Hart was designed for student use, especially for professionals taking their CIM qualifications. Nevertheless, it is also invaluable for practitioners due to its modular approach. Each chapter is set out in a clean and concise way with plenty of diagrams and examples, so that you don't have to dig for the information you need. Much of this long-awaited seventh edition contains brand new chapters and a new selection of experts to bring you bang up to date with the latest in marketing thought. Also included are brand new content in direct, data and digital marketing, and social marketing. If you're a marketing student or practitioner with a question, this book should be the first place you look.
Marketing Management in Asia by
Asia is no longer simply the continent to which the world turns for outsourcing and off shoring of production, leaving retailing to Western countries. Asia now contains many of the world's largest markets plus many emergent markets as well. North America is fast ceding ground to China as the world's largest economic power. Europe has been able to make productivity gains from trade, fiscal and monetary harmonization to remain globally competitive while Africa, whose nations practice free trade, is largely ignored both in terms of forgiving debt and providing further credit. Each chapter of this volume details the characteristics of an individual market in Asia and demonstrates the challenges that marketers are likely to face in these environments. Covering not just production or consumption but trade as it is practiced now, this book outlines the new norms, conventions and service performance levels that these markets demand.
Marketing Performance by
Drive marketing ROI with an investor's mindset and a proven toolkit Top marketers today don't shy away from financial accountability. In fact, they actively seek to account for the return on their companies' investments in marketing - because they want their budget to make a difference for their brands and for their business: more relevant messages, more effective campaigns, more satisfied customers, more profitable promotions, higher returns to shareholders. If this is how you think about marketing, this book is for you. It is a book for CMOs who adopt an investor's mindset, and it deals with the most pressing marketing performance questions. This isn't a work of theory. This is a hands-on guide to better marketing for top managers, neatly packaged into ten concise chapters that are just right for a short-haul flight. Learn how to: Increase sales with smarter fund allocation Reduce marketing costs without sacrificing effectiveness Strengthen the role of marketing with quantified ROI Build capabilities for sustainable performance improvements Marketing Performance delivers expert insight, a wealth of proven success factors, and real-life case studies that will help you drive marketing performance and grow your business.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides the student with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis. The course takes a corporate perspective where the students will develop analytical skills and the attitude of getting business results. The student is responsible for constructing the knowledge from the information/reading materials that are presented to him/her. The student becomes active where the classroom environment plays an essential role in the realization their potential in becoming future business managers and executives.
Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management by
Traditional narratives on strategic management no longer fulfil the needs of students, practitioners, consultants and business owners operating within contemporary society. This textbook provides a differentiated approach to the topic, highlighting the dichotomy between theory and practice, and guiding readers towards an understanding of the future of strategic management. Moving beyond the short-sighted goal of profit maximization, Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management shines a light on measures that really matter, such as value. A wealth of global examples provide an illustration of competitive advantage from market-based and state-based perspectives, giving an insight into the activities that lead to the formation of successful and unsuccessful strategies. Written by two distinguished scholars in the field, this global textbook is essential reading for postgraduate students of strategic management worldwide.
Digital Marketing : strategic planning & integration by
An unbiased approach to the latest digital marketing models, offering students and practitioners a range of tools to implement in their digital marketing planning and strategy. Covering all aspects of digital marketing planning, and the latest digital marketing models, the book aims to provide a roadmap for a digital marketing journey. As such, its structure maps against the development of a digital marketing plan and concludes with a ready-made digital marketing plan template to download and adapt. In addition to this, the content is supported by case examples from real-world organizations, and a number of features throughout the chapters: Smartphone sixty seconds features in every chapter, to evaluate influencers in relation to the topic covered. Digital tool boxes introduce professional tools (for example how Google shares its aggregate data to inform marketers about shopping insights, trends and benchmarks Ethical insights provide a reflective and challenging look at social issues and the negative sides to marketing. The book is complemented by online resources for both instructors and students, these include PowerPoint slides, an instructor's guide, exercises and activities relating to each chapter, digital marketing planning documents, digital marketing model templates, quizzes, annotated recommended video links, links to free online tools and SAGE journal article recommendations.Suitable for digital and e-marketing courses on marketing and advertising degrees as well as professional courses for anyone interested in gaining a holistic understanding of digital marketing.
Research Methods for Strategic Management by
The field of strategic management has developed significantly since its birth from "business policy" and "business planning" in the 1960s. Pioneering studies were essentially normative, prescriptive, and often based on in-depth case studies. The evolution of strategic management into a respected field of academic study resulted from the adoption of research methods previously employed in economics. Today, research in strategic management is likely to employ a mixture of methods borrowed from related and unrelated disciplines, such as politcal sciences, psychology, neuroscience, and behavioral economics, which can be confusing to researchers new to the field. This book provides the reader with a broad introduction to the array of qualitative and quantitative research methods required to investigate strategic management. Throughout the book, strong emphasis is placed on practical applications that transcend the mere analysis of the theoretical roots of single research methods. The underlying result is a book that encourages and aids readers to "learn by doing" - in applying the implications of each chapter to their own research. This text is vital reading for postgraduate students and researchers focused on business strategy.
Strategic Alliance Management by
Strategic alliances - partnerships between separate organizations to share resources collaboratively toward mutually beneficial goals - are an important management instrument, but one that is difficult for firms to manage. Among many desirable outcomes, alliances can reduce costs, provide access to new technology, and improve research and development endeavours, though collaborative arrangements come with risks, peril, and adversities. This renewed and re-worked text connects theory to practice to help understand this important business practice. Strategic Alliance Management presents an academically grounded alliance development framework, detailing eight stages of alliance development with consideration for specific management challenges. For each stage, readers are presented with state-of-the-art theoretical insights, evidence-based managerial guidelines and a business case illustration. Additional chapters detail on contemporary alliance management challenges, including co-opetition and business eco-systems. Other chapters highlight the role of alliance professionals, alliance capabilities and paradoxical challenges in alliance relationships. This second edition retains a blend of academic knowledge and practical examples, while updating case examples and adding five new chapters on emerging alliance topics. This book remains vital reading for business students and professionals interested in strategic management.
Strategic management : awareness & change by 
Strategic Management : competitiveness & globalization : concepts & cases by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading book that sets the standard as today's most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by prominent management scholars and award-winning instructors, Hitt/Ireland/Hoskisson's STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, 13E incorporates cutting-edge research and new examples from more than 600 companies to reveal how firms effectively use the strategic management process. This edition combines a classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to demonstrate how businesses establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. You study how firms govern themselves, the value of strategic alliances to global companies and the value firms create by melding strategic management and entrepreneurial behaviors when competing. MindTap online learning solution is also available with new real-world activities designed to help you outperform and excel as a strategic leader.
Strategic management : text and cases by 
Strategic Management: Theory & Cases by
This comprehensive and engaging text presents the complexities of strategic management through up-to-date scholarship and hands-on applications. Highly respected authors Hill, Schilling, and Jones integrate cutting-edge research on topics including competitive advantage, corporate governance, diversification, strategic leadership, technology and innovation, and corporate social responsibility through both theory and case studies. Based on real-world practices and current thinking in the field, the 12th edition features an increased emphasis on the changing global economy and its role in strategic management. The appendix walks students through the case-analysis process, and explains key ratios that managers use to compare the performance of firms. The high-quality case study program contains 31 cases covering small, medium, and large companies from a large range of industries and nations. Featured cases in this edition include Tesla Motors, India's Tata Group, Sangamo's development of a gene editing cure for HIV, Skullcandy, Uber, Microsoft, Google, and Staples. When paired with this student-centric text, the MindTap learning solution will prepare the next generation of strategic leaders.
Strategic management of technological innovation by 
Strategic planning for public and nonprofit organizations : a guide to strengthening and sustaining organizational achievement by
The essential planning resource and framework for nonprofit leaders Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations is the comprehensive, practical guide to building and sustaining a more effective organization. Solid strategy is now more important than ever, and this book provides a clear framework for designing and implementing an effective and efficient planning process. From identifying stakeholders and clarifying a shared vision, to implementing plans and revising strategies, the discussion covers all aspects of the process to help you keep your organization united and on track into the future. The field's leading authority shares insight, advice, helpful tools, and specific techniques, alongside a widely used and well-regarded approach to real-world planning. This new fifth edition includes new case studies and examples along with up-to-date resources and references, and new multimedia-related content. Innovation and creativity produce great ideas, but these ideas must be collected and organized into an actionable plan supported by a coalition of support to make your organization great. This book provides expert guidance and perspective to help you bring everything together into a workable organizational strategy. Discover an effective approach to the strategic planning process Identify issues, establish a vision, clarify mandates, and implement plans Manage the process with continual learning and revising Link unique assets and abilities to better accomplish the central mission Public and nonprofit leaders are forever striving to do more with less, and great strategic planning can help you build efficiency and effectiveness into your organization's everyday operations. Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations provides the framework and tools you need to start planning for tomorrow today.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides the student with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis. The course takes a corporate perspective where the students will develop analytical skills and the attitude of getting business results. The student is responsible for constructing the knowledge from the information/reading materials that are presented to him/her. The student becomes active where the classroom environment plays an essential role in the realization their potential in becoming future business managers and executives.
Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations, Fourth Edition by
The highly acclaimed Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides an encyclopedic account of all the key financial, legal, and managerial issues facing nonprofit executives. This is today's definitive single-source text and reference for managing any nonprofit organization. Designed for both professional and graduate student readers, this work thoroughly addresses all key aspects of building managerial skill and promoting imagination and innovation in organizations across the nonprofit spectrum. Herrington J. Bryce presents every technique and concept in the context of today's public policies, leading practices, laws, norms, and expectations. Herrington J. Bryce was a senior economist at the Urban Institute, a Brookings Economic Policy Fellow, a Fellow at the Institute of Politics at Harvard and a visiting professor in regional economics and planning at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He taught micro economic theory and public finance at Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts, and was director of the program in legal and budget studies at the University College at the University of Maryland. He currently teaches courses at the College of William & Mary in nonprofits but mostly in corporate financial strategy and cost management--heavily reflected in this text. He has published extensively and has served on many state, local and federal government advisory committees. He has a PhD in economics from the Maxwell School at Syracuse University, and a CLU and ChFC from the American College.
Knowledge Services : A Strategic Framework for the 21st Century Organization by
Knowledge services converges information management, knowledge management (KM), and strategic learning into a single enterprise-wide discipline for the benefit of the business or organization in which it is practiced. As the acknowledged framework for strategic knowledge management, knowledge services--the responsibility of the knowledge strategist--leads to excellence in knowledge sharing and ultimately to shaping the organization as a knowledge culture. Knowledge Services: A Strategic Framework for the 21st Century Organization provides guidance for the knowledge strategist and is designed specifically to serve as a reference for that management employee, and for those seeking to become knowledge strategists.
Skills Management by
Managing skills is at the core of Human Resources Management. Based on previous literature and realized with researchers from Magellan, the Research Center in Management of iaeLyon, Skills Management examines how skills can be analyzed at the individual and collective levels, and investigates the focus on different types of skills - including technical, soft, learning, leadership and emotional skills. The book examines how skills management is applied in various contexts and for various populations, cultures and profiles, with examples ranging from middle managers having to develop organizational skills in a changing environment, to engineers having to develop soft skills beyond their technical skills; from police officers developing emotional skills, to the new skills that are needed when a hospital introduces a new approach to shared leadership. In the concluding chapter, this book also investigates how it is sometimes difficult to focus on skills development when organization needs are focused on flexibility.
Strategic Analytics : Integrating Management Science and Strategy by
Defines common ground at the interface of strategy and management science and unites the topics with an original approach vital for strategy students, researchers and managers Strategic Analytics: Integrating Management Science and Strategy combines strategy content with strategy process through the lenses of management science, masterfully defining the common ground that unites both fields. Each chapter starts with the perspective of a certain strategy problem, such as competition, but continues with an explanation of the strategy process using management science tools such as simulation. Facilitating the process of strategic decision making through the lens of management science, the author integrates topics that are usually in conflict for MBAs: strategy and quantitative methods. Strategic Analytics features multiple international real-life case studies and examples, business issues for further research and theory review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. Strategic Analytics starts by introducing readers to strategic management. It then goes on to cover: managerial capabilities for a complex world; politics, economy, society, technology, and environment; external environments known as exogenous factors (PESTE) and endogenous factors (industry); industry dynamics; industry evolution; competitive advanta≥ dynamic resource management; organisational design; performance measurement system; the life cycle of organisations from start-ups; maturity for maintaining profitability and growth; and finally, regeneration. Developed from the author's own Strategy Analytics course at Warwick Business School, personal experience as consultant, and in consultation with other leading scholars Uses management science to facilitate the process of strategic decision making Chapters structured with chapter objectives, summaries, short case studies, tables, student exercises, references and management science models Accompanied by a supporting website Aimed at both academics and practitioners, Strategic Analytics is an ideal text for postgraduates and advanced undergraduate students of business and management.
Strategic Management Accounting : Delivering Value in a Changing Business Environment Through Integrated Reporting by
This book critically analyzes the concept of strategic management accounting, the implications this emerging paradigm will have on the accounting profession, and the ramifications for businesses at large. This research examines current literature, and illustrates these concepts with current market examples. This manuscript approaches the topic in a way that is unique by linking the concept of SMA to the integrated reporting framework. In essence, strategic management accounting is a theory with broad-based support, but the IR framework and reporting structure provides a vehicle through which progress, costs, and benefits of a more strategic accounting function can be evaluated. Focusing on principles, primarily for internal management utilization, the following provides an outline and summary of concepts and techniques that can be used to elevate the role of the management accounting function. Whether you are a management expert, an accounting professional, or simply someone looking to keep up to date with emerging business trends, this text provides the content, and action-oriented steps to meet those expectations.
Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations : A Guide to Strengthening and Sustaining Organizational Achievement by
The essential planning resource and framework for nonprofit leaders Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations is the comprehensive, practical guide to building and sustaining a more effective organization. Solid strategy is now more important than ever, and this book provides a clear framework for designing and implementing an effective and efficient planning process. From identifying stakeholders and clarifying a shared vision, to implementing plans and revising strategies, the discussion covers all aspects of the process to help you keep your organization united and on track into the future. The field's leading authority shares insight, advice, helpful tools, and specific techniques, alongside a widely used and well-regarded approach to real-world planning. This new fifth edition includes new case studies and examples along with up-to-date resources and references, and new multimedia-related content. Innovation and creativity produce great ideas, but these ideas must be collected and organized into an actionable plan supported by a coalition of support to make your organization great. This book provides expert guidance and perspective to help you bring everything together into a workable organizational strategy. Discover an effective approach to the strategic planning process Identify issues, establish a vision, clarify mandates, and implement plans Manage the process with continual learning and revising Link unique assets and abilities to better accomplish the central mission Public and nonprofit leaders are forever striving to do more with less, and great strategic planning can help you build efficiency and effectiveness into your organization's everyday operations. Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations provides the framework and tools you need to start planning for tomorrow today.
Using the Project Management Maturity Model : Strategic Planning for Project Management by
The industry validated Project Management Maturity Model developed by Dr. Harold Kerzner--updated and expanded Using the Project Management Maturity Model offers assessment tools for organizations of all sizes to evaluate their progress in effectively integrating project management along the maturity curve. This Third Edition includes maturity metrics, examples of Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM) reports, a new chapter on the characteristics of effective PMMM, assessment questions that align with the PMBOK® Guide--Sixth Edition, all-new illustrations that define advanced levels of maturity, assessment tools for organizations using traditional PM methods, and detailed guidance for organizations using Agile and Scrum. Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is broken down into three major parts. The first part discusses the principles of strategic planning and how it relates to project management, the definition of project management maturity, and the need for customization. The second part details the Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM), which provides organizations with general guidance on how to perform strategic planning for project management. The third part of the book looks at some relatively new concepts in project management such as how assessments can be made to measure the firm's growth using PM 2.0 and PM 3.0. Features customizable maturity model assessment tools for organizations of all sizes Includes assessment questions updated to line up with PMBOK® Guide--6th Edition Offers detailed guidance on applying the maturity model for Agile and Scrum Includes PowerPoint decks to aid in teaching the maturity model Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is an ideal book for senior level and middle level corporate managers, project and team managers, engineers, project team members, and business consultants. It also benefits both business and engineering students in courses on advanced project management.
Value Creation in Management Accounting and Strategic Management by
This book explores two combined approaches (strategy and accounting) from a cross-disciplinary perspective in order to improve knowledge of value creation in various contexts. Existing studies on this topic have generally adopted a purely account-based or strategy-oriented approach to address this issue. However, this book draws upon a number of well-defined theoretical and empirical backgrounds and methodologies. Since the 1980s, many changes have occurred and companies have increasingly focused their strategies on value creation. Consequently, new strategic directions have emerged, especially for managerial accounting. Management accounting and alignment with strategy could thus improve performance. This book encourages further thought and reflection on these issues which should be pursued in the future as firms face new challenges associated with the acceleration of digital transformation.
Strategic Marketing Management
If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles” – SunTzu. Strategic marketing is the way a firm effectively differentiates itself from its competitors by capitalizing on its strengths (both current and potential) to provide consistently better value to customers than its competitors. Strategic Marketing skills are essential if companies are to survive given the external factors such as global competitions, rapidly changing technologies; new consumer needs a behavior and change in demographics. Given the challenges ahead, strategic marketing plan is one of the key factors for the success of the organization/company to survive in a competitive business environment. Strategic marketing is all about how a company identifies its strongholds in the market and focusing on their strengths rather than their short comings: this course will help the students in mastering the following topics: Target Marketing, Marketing Segmentation, Strategic Positioning, generating alternative marketing strategies and deciding on and how to achieve what market competitive position the company wants to pursue in a defined period of time.
Applied Strategic Marketing : a step-by-step approach by
This book, originally published in Dutch, provides a uniquely practical approach to strategic marketing planning. Combining a comprehensive overview of theory with practice, each chapter takes the reader step by step through the strategic marketing process. Beginning with identifying the value proposition, it moves on to the situational analysis that underpins the corporate strategy, and finally details the overall implementation and creation of a customer and brand values. Applied Strategic Marketing equips the reader with the necessary tools and techniques to develop and deliver a thorough and effective marketing strategy. With a broad range of international case studies that bring the theory to life, this well-renowned and updated translation is vital reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing management and strategic marketing. It should also be of interest to marketing practitioners who want a clear overview to aid them in the planning process. ing process.
Business to Business Marketing Management by
Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers, with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge, are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex, this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships - except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting; full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition; full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and detailed review of global B2B services marketing, trade shows, and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM, and social media as well as personal selling. More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet, it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs, be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge.
Digital Marketing : strategic planning & integration by
An unbiased approach to the latest digital marketing models, offering students and practitioners a range of tools to implement in their digital marketing planning and strategy. Covering all aspects of digital marketing planning, and the latest digital marketing models, the book aims to provide a roadmap for a digital marketing journey. As such, its structure maps against the development of a digital marketing plan and concludes with a ready-made digital marketing plan template to download and adapt. In addition to this, the content is supported by case examples from real-world organizations, and a number of features throughout the chapters: Smartphone sixty seconds features in every chapter, to evaluate influencers in relation to the topic covered. Digital tool boxes introduce professional tools (for example how Google shares its aggregate data to inform marketers about shopping insights, trends and benchmarks Ethical insights provide a reflective and challenging look at social issues and the negative sides to marketing. The book is complemented by online resources for both instructors and students, these include PowerPoint slides, an instructor's guide, exercises and activities relating to each chapter, digital marketing planning documents, digital marketing model templates, quizzes, annotated recommended video links, links to free online tools and SAGE journal article recommendations.Suitable for digital and e-marketing courses on marketing and advertising degrees as well as professional courses for anyone interested in gaining a holistic understanding of digital marketing.
Essentials of strategic management : the quest for competitive advantage by 
Growth Dynamics in New Markets : improving decision making through simulation model-based management by
An innovative simulation-based approach for strategic decision making when launching new products Growth Dynamics in New Markets contains a dynamic case study and simulations that reveal what it takes to successfully introduce a product into a new market. Written by experts in the field, the text and companion website include a compelling simulation game and a variety of simulation models. Using the simulation game and computer models, readers are challenged to design and put in place a strategy about product introduction and competitive behavior. The simulation models build on each other to help to arrive at a comprehensive understanding of product uptake as well as market development and competitive dynamics. The authors present different approaches for enhancing the models and offer guidance for applying them to real-world problems. This groundbreaking text clearly shows how to develop maps of dynamic systems, formulate candidate policies and evaluate them based on the simulations. It also reveals how to use computer simulations to understand what decisions could and should be made, when to make them and how intensive they should be. The authors present an interactive approach that: Contains an innovative combination of a case study, simulation game and simulation models for developing the skills to introduce a product to the marketplace Offers targeted questions that help to enhance the understanding of the material presented Presents detailed answers and solutions to a number or real-world business challenges Features video tutorials that explain how the simulation experiments are implemented and interpreted Aids in the development an action-oriented, pragmatic understanding of the underlying forces in business Designed for students of business administration, management, industrial engineering, informatics, engineering, and public policy, Growth Dynamics in New Markets offers an innovative approach that combines the practice of dynamic reasoning and the use of simulation to design and test possible policies.
Handbook on Place Branding and Marketing by
Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas.The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation.Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies.
Marketing by
Hunt Marketing emphasizes the universal importance of marketing, not only because students (especially non-marketing majors) want to know "Why does this course matter to me?" but also because everyone is a marketer. Student engagement and relevance are emphasized throughout the second edition of Hunt Marketing: * A career focus, to help students understand how marketing will support whatever career path they choose and how to develop their own personal brand. * Integration of key topics that are part of the daily fabric of marketing--globalization, social media, ethics, and marketing analytics. * Seamlessly integrated results-driven technology. * The right content for a semester-long course. With 16 chapters (and further customization available in Create), the second edition of Hunt Marketing provides the perfect content mix for online, hybrid, and face-to-face Principles of Marketing students.
Strategic Integrated Marketing Communications by
The key to effective integrated marketing communication is planning, and that is what this book is all about. It provides a disciplined, systematic look at what is necessary to the planning and implementation of an effective IMC programme. Throughout, attention is paid to balancing theory with practical application, how to successfully implement theory for effective communication. Step-by-step, knowledge and understanding builds through the book, starting by laying a foundation to provide context, looking at the role of IMC in building brands and strengthening companies. The book then looks at what goes into developing and executing effective messages, and how to ensure that they are consistent and consistently delivered, regardless of media. Everything is then pulled together, providing a detailed, practical overview of the strategic planning process, what goes into it, and how it is implemented. Numerous examples and cases are included, along with 'desktop' tools and worksheets for developing and implementing an IMC plan. Thoroughly updated, with special attention throughout to the increasing importance of digital media in marketing communication, new to this edition are: the introduction of a general model of positioning and the important relationship between positioning and brand awareness and brand attitude strategy; a look at the role of the preconscious in message processing; a much expanded look at media and media planning concepts; an expanded and more detailed section on digital media; a section on content marketing.
Strategic Marketing for High Technology Products by
In order for High Technology (HT) companies to tackle contemporary demanding market challenges, they frequently deploy time-reduction strategies with respect to product launch. Marketing of technology related products ¿ and especially cutting edge ones ¿ involves a complex and multidimensional bundle of specific and unique characteristics, such as the complexity of products, the intensity of the competition, confusion and/ or fear of adoption among consumers, fast pacing changes in the external environment. The very nature of the interrelations that evolve as part of the dynamic process of strategy formulation contributes further to the formulation of a very challenging environment which is described as tumultuous, volatile and turbulent. These specific features, qualities and characteristics constitute the core of the innate need for an integrated approach that requires and depends on the cooperation and coordination of specific functional competencies. This book employs a systemic approach that accommodates the integration of specialized departmental capabilities as a fundamental prerequisite and a cornerstone for the successful navigation of high-tech organizations in their extremely competitive environments. It provides a solid and extant context of compact and consistent cognitive background that is specific to the HT strategic marketing field, and a strategic tool that utilizes, relies and is built on the turbulent environment of HT rather than just overlooking, avoiding or ignoring it, and that assumes a proactive point of view, capitalizing on characteristics specific to this field, through the provision of a strategic managerial and marketing model that is overlaid onto a reliably assessed foundation of dynamic qualities, with a long-term orientation and scope, albeit one that would be easy to apply and which will generate immediate results.
Worldwide Casebook in Marketing Management (in 2 Volumes) by
Worldwide Casebook in Marketing Management comprises a large collection of case studies in marketing and business management. It covers a huge array of decision-making areas and many different industries ranging from computers, petrol retailing and electronic gaming to drinks, fashion, airlines and mobile communication. The worldwide cases are all related to many well-known brands and corporations like British Airways, Red Bull, Nintendo, Google, Microsoft, Cacharel, etc.
Strategic Marketing Management
If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles” – SunTzu. Strategic marketing is the way a firm effectively differentiates itself from its competitors by capitalizing on its strengths (both current and potential) to provide consistently better value to customers than its competitors. Strategic Marketing skills are essential if companies are to survive given the external factors such as global competitions, rapidly changing technologies; new consumer needs a behavior and change in demographics. Given the challenges ahead, strategic marketing plan is one of the key factors for the success of the organization/company to survive in a competitive business environment. Strategic marketing is all about how a company identifies its strongholds in the market and focusing on their strengths rather than their short comings: this course will help the students in mastering the following topics: Target Marketing, Marketing Segmentation, Strategic Positioning, generating alternative marketing strategies and deciding on and how to achieve what market competitive position the company wants to pursue in a defined period of time.
The Art of Digital Marketing : The Definitive Guide to Creating Strategic, Targeted, and Measurable Online Campaigns by
The premier guide to digital marketing that works, and a solid framework for success The Art of Digital Marketing is the comprehensive guide to cracking the digital marketing 'code,' and reaching, engaging, and serving the empowered consumer. Based on the industry's leading certification from the Digital Marketing Institute (DMI), this book presents an innovative methodology for successful digital marketing: start with the customer and work backwards. A campaign is only effective as it is reflective of the consumer's wants, needs, preferences, and inclinations; the DMI framework provides structured, implementable, iterative direction for getting it right every time. The heart of the framework is a three-step process called the 3i Principles: Initiate, Iterate, and Integrate. This simple idea translates into higher engagement, real customer interaction, and multichannel campaigns that extend even into traditional marketing channels. The evolution of digital marketing isn't really about the brands; it's about consumers exercising more control over their choices. This book demonstrates how using this single realization as a starting point helps you build and implement more effective campaigns. Get inside the customer's head with deep consumer research Constantly improve your campaigns based on feedback and interactions Integrate digital activities across channels, including traditional marketing Build campaigns based on customer choice and control Digital marketing turns traditional marketing models on their heads. Instead of telling the customer what to think, you find out what they already think and go from there. Instead of front-loading resources, you continually adjust your approach based on real interactions with real customers every day. Digital marketing operates within its own paradigm, and The Art of Digital Marketing opens the door for your next campaign.
Business Models for Strategic Innovation by
This book extends our understanding of how different cross- functional business and management disciplines, such as innovation and entrepreneurship, strategic management, marketing and HRM, individually and collectively underpin innovation in business management. Business Models for Strategic Innovation develops insights from cross-disciplinary business knowledge streams and their cutting edge discipline-specific practical implications to create a cross- functional business innovation management model. Novel cross- disciplinary knowledge plays an imperative role in business innovation and we know that innovative management processes have significant implications for effective cross- functional management. In this context, each chapter of the book presents fresh insights on diverse business knowledge- streams as well as their applied implications on cross- functional business innovation management. Finally, centred on these cross- disciplinary business theories and their cutting edge implications, the last chapter of this book proposes a model of strategic cross- functional business innovation management process. This academically rigorous work uses innovative theoretical propositions and state- of- the- art empirical analysis in order to enable cross- functional management teams to support organisation- wide business innovation processes.
Digital Services in the 21st Century : A Strategic and Business Perspective by
Telecommunication Services provides a holistic approach to understand telecommunications systems by addressing the emergence and domination of new digital services, consumer and economic dynamics, and the creation of content by service providers. Includes services, underlying technologies, and internal capabilities for social network advertising Covers market dynamics that determine the successes and failures of service offerings Discusses the impact of smartphones (iPhone launch) on the telecommunications and mobile device industry
Hacking Marketing : Agile Practices to Make Marketing Smarter, Faster, and More Innovative by
Apply software-inspired management concepts to accelerate modern marketing In many ways, modern marketing has more in common with the software profession than it does with classic marketing management. As surprising as that may sound, it's the natural result of the world going digital. Marketing must move faster, adapt more quickly to market feedback, and manage an increasingly complex set of customer experience touchpoints. All of these challenges are shaped by the dynamics of software--from the growing number of technologies in our own organizations to the global forces of the Internet at large. But you can turn that to your advantage. And you don't need to be technical to do it. Hacking Marketing will show you how to conquer those challenges by adapting successful management frameworks from the software industry to the practice of marketing for any business in a digital world. You'll learn about agile and lean management methodologies, innovation techniques used by high-growth technology companies that any organization can apply, pragmatic approaches for scaling up marketing in a fragmented and constantly shifting environment, and strategies to unleash the full potential of talent in a digital age. Marketing responsibilities and tactics have changed dramatically over the past decade. This book now updates marketing management to better serve this rapidly evolving discipline. Increase the tempo of marketing's responsiveness without chaos or burnout Design "continuous" marketing programs and campaigns that constantly evolve Drive growth with more marketing experiments while actually reducing risk Architect marketing capabilities in layers to better scale and adapt to change Balance strategic focus with the ability to harness emergent opportunities As a marketer and a manager, Hacking Marketing will expand your mental models for how to lead marketing in a digital world where everything--including marketing--flows with the speed and adaptability of software.
Marketing Performance : How Marketers Drive Profitable Growth by
Drive marketing ROI with an investor's mindset and a proven toolkit Top marketers today don't shy away from financial accountability. In fact, they actively seek to account for the return on their companies' investments in marketing - because they want their budget to make a difference for their brands and for their business: more relevant messages, more effective campaigns, more satisfied customers, more profitable promotions, higher returns to shareholders. If this is how you think about marketing, this book is for you. It is a book for CMOs who adopt an investor's mindset, and it deals with the most pressing marketing performance questions. This isn't a work of theory. This is a hands-on guide to better marketing for top managers, neatly packaged into ten concise chapters that are just right for a short-haul flight. Learn how to: Increase sales with smarter fund allocation Reduce marketing costs without sacrificing effectiveness Strengthen the role of marketing with quantified ROI Build capabilities for sustainable performance improvements Marketing Performance delivers expert insight, a wealth of proven success factors, and real-life case studies that will help you drive marketing performance and grow your business.
Marketing Plan Templates for Enhancing Profits by
This workbook coaches business leaders to magnify the profits of a business. They learn a unique scientific system for predicting and achieving results. Their systematic decisions will spark the profits of any business. This system comprises all strategic decisions in the marketing plan for a business. The first part uses the SWOT Analysis to assess its strengths and weaknesses and identify possible opportunities and threats. The SWOT Analysis clarifies the mission, target market, specialty, and suppliers of the business. The questions at the end of these four chapters guide business leaders to focus on quality, describe key customers, compete on strength, and delegate weaknesses. The next part positions the business relative to its competitors with marketing mix decisions. Business leaders specify its products and services, and how to distribute, promote, and price them. These four chapters close with questions that lead the business to offer treasures, deliver delight, trumpet empathy, and price as valued. The final part motivates them to implement their decisions. The closing questions motivate business leaders to target key prospects, reward the best, concentrate resources, and jump into action. These twelve decisions transform a marketing plan and build the business. Her unique scientific system coaches business leaders to use the 80/20 rule to magnify their profits.
Strategic Social Media by
Strategic Social Media is the first textbook to go beyond the marketing plans and how-to guides, and provide an overview of the theories, action plans, and case studies necessary for teaching students and readers about utilizing social media to meet marketing goals. Explores the best marketing practices for reaching business goals, while also providing strategies that students/readers can apply to any past, present or future social media platform Provides comprehensive treatment of social media in five distinct sections: landscape, messages, marketing and business models, social change, and the future Emphasizes social responsibility and ethics, and how this relates to capitalizing on market share Highlights marketing strategies grounded in research that explains how practitioners can influence audience behaviour Each chapter introduces theory, practice, action plans, and case studies to teach students the power and positive possibilities that social media hold
The Strategic Storyteller : Content Marketing in the Age of the Educated Consumer by
The world needs more storytellers. Storytelling is an inherently innovative activity. When organizations find their best stories and tell them to the world, they're not only building a reputation, they're flexing the same muscles that allow them to pivot quickly around crisis or opportunity, and solve problems more creatively. For individuals, crafting stories is the primary way we can make sense of the world and our place in it. The Strategic Storyteller is a comprehensive, practical guide to transformative storytelling. In its pages you will learn how to: Tap into your and your organization's unique sources of wonder, wisdom, and delight Boost individual and collective creativity Understand the storytelling strategies behind some of the world's most powerful brands Unlock the secrets of the great strategic storytellers of the past Build a place where your stories can live online Distribute stories so they have staying power and reach in the digital age Convene audiences by going beyond demographic stereotypes and tapping into enduring human needs Understand how unshakable reputations are built out of stories that accumulate over time Sooner or later all of us will be asked to tell stories in the course of our professional lives. We will be asked to make a case for ourselves, our work, our companies, and our future. The Strategic Storyteller tells you how.
Visual Content Marketing : Leveraging Infographics, Video, and Interactive Media to Attract and Engage Customers by
Your ticket to generating better results through infographics Visual Content Marketing is a more than just a guide to infographics. Written for business people dealing with complex offerings, this is a hands-on, in-the-trenches guide to leveraging this emerging medium to reach bottomline business goals. Uniquely, this book addresses the full range of visual solutions, with an emphasis on using these products to create real business value. Inside, you'll learn the ins and outs of infographics, interactive pictograms, video, animations, data-driven visualizations, and other conversion-generating graphical content. Get inspired by the groundbreaking examples showcased here, and learn how to manage every aspect of visual content, from sourcing suppliers to leveraging content on the appropriate media platforms. Author Stephen Gamble is a leader in visual marketing solutions, with over twenty years of experience in the industry. Thousands look to his firm, Frame Concepts, for insider tips on generating revenue with the help of innovative graphics. This insider knowledge is at your fingertips in Visual Content Marketing. To meet your demanding business goals, you need new ideas. This book will show you how to infuse visual content where and when it counts. Generate high-quality leads and revenue with infographics, video, data visualizations, and more Identify the visual marketing and engagement strategies that will work for your business Source and manage talented content suppliers who will deliver on your strategic vision Integrate eye-popping visual solutions to update your brand and achieve your business goals Focusing on the visual is the secret to success in the effort to win customer engagement and attention. Visual Content Marketing is applicable to every business function and industry. With this book, you have the start-to-finish information you need to leverage visual solutions to great effect.
This course deals with the appreciation of the various marketing research projects that research-based executives use most often to support their marketing decisions in order to address given marketing and/or management information need or problem. The course focuses on the actual conduct and preparation of a usage, attitude and image (UAI) study of a product category based on the research proposal and UAI questionnaire which should have been prepared in the student’s METRES course. The UAI Study will be required as the major output of the student in the course and the study will be used as one of the sources of primary information in the preparation of a marketing plan in the MARPROJ and MARPRAC courses of the student.
Customer-Centric Marketing : a pragmatic framework by
State-of-the-art analytic and quantitative methods for using big data to craft effective real-time, dynamic customer-centric marketing plans. The revolution in big data has enabled a game-changing approach to marketing. The asynchronous and continuous collection of customer data carries rich signals about consumer preferences and consumption patterns. Use of this data can make marketing adaptive, dynamic, and responsive to changes in individual customer behavior. This book introduces state-of-the-art analytic and quantitative methods for customer-centric marketing (CCM). Rather than using a snapshot from the data to plot a single campaign-centric marketing plan, these methods draw on cutting-edge research in optimization and interactive marketing with the goal of maximizing long-term profit from data collected over time. The aim is to teach readers to apply optimization tools to derive analytical solutions leading to customized, dynamic, proactive, and real-time marketing decisions. The book develops the CCM framework and illustrates it with four cases that span the life cycle of marketing: pricing, win-back, cross-sales, and customer service allocation. The text walks the reader through real-world examples of applying the framework (supported by spreadsheet models available online), then explains the key concepts: modeling consumer choice; segmenting customers into latent classes based on sensitivity; computing customer lifetime value (CLV); and dynamic optimization. The reader then learns to incorporate the continuous learning of customer preference into an adaptive feedback loop for marketing decisions. The book can be used as a text for MBA students or as a professional reference. This book is based on joint research developed at Carnegie Mellon University when both authors were on the faculty at the Tepper School of Business.
Exploring Marketing Research by
EXPLORING MARKETING RESEARCH, 11E, provides a thorough guide to the design, execution, analysis, and reporting of marketing research to support effective business decisions. The text prepares students to approach marketing research from a management perspective rather than as hands-on practitioners, providing valuable business context while introducing both traditional research methods, such as designing questionnaires, and the latest technological advances, including current data collection devices, data analysis tools, practical approaches to data analytics, and the impact of social media and artifactual online data. In addition to updates based on recent trends and technology, the new 11th Edition features an increased emphasis on ethical and international issues, reflecting their growing importance in modern marketing research.
Handbook of Marketing Analytics by
The Handbook of Marketing Analytics showcases analytical marketing methods and their high-impact real-life applications in marketing management, public policy, and litigation support. Fourteen chapters present an overview of specific marketing analytic methods in technical detail, while 22 case studies present thorough examples of the use of each method.The contributors featured are recognized authorities in their fields. Multidisciplinary in scope, this Handbook covers experimental methods, non-experimental methods, and their digital-era extensions. It explores topics such as classical and Bayesian econometrics, causality, machine learning, optimization, and recent advancements in conjoint analysis.This standout collection of analytical methods and application will be useful and educational for all readers, whether they are academics or practitioners in marketing, public policy, or litigation.
How to Research Trends : move beyond trend watching to kick start innovation by
Understanding trends, the emerging values and needs of groups in society provides you with a foundation to innovate and create change. This book gives you a candid and unbiased overview of the trend research process. lt brings a structured, research-based approach to the table instead of a crystal ball. 'How to Research Trends' is practical, hands-on and offers multiple perspectives on researching trends for professionals and trend students around the globe. lt shows you that researching trends is a skill that combines the intuitive and the analytical. This book is written for everyone interested in human-centred innovation and for everyone interested in learning more about trend research. Trend research includes so much more than just hypes, styles and the latest gadgets. It studies change and provides an analysis of emerging shifts in people's needs and wants. These trend insights are essential during any innovation process as a foundation to create future proof concepts that improve people's quality of life. Based on a 3 step method, you will learn in a hands-on way to scan your environment for signs of change, analyse your trend spots and apply your trend insights to kick start innovation. This book synthesises existing theories, concepts and ideas on trend research. The interviews with experts and students will guide you on your trend journey. This will help you to innovate and create change in the short and long term and execute your own trend research.
Innovation, Research and Development Management by
In today's business environment, as organizations constantly seek to growth and develop through the optimization of their innovative and creative potential, understanding the critical issues and management practices in R & D is essential. This book provides a critical revaluation of the state of the art issues and concepts in R&D management. The views expressed are those of leading French researchers and professionals in this field, fed by empirical studies in national and international firms.
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, International and Cross-Cultural Business Research investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioral standards, and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers, and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
Introduction to Business Analytics Using Simulation by
Introduction to Business Analytics Using Simulation employs an innovative strategy to teach business analytics. It uses simulation modeling and analysis as mechanisms to introduce and link predictive and prescriptive modeling. Because managers can't fully assess what will happen in the future, but must still make decisions, the book treats uncertainty as an essential element in decision-making. Its use of simulation gives readers a superior way of analyzing past data, understanding an uncertain future, and optimizing results to select the best decision. With its focus on the uncertainty and variability of business, this comprehensive book provides a better foundation for business analytics than standard introductory business analytics books. Students will gain a better understanding of fundamental statistical concepts that are essential to marketing research, Six-Sigma, financial analysis, and business analytics.
Marketing research : a concise introduction by
This is an introductory textbook that provides students with the essential information needed to plan and perform marketing research for the first time. The new Second Edition presents a balanced mix of qualitative and quantitative methods, reflecting contemporary trends. This includes a new chapter on netnography and new and increased coverage of the digital aspects of marketing research and the impact of social media and the online environment. The book includes exercises and activities within the chapters that can be used in class. Along with a collection of new international case studies, including: Europe - Renault (France), Miele (Germany) & Online grocery markets in France and Germany. Africa - The Robben Island Museum in Cape Town, South Africa, Vergenoegd Wine Estate in South Africa, text message surveying in Kenya Australia - Campos Coffee Asia - Uber and social media usage in India; Cinemas and confectionary markets in China; Coffee culture in South Korea
Research Handbook on Economic Diplomacy : bilateral relations in a context of geopolitical change by
Bilateral economic diplomacy is an increasingly popular method of ensuring both commercial and broader economic interests. In this Handbook over 30 leading experts from developed and developing countries, industrial nations and emerging economies have come together to form a global view of economic diplomacy. Representing a move away from Euro-centric books on the topic, this Handbook uses a combination of qualitative and quantitative research to explore how state visits, embassies and economic sanctions are being increasingly used as forms of diplomacy. Editors Peter van Bergeijk and Selwyn Moons have ensured that the entire research process is covered, from data collection to evidence based policy advice. As such, the Handbook reveals how and under which conditions economic diplomacy can be most effective, proving an invaluable tool for future research.The Research Handbook on Economic Diplomacy is a key resource for academics and researchers at policy institutions who wish to understand the field in greater depth. Policy makers and other actors at domestic and international levels would also greatly benefit from this extensive international view of economy diplomacy.
Research Methods in Consumer Law by
European consumer law seeks to ensure that consumers receive sufficient information about goods and services, are not subject to unfair contract clauses or unfair commercial practices and have the means to redress grievances. This Handbook specifically considers the impacts of different disciplines and methods as it presents the state of the art in consumer law research and in particular offers intriguing new insights from behavioural science.Research Methods in Consumer Law shows how different lenses help to highlight under-researched areas of consumer law and engage with current debates in order to suggest pertinent legal reforms. Rules meant to protect consumers are often premised on the fact that small print is read, understood and acted upon. Acknowledging that this is rarely the case, the expert contributors offer new perspectives, informed by the study of how real people behave and paying careful attention to methodology.Offering the tools to engage in promising and socially useful legal research, this Handbook will appeal to students and scholars across the fields of law and behavioural science, as it offers a fresh look at the relation between EU consumer law and other disciplines oriented to solving practical problems.
This course deals with the appreciation of the various marketing research projects that research-based executives use most often to support their marketing decisions in order to address given marketing and/or management information need or problem. The course focuses on the actual conduct and preparation of a usage, attitude and image (UAI) study of a product category based on the research proposal and UAI questionnaire which should have been prepared in the student’s METRES course. The UAI Study will be required as the major output of the student in the course and the study will be used as one of the sources of primary information in the preparation of a marketing plan in the MARPROJ and MARPRAC courses of the student.
AI for Marketing and Product Innovation : Powerful New Tools for Predicting Trends, Connecting with Customers, and Closing Sales by
Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)--twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here--whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the "what" to show you the "how": How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. Understand AI and ML technology in layman's terms Harness the twin technologies unparalleled power to transform marketing Learn which skills and resources you need to use AI and ML effectively Employ AI and ML in ways that resonate meaningfully with customers Learn practical examples of how to reinvest product innovation, brand building, targeted marketing and media measurement to connect with people and enhance ROI Discover the true impact of AI and ML from real-world examples, and learn the thinking, best practices, and metrics you need to capture this lightning and take the next massive leap in the evolution of customer connection. AI for Marketing and Product Innovation shows you everything you need to know to get on board.
The Art of Digital Marketing : The Definitive Guide to Creating Strategic, Targeted, and Measurable Online Campaigns by
The premier guide to digital marketing that works, and a solid framework for success The Art of Digital Marketing is the comprehensive guide to cracking the digital marketing 'code,' and reaching, engaging, and serving the empowered consumer. Based on the industry's leading certification from the Digital Marketing Institute (DMI), this book presents an innovative methodology for successful digital marketing: start with the customer and work backwards. A campaign is only effective as it is reflective of the consumer's wants, needs, preferences, and inclinations; the DMI framework provides structured, implementable, iterative direction for getting it right every time. The heart of the framework is a three-step process called the 3i Principles: Initiate, Iterate, and Integrate. This simple idea translates into higher engagement, real customer interaction, and multichannel campaigns that extend even into traditional marketing channels. The evolution of digital marketing isn't really about the brands; it's about consumers exercising more control over their choices. This book demonstrates how using this single realization as a starting point helps you build and implement more effective campaigns. Get inside the customer's head with deep consumer research Constantly improve your campaigns based on feedback and interactions Integrate digital activities across channels, including traditional marketing Build campaigns based on customer choice and control Digital marketing turns traditional marketing models on their heads. Instead of telling the customer what to think, you find out what they already think and go from there. Instead of front-loading resources, you continually adjust your approach based on real interactions with real customers every day. Digital marketing operates within its own paradigm, and The Art of Digital Marketing opens the door for your next campaign.
Business Report Guides : Research Reports and Business Plans by
This book offers tactics for creating business plans as well as research reports. Readers will find guides for planning research projects; writing proposals; identifying major findings; drawing conclusions; and using them to recommend appropriate actions--along with citing sources, numbering pages, and displaying visuals. The book examines business plans--why entrepreneurs need them, the objectives and contents of business plans, and how-to guides for each part. Business Report Guides can be your go-to source for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can gain information for immediate use. Keep it handy and refer to it often when reporting research or when planning a new business or altering an existing one.
Data-Driven Marketing Content : A Practical Guide by
In the world we live in today, more data is being generated than at any other period in human history. However, this wealth of information is causing a data dilemma for small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs), entrepreneurs, and practitioners. With marketing companies and experts struggling to produce business content that delivers strong marketing results and SME's being overshadowed by data-aware super-brands that are already heavily investing in data-driven content, Lee Wilson offers a solution that can rectify the performance divide. Data-Driven Marketing Content: A Practical Guideempowers businesses, regardless of industry, size, or competition level, to understand, identify and act on big-data opportunities. The guide shares unique processes, approaches, and frameworks which can be applied to every company need, leading you towards efficient and effective content creation that repeatedly returns on investment. Through a combination of practical expertise and personal insights, this book instructs and enables practitioners and entrepreneurs to overcome everyday business content barriers and yield increased results from every piece of content created.
International Marketing : Theory and Practice from Developing Countries by Marketing Scales Handbook : Multi-Item Measures for Consumer Insight Research by
"The Marketing Scales Handbook series is the longest-running set of books that provide reviews of multi-item measures used in scholarly studies of consumer behavior. This volume picks up where the previous volume ended and has reviews of 433 scales that were reported in top marketing journal articles published in 2014 and 2015. These scales are new to the series and were not in any of the previous volumes. Each review provides the scale items (questions, statements, or semantic differentials) as well as information about the scale's origin, previous users, and measurement quality. The bulk of the scales in this book involve topics typical to the series such as brands, advertising, stores, purchasing, and pricing. Measures of other topics in this volume have to do with newer topics including environmentalism, service dominant orientations, symbolic embeddedness, word-of-mouth activity, switching costs, product installations, place attachment, interactions with employees, and sports. As with the rest of the series, this book is a unique and valuable resource for researchers in a variety of fields who want tested and reliable measures of attitudes, emotions, or traits for their studies of consumers or similar types of respondents such as viewers, patients, patrons, or citizens. Many of the measures could also be used in business settings when studying employees, members, or administrators. Instead of using simplistic measures of dubious quality or, at the other extreme, having to build and refine sophisticated measures from scratch, researchers can use the book's contents to learn from the experts who have already crafted quality scales and had their measures vetted by other experts. By using these precision metrics, the expectation is that accuracy is increased as will the quality of the decisions based upon them."
Measuring Marketing : The 100+ Essential Metrics Every Marketer Needs, Third Edition by
The demands of a more dynamic, globalized business world have led to sophisticated methods for quantifying marketing success. This informative guide defines and explains the use of more than 110 key marketing metrics for the success of your business. In eleven focused sections, this resource makes otherwise complex topics understandable. Written for marketing professionals accountable for measurable results as well as senior executives who need a firm understanding of marketing's impact on a business or product line, it clearly explains the metrics that you can use to measure marketing. Along the way, you'll be introduced to a variety of important analytical tools, from brand, customer, and sales metrics to advertising, price, and distributions metrics. And with the addition of new examples and metrics--including significant updates to the online/digital/social area-- Measuring Marketing, Third Edition will put you in a better position to excel at this difficult endeavor.
Microfinance : Research, Debates, Policy by
As microfinance is increasingly being absorbed into broader debates on financial inclusion and sustainable development, there is a growing number of professionals operating in international relations and development who are often confronted with sweeping statements about the alleged benefits and risks of microfinance. This book provides a concise introduction to microfinance - the key issues, debates, research agenda and public policy relevance. Illustrated by real-life examples, the book's sections also highlight key publications and data sources and identify gaps for future research. The book will be an invaluable resource both for development economists and for scholars in neighbouring disciplines who need to get up to speed quickly on the current debates and research in microfinance.
Social Media Marketing : Strategies in Utilizing Consumer-Generated Content by
With the introduction of the Internet, consumers are relying heavily on the media for content. The popularity of consumer-generated content (CGC) has captured the consumer (i.e., user) as the producer, which has cause a power shift in the market from the companies to the consumers. When technology is paired with culture, it is inevitable that consumers are constantly changing their attitudes toward consumption to adapt to current trends. Thus, marketers are meticulously looking for information to keep current with the consumer market in order to maintain their market share. CGC relates closely to electronic word-of-mouth (eWOM) and can be found in various online review sites, forums, blogs, company websites, as well as on social media platforms. Consumers' contribution toward the content on the different digital media sites (including company's website) is on voluntary basis, either paid (e.g., sponsored) or nonpaid (e.g., personal blogs). It is evident that information that is published online travels faster to consumers than when delivered through traditional media such as television. Companies are therefore trying to be proactive; and as part of their promotional efforts, they are turning to online media for the latest information on their target market, feedback on their company (e.g., criticism, praises), as well as information on their competitors. The goal of this book is to educate business owners, marketing practitioners, students, as well as marketing researchers in understanding the use of CGC and how it is beneficial for their marketing plan.
Quantitative Techniques in Business
In this course you will be given the knowledge in decision making, resource allocation and control skills using computers as tools. A deeper understanding of these topics will be discussed in the context of (a) Payoff Tables, (b) Decision Trees, (c) Linear Programming, (d) Project Management, and (e) Inventory Management. The emphasis of the course will be learning how to become an efficient business decision maker. This course requires you to use the blackboard on the internet (Moodle), to take quizzes, make assignments, and submit project case analysis. The skills acquired in this course will consequently develop your ability to integrate this decision making skills with other courses requiring analytic decision making skills.
Big Data and Machine Learning in Quantitative Investment by
Get to know the 'why' and 'how' of machine learning and big data in quantitative investment Big Data and Machine Learning in Quantitative Investment is not just about demonstrating the maths or the coding. Instead, it's a book by practitioners for practitioners, covering the questions of why and how of applying machine learning and big data to quantitative finance. The book is split into 13 chapters, each of which is written by a different author on a specific case. The chapters are ordered according to the level of complexity; beginning with the big picture and taxonomy, moving onto practical applications of machine learning and finally finishing with innovative approaches using deep learning. * Gain a solid reason to use machine learning * Frame your question using financial markets laws * Know your data * Understand how machine learning is becoming ever more sophisticated Machine learning and big data are not a magical solution, but appropriately applied, they are extremely effective tools for quantitative investment -- and this book shows you how.
Business Statistics Using EXCEL and SPSS by
This book is not available as a print inspection copy. To download an e-version click here or for more information contact your local sales representative. ′Takes the challenging and makes it understandable. The book contains useful advice on the application of statistics to a variety of contexts and shows how statistics can be used by managers in their work.′ - Dr Terri Byers, Assistant Professor, University Of New Brunswick, CanadaA book about introductory quantitative analysis, the authors show both how and why quantitative analysis is useful in the context of business and management studies, encouraging readers to not only memorise the content but to apply learning to typical problems. Fully up-to-date with comprehensive coverage of IBM SPSS and Microsoft Excel software, the tailored examples illustrate how the programmes can be used, and include step-by-step figures and tables throughout. A range of 'real world' and fictional examples, including "The Ballad of Eddie the Easily Distracted" and "Esha′s Story" help bring the study of statistics alive.A number of in-text boxouts can be found throughout the book aimed at readers at varying levels of study and understanding Back to Basics for those struggling to understand, explain concepts in the most basic way possible - often relating to interesting or humorous examples Above and Beyond for those racing ahead and who want to be introduced to more interesting or advanced concepts that are a little bit outside of what they may need to know Think it over get students to stop, engage and reflect upon the different connections between topics A range of online resources including a set of data files and templates for the reader following in-text examples, downloadable worksheets and instructor materials, answers to in-text exercises and video content compliment the book.An ideal resource for undergraduates taking introductory statistics for business, or for anyone daunted by the prospect of tackling quantitative analysis for the first time.
Data Analytics: Effective Methods for Presenting Results by
If you are a manager who receives the results of any data analyst¿s work to help with your decision-making, this book is for you. Anyone playing a role in the field of analytics can benefit from this book as well. In the two decades the editors of this book spent teaching and consulting in the field of analytics, they noticed a critical shortcoming in the communication abilities of many analytics professionals. Specifically, analysts have difficulty in articulating in business terms what their analyses showed and what actionable recommendations were made. When analysts made presentations, they tended to lapse into the technicalities of mathematical procedures, rather than focusing on the strategic and tactical impact and meaning of their work. As analytics has become more mainstream and widespread in organizations, this problem has grown more acute. Data Analytics: Effective Methods for Presenting Results tackles this issue. The editors have used their experience as presenters and audience members who have become lost during presentation. Over the years, they experimented with different ways of presenting analytics work to make a more compelling case to top managers. They have discovered tried and true methods for improving presentations, which they share. The book also presents insights from other analysts and managers who share their own experiences. It is truly a collection of experiences and insight from academics and professionals involved with analytics. The book is not a primer on how to draw the most beautiful charts and graphs or about how to perform any specific kind of analysis. Rather, it shares the experiences of professionals in various industries about how they present their analytics results effectively. They tell their stories on how to win over audiences. The book spans multiple functional areas within a business, and in some cases, it discusses how to adapt presentations to the needs of audiences at different levels of management.
Data Mining for Business Analytics by
Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques, and Applications in R presents an applied approach to data mining concepts and methods, using R software for illustration Readers will learn how to implement a variety of popular data mining algorithms in R (a free and open-source software) to tackle business problems and opportunities. This is the fifth version of this successful text, and the first using R. It covers both statistical and machine learning algorithms for prediction, classification, visualization, dimension reduction, recommender systems, clustering, text mining and network analysis. It also includes: Two new co-authors, Inbal Yahav and Casey Lichtendahl, who bring both expertise teaching business analytics courses using R, and data mining consulting experience in business and government Updates and new material based on feedback from instructors teaching MBA, undergraduate, diploma and executive courses, and from their students More than a dozen case studies demonstrating applications for the data mining techniques described End-of-chapter exercises that help readers gauge and expand their comprehension and competency of the material presented A companion website with more than two dozen data sets, and instructor materials including exercise solutions, PowerPoint slides, and case solutions www.dataminingbook.com Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques, and Applications in R is an ideal textbook for graduate and upper-undergraduate level courses in data mining, predictive analytics, and business analytics. This new edition is also an excellent reference for analysts, researchers, and practitioners working with quantitative methods in the fields of business, finance, marketing, computer science, and information technology.
Data Science for Business and Decision Making by
Data Science for Business and Decision Making covers both statistics and operations research while most competing textbooks focus on one or the other. As a result, the book more clearly defines the principles of business analytics for those who want to apply quantitative methods in their work. Its emphasis reflects the importance of regression, optimization and simulation for practitioners of business analytics. Each chapter uses a didactic format that is followed by exercises and answers. Freely-accessible datasets enable students and professionals to work with Excel, Stata Statistical Software®, and IBM SPSS Statistics Software®.
Essentials of Business Analytics by
ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS, 2e provides students the opportunity to build valuable skills that are in high demand by today's businesses. Excellent examples and visuals help illustrate data and results for each topic. Step-by-step instructions for various software programs help you perform the analyses discussed. You will find practical, relevant problems at a variety of difficulty levels to help you learn and succeed in your course.
Handbook of Research Methods in Diversity Management, Equality and Inclusion at Work by
Equality, diversity and inclusion (EDI) have become features of organizations as a result of both legal and societal advances as well as neoliberal economic reasoning. While current research approaches frequently fall short of addressing the challenges faced in EDI research, this benchmark Handbook brings coverage of research methods in EDI up to date, and advances the development of research in the field.Bringing together well-known academics and researchers, this Handbook is a distillation of current and novel research in the field of EDI. Chapters present groundbreaking new research and methodological perspectives on international, regional and national issues, from equal opportunities and gender mainstreaming to managing diversity in legal, political and socio-economic contexts. Alongside this, the authors discuss new analytic directions to advance empirical EDI research. This Handbook will help to shape the present and future EDI discourse.The book is an invaluable addition to the current literature, particularly for students of EDI and researchers working in the fields of human resource management, strategic management and organization, and culture and change management as well as entrepreneurship and marketing.
An Introduction to Management Science : quantitative approaches to decision making by
Now you can gain with a sound conceptual understanding of the role that management science plays in the decision-making process while mastering the latest advantages of Microsoft® Office Excel® 2016. The trusted market leader for more than two decades, Anderson/Sweeney/Williams/Camm/Cochran/Fry/Ohlmann's AN INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT SCIENCE: QUANTITATIVE APPROACHES TO DECISION MAKING, 15E uses a proven problem-scenario approach to introduce each quantitative technique within an applications setting. All data sets, applications, and screen visuals reflect the details of Excel 2016 to effectively prepare you to work with the latest spreadsheet tools. In addition, the book's online content offers LINGO software and Excel add-ins.
Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business : with applications using Microsoft Office Excel by
A well-balanced and accessible introduction to the elementary quantitative methods and Microsoft® Office Excel® applications used to guide business decision making Featuring quantitative techniques essential for modeling modern business situations, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® provides guidance to assessing real-world data sets using Excel. The book presents a balanced approach to the mathematical tools and techniques with applications used in the areas of business, finance, economics, marketing, and operations. The authors begin by establishing a solid foundation of basic mathematics and statistics before moving on to more advanced concepts. The first part of the book starts by developing basic quantitative techniques such as arithmetic operations, functions and graphs, and elementary differentiations (rates of change), and integration. After a review of these techniques, the second part details both linear and nonlinear models of business activity. Extensively classroom-tested, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® also includes: Numerous examples and practice problems that emphasize real-world business quantitative techniques and applications Excel-based computer software routines that explore calculations for an assortment of tasks, including graphing, formula usage, solving equations, and data analysis End-of-chapter sections detailing the Excel applications and techniques used to address data and solutions using large data sets A companion website that includes chapter summaries, Excel data sets, sample exams and quizzes, lecture slides, and an Instructors' Solutions Manual Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® is an excellent textbook for undergraduate-level courses on quantitative methods in business, economics, finance, marketing, operations, and statistics. The book is also an ideal reference for readers with little or no quantitative background who require a better understanding of basic mathematical and statistical concepts used in economics and business. Bharat Kolluri, Ph.D., is Professor of Economics in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include econometrics, business statistics, quantitative decision making, applied macroeconomics, applied microeconomics, and corporate finance. Michael J. Panik, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. He has served as a consultant to the Connecticut Department of Motor Vehicles as well as to a variety of health care organizations. In addition, Dr. Panik is the author of numerous books, including Growth Curve Modeling: Theory and Applications and Statistical Inference: A Short Course, both published by Wiley. Rao N. Singamsetti, Ph.D., is Associate Professor in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include the status of war on poverty in the United States since the 1960s and forecasting foreign exchange rates using econometric methods.
Quantitative Methods for Business by
You don't have to be a mathematician to maximize the power of quantitative methods. Written for the current−or future−business professional, QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR BUSINESS, 13E makes it easy for you to understand how you can most effectively use quantitative methods to make smart, successful decisions. The book's hallmark problem-scenario approach guides you step by step through the application of mathematical concepts and techniques. Memorable real-life examples demonstrate how and when to use the methods found in the book, while instant online access provides you with Excel® worksheets, LINGO, and the Excel add-in Analytic Solver Platform. The chapter on simulation includes a more elaborate treatment of uncertainty by using Microsoft Excel to develop spreadsheet simulation models. The new edition also includes a more holistic approach to variability in project management. Completely up to date, QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR BUSINESS, 13E reflects the latest trends, issues, and practices from the field.
Solutions manual to accompany introduction to quantitative methods in business : with applications using Microsoft Office Excel by
Solutions Manual to accompany Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft Office Excel
Quantitative Techniques in Business
In this course you will be given the knowledge in decision making, resource allocation and control skills using computers as tools. A deeper understanding of these topics will be discussed in the context of (a) Payoff Tables, (b) Decision Trees, (c) Linear Programming, (d) Project Management, and (e) Inventory Management. The emphasis of the course will be learning how to become an efficient business decision maker. This course requires you to use the blackboard on the internet (Moodle), to take quizzes, make assignments, and submit project case analysis. The skills acquired in this course will consequently develop your ability to integrate this decision making skills with other courses requiring analytic decision making skills.
From Voices to Results - Voice of Customer Questions, Tools and Analysis : Proven Techniques for Understanding and Engaging with Your Customers by 
Mathematical Methods for Finance : Tools for Asset and Risk Management by
The mathematical and statistical tools needed in the rapidly growing quantitative finance field With the rapid growth in quantitative finance, practitioners must achieve a high level of proficiency in math and statistics. Mathematical Methods and Statistical Tools for Finance, part of the Frank J. Fabozzi Series, has been created with this in mind. Designed to provide the tools needed to apply finance theory to real world financial markets, this book offers a wealth of insights and guidance in practical applications. It contains applications that are broader in scope from what is covered in a typical book on mathematical techniques. Most books focus almost exclusively on derivatives pricing, the applications in this book cover not only derivatives and asset pricing but also risk management--including credit risk management--and portfolio management. Includes an overview of the essential math and statistical skills required to succeed in quantitative finance Offers the basic mathematical concepts that apply to the field of quantitative finance, from sets and distances to functions and variables The book also includes information on calculus, matrix algebra, differential equations, stochastic integrals, and much more Written by Sergio Focardi, one of the world's leading authors in high-level finance Drawing on the author's perspectives as a practitioner and academic, each chapter of this book offers a solid foundation in the mathematical tools and techniques need to succeed in today's dynamic world of finance.
The Mathematics of Financial Models : Solving Real-World Problems with Quantitative Methods by
Learn how quantitative models can help fight client problems head-on Before financial problems can be solved, they need to be fully understood. Since in-depth quantitative modeling techniques are a powerful tool to understanding the drivers associated with financial problems, one would need a solid grasp of these techniques before being able to unlock their full potential of the methods used. In The Mathematics of Financial Models, the author presents real world solutions to the everyday problems facing financial professionals. With interactive tools such as spreadsheets for valuation, pricing, and modeling, this resource combines highly mathematical quantitative analysis with useful, practical methodologies to create an essential guide for investment and risk-management professionals facing modeling issues in insurance, derivatives valuation, and pension benefits, among others. In addition to this, this resource also provides the relevant tools like matrices, calculus, statistics and numerical analysis that are used to build the quantitative methods used. Financial analysts, investment professionals, risk-management professionals, and graduate students will find applicable information throughout the book, and gain from the self-study exercises and the refresher course on key mathematical topics. Equipped with tips and information, The Mathematics of Financial Models Provides practical methodologies based on mathematical quantitative analysis to help analysts, investment and risk-management professionals better navigate client issues Contains interactive tools that demonstrate the power of analysis and modeling Helps financial professionals become more familiar with the challenges across a range of industries Includes a mathematics refresher course and plenty of exercises to get readers up to speed The Mathematics of Financial Models is an in-depth guide that helps readers break through common client financial problems and emerge with clearer strategies for solving issues in the future.
The Official Guide for GMAT Quantitative Review 20155ew 2015 with Online Question Bank and Exclusive Video by
This is the only official study guide focusing on the quantitative portion of the GMAT exam. It delivers more than 300 retired GMAT® questions and answer explanations from the creators of the test to help focus your test preparation efforts. New to The Official Guide for GMAT® Quantitative Review 2015: Online access to 300 Problem Solving and Data Sufficiency questions allowing the creation of customized practice tests. Exclusive access to videos from real test takers and GMAC staff who share insight and tips on GMAT® preparation.
Organisational Diagnosis : Tools and applications for researchers and practitioners by
The highly experienced and knowledgeable authors of Organisational Diagnosis provide the reader with the necessary advice, tools and applications to conduct a successful organisational diagnosis. Readers will come to understand how to diagnose concerns/problems and leverage untapped possibilities in the organisation in order to improve and be successful in a competitive, fast-changing world.The book consists of 13 chapters, which covers the core concepts in conducting an organisational diagnosis.Content includes:• Planning and coordinating an organisational diagnosis • Preparing and involving all stakeholders• Developing and sourcing assessment instruments • Survey administration process • Data gathering in groups – an inclusive way of gathering • Analysing and interpretation of results • Follow-up process – clarifying survey results• Report writing and feedback• Action planning and learning• Conducting multicultural research insights gained from theory and practice • The organisational and psychological impact of Organisational Diagnosis• Ethical and privacy considerations for research ABOUT THE EDITORS:Prof Nico Martins is presently with the Department of Industrial Psychology at the University of South Africa (Unisa, since 1995) and specialises in the field of organisational psychology. His fields of expertise are organisational development and change.Dr Ellen Caroline Martins is an inter-disciplinary researcher and author who has published 19 articles, five chapters in books, mostly as first author, and has presented papers at eight international conferences and a number of South African conferences. Her work focuses on knowledge retention, surveys and research methodology, organisational culture, creativity and innovation, and age generation groups.Dr Rica Viljoen is the managing director of Mandala Consulting, a niche organisational development company that specialises in transformational processes, organisational research and spiral dynamics. She is a master organisational development practitioner who focuses on large-scale organisational change and development. She is a senior research fellow at the University of Johannesburg and is adjunct faculty at the Henley Business School, South Africa. Her research has been published and presented internationally, and has reached more than 42 countries.
Pricing Analytics : Models and Advanced Quantitative Techniques for Product Pricing by
The theme of this book is simple. The price - the number someone puts on a product to help consumers decide to buy that product - comes from data. Specifically, itcomes from statistically modeling the data. This book gives the reader the statistical modeling tools needed to get the number to put on a product. But statistical modeling is not done in a vacuum. Economic and statistical principles and theory conjointly provide the background and framework for the models. Therefore, this book emphasizes two interlocking components of modeling: economic theory and statistical principles. The economic theory component is sufficient to provide understanding of the basic principles for pricing, especially about elasticities, which measure the effects of pricing on key business metrics. Elasticity estimation is the goal of statistical modeling, so attention is paid to the concept and implications of elasticities. The statistical modeling component is advanced and detailed covering choice (conjoint, discrete choice, MaxDiff) and sales data modeling. Experimental design principles, model estimation approaches, and analysis methods are discussed and developed for choice models. Regression fundamentals have been developed for sales model specification and estimation and expanded for latent class analysis.
Quantitative Financial Risk Management : Theory and Practice by
A Comprehensive Guide to Quantitative Financial Risk Management Written by an international team of experts in the field, Quantitative Financial Risk Management: Theory and Practice provides an invaluable guide to the most recent and innovative research on the topics of financial risk management, portfolio management, credit risk modeling, and worldwide financial markets. This comprehensive text reviews the tools and concepts of financial management that draw on the practices of economics, accounting, statistics, econometrics, mathematics, stochastic processes, and computer science and technology. Using the information found in Quantitative Financial Risk Management can help professionals to better manage, monitor, and measure risk, especially in today's uncertain world of globalization, market volatility, and geo-political crisis. Quantitative Financial Risk Management delivers the information, tools, techniques, and most current research in the critical field of risk management. This text offers an essential guide for quantitative analysts, financial professionals, and academic scholars.
Quantitative Methods : An Introduction for Business Management by
An accessible introduction to the essential quantitative methods for making valuable business decisions Quantitative methods-research techniques used to analyze quantitative data-enable professionals to organize and understand numbers and, in turn, to make good decisions. Quantitative Methods: An Introduction for Business Management presents the application of quantitative mathematical modeling to decision making in a business management context and emphasizes not only the role of data in drawing conclusions, but also the pitfalls of undiscerning reliance of software packages that implement standard statistical procedures. With hands-on applications and explanations that are accessible to readers at various levels, the book successfully outlines the necessary tools to make smart and successful business decisions. Progressing from beginner to more advanced material at an easy-to-follow pace, the author utilizes motivating examples throughout to aid readers interested in decision making and also provides critical remarks, intuitive traps, and counterexamples when appropriate. The book begins with a discussion of motivations and foundations related to the topic, with introductory presentations of concepts from calculus to linear algebra. Next, the core ideas of quantitative methods are presented in chapters that explore introductory topics in probability, descriptive and inferential statistics, linear regression, and a discussion of time series that includes both classical topics and more challenging models. The author also discusses linear programming models and decision making under risk as well as less standard topics in the field such as game theory and Bayesian statistics. Finally, the book concludes with a focus on selected tools from multivariate statistics, including advanced regression models and data reduction methods such as principal component analysis, factor analysis, and cluster analysis. The book promotes the importance of an analytical approach, particularly when dealing with a complex system where multiple individuals are involved and have conflicting incentives. A related website features Microsoft Excel® workbooks and MATLAB® scripts to illustrate concepts as well as additional exercises with solutions. Quantitative Methods is an excellent book for courses on the topic at the graduate level. The book also serves as an authoritative reference and self-study guide for financial and business professionals, as well as readers looking to reinforce their analytical skills.
Quantitative Modelling in Marketing and Management by
The field of marketing and management has undergone immense changes over the past decade. These dynamic changes are driving an increasing need for data analysis using quantitative modelling.Problem solving using the quantitative approach and other models has always been a hot topic in the fields of marketing and management. Quantitative modelling seems admirably suited to help managers in their strategic decision making on operations management issues. In social sciences, quantitative research refers to the systematic empirical investigation of social phenomena via statistical, mathematical or computational techniques.This book focuses on the description and applications of many quantitative modelling approaches applied to marketing and management. The structure encompasses statistical, computer and mathematical as well as other models. The topics range from fuzzy logic and logical discriminant models to growth models and k-clique models. It also covers current research being conducted in the field.
Operations & Product Management (TQM)
This course will introduce you to the value created by operations in any business organizations. In this course, you will learn the exciting concepts from how the products and services are born and created to how products and services are able to reach the end customers. The most exciting part of the course is that you will enhance your critical thinking skills and develop your technical competencies in solving operations problems using different models and theories.
Global Operations, Supply and Contract Management: Interdependent, Overlapping, and a Route to Competitive Advantage by
This book attempts to address the lack of connectedness between topics that have traditionally been dealt with as discrete and self-contained. By reflecting on how these topic areas work together and have the capability to offer businesses a complete supply capability to complement the customer focus of sales and marketing, this book provides a holistic view of how the whole of the supply side of a business can be coordinated and provide support to competitive advantage.Topics covered include how businesses function in the global business context, the role and importance of design and quality thinking in operations and operations management, the logistics of supply, contracts and informal agreements, as well as current trends and new technological processes. Finally, it concludes with global operations, supply and contract management and competitive advantage.By providing this bigger picture view it will allow both supply chain students and practitioners as well as their cognate colleagues a chance to see how the crucial connections and interfaces need to be considered and optimized for global success. This book is essential reading for students and managers in the field of operations management and international trade and business.
Matching Supply with Demand : an introduction to operations management by Operations and Supply Chain Management : the core by 
Operations management : sustainability and supply chain management by 
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT in the SUPPLY CHAIN: DECISIONS & CASES by
Operations Management in the Supply Chain: Decisions and Cases is an ideal book for the instructor seeking a short text with cases. This book employs a cross-functional perspective that emphasizes strategy and critical thinking, appealing to non-majors and practical for use in an MBA level or undergraduate course in operations management. The size and focus of the book also make the text attractive for the cross-functional curriculum where students are required to purchase more than one text. The eighteen cases offer variety in length and rig∨ and several are from Ivey, Stanford, and Darden. This mix makes the book appropriate for both undergraduates and MBA students.
Product Management for Dummies by
Your one-stop guide to becoming a product management prodigy Product management plays a pivotal role in organizations. In fact, it's now considered the fourth most important title in corporate America--yet only a tiny fraction of product managers have been trained for this vital position. If you're one of the hundreds of thousands of people who hold this essential job--or simply aspire to break into a new role--Product Management For Dummies gives you the tools to increase your skill level and manage products like a pro. From defining what product management is--and isn't--to exploring the rising importance of product management in the corporate world, this friendly and accessible guide quickly gets you up to speed on everything it takes to thrive in this growing field. It offers plain-English explanations of the product life cycle, market research, competitive analysis, market and pricing strategy, product roadmaps, the people skills it takes to effectively influence and negotiate, and so much more. Create a winning strategy for your product Gather and analyze customer and market feedback Prioritize and convey requirements to engineering teams effectively Maximize revenues and profitability Product managers are responsible for so much more than meets the eye--and this friendly, authoritative guide lifts the curtain on what it takes to succeed.
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management by
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is the essential guide to the principles and practices of sustainable logistics operations. Based on extensive research, this book covers the whole scope of sustainable logistics. The case studies, with particular attention for use in a teaching context, relate the theoretical concepts to practice and what is happening 'on the ground'. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management examines all the key areas in sustainable logistics and supply chain management, including: sustainable product design and packaging; sustainable purchasing and procurement; environmental impact of freight transport; sustainable warehousing and storage; and much more. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is a highly accessible guide to sustainable supply chain management. It provides an excellent insight into the topic that will help managers, students, and scholars grasp the fundamentals of green supply and logistics management. A vital teaching resource for courses on sustainable logistics, this revised edition includes valuable supporting online materials.
Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management by
Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management addresses the most relevant topics of operations and supply chain management from the perspective of sustainability. The main focus is to provide a step by step guide for managerial decisions made along the product life-cycle, following a path made up of the following steps: product design, sourcing, manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution, reverses logistics and recovery.
Operations & Product Management (TQM)
This course will introduce you to the value created by operations in any business organizations. In this course, you will learn the exciting concepts from how the products and services are born and created to how products and services are able to reach the end customers. The most exciting part of the course is that you will enhance your critical thinking skills and develop your technical competencies in solving operations problems using different models and theories.
Developing Sustainable Supply Chains to Drive Value, Volume II : Management Issues, Insights, Concepts, and Tools—Implementation by
Sustainability is changing and changing rapidly. It is becoming more widespread as companies and customers uncover its power and attractiveness and sustainability also receiving more attention in the press. Support for sustainability lies within new tools, frameworks, and approaches. The authors capture these and other developments in this two volume second edition of Developing Sustainable Supply Chains. In the first volume, the authors assess major management opportunities; the second focuses on implementation; when combined the result is a complete, action-oriented treatment of sustainability. Written by two of the leading academic researchers in this area, this series introduces the reader, whether they are student, manager, or experienced sustainability advocate, to the various tools, frameworks, and approaches that work.
E-Enabled Operations Management by
Although the theory of operations management has been presented in many textbooks published in the last two decades, the subject of e-enabled operations management is rather short of easily accessible literature. The approach to operations management described in this book is unusual with respect to what is found in standard textbooks. Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) impact the ways firms are organised and managed, and as a consequence change the practical means used to conduct business operations. The features of this book are threefold. System approach to business modelling: Business activities, controlling functions and associated information systems are described within a coherent analytical system framework allowing a clear understanding of the various current control and costing concepts. Operations costing is not usually included in textbooks as part of operations management, but it should be. Cost targeting has become an integral part of good practice of business management. Validity of models: Apparently simple models are analyzed in depth. Students must be fully aware of the assumptions made when models are formulated and of their conditions of validity. Applying a model implies automatically that assumptions of a sort are taken for granted. Logistics, procurement and quality management: These three business functions are critical key success factors for managing e-enabled supply chains from suppliers to customers. That is why their main tools are introduced in this document.
Essentials of Supply Chain Management by
The bestselling guide to the field, updated with the latest innovations Essentials of Supply Chain Management is the definitive guide to the field, providing both broad coverage and necessary detail from a practical, real-world perspective. From clear explanation of fundamental concepts to insightful discussion of supply chain innovation, this book offers students and professionals a comprehensive introduction with immediately-applicable understanding. The fourth edition has been updated to reflect the current state of the field, with coverage of the latest technologies and new case studies that illustrate critical concepts in action. Organized for easy navigation and ease-of-use, this invaluable guide also serves as a quick reference for managers in the field seeking tips and techniques for maximizing efficiency and turning the supply chain into a source of competitive advantage. The supply chain underpins the entire structure of manufacturing and retailing. Well-run, it can help a company become a global behemoth--or, if poorly-managed, it can sink a company before the product ever sees the light of day. The supply chain involves many moving parts, constantly-changing variables, and a network of other business that may have different priorities and interests--keeping it all running smoothly is a complex, but immensely powerful skill. This book takes you inside the supply chain to show you what you need to know. Understand the fundamental concepts behind supply chain management Learn how supply chains work, and how to measure their performance Explore the ways in which innovation is improving supply chains around the world Examine the supply chain as a source of competitive advantage Whether you're at the front or the back of your supply chain, your business is affected by every other company and event in the chain. Deep understanding and a host of practical skills are required to accurately predict, react to, and manage the ever-changing stream of events that could potentially disrupt the flow. Essentials of Supply Chain Management prepares you to take on the challenge and succeed.
International Journal of Operations and Production Management, Volume 34 by 
Lean Product Management : Successful products from fuzzy business ideas by
A guide to product management exploring the best practices: identifying the impact-driven product, planning for success, setting up and measuring time-bound metrics, and developing a lean product roadmap. Key Features Identifying Impact-Driven Products Investing in Key Business Outcomes Value mapping to maintain a lean product backlog Utilizing time-bound product metrics Eliminating process waste Book Description Lean Product Management is about finding the smartest way to build an Impact Driven Product that can deliver value to customers and meet business outcomes when operating under internal and external constraints. Author, Mangalam Nandakumar, is a product management expert, with over 17 years of experience in the field. Businesses today are competing to innovate. Cost is no longer the constraint, execution is. It is essential for any business to harness whatever competitive advantage they can, and it is absolutely vital to deliver the best customer experience possible. The opportunities for creating impact are there, but product managers have to improvise on their strategy every day in order to capitalize on them. This is the Agile battleground, where you need to stay Lean and be able to respond to abstract feedback from an ever shifting market. This is where Lean Product Management will help you thrive. Lean Product Management is an essential guide for product managers, and to anyone embarking on a new product development. Mangalam Nandakumar will help you to align your product strategy with business outcomes and customer impact. She introduces the concept of investing in Key Business Outcomes as part of the product strategy in order to provide an objective metric about which product idea and strategy to pursue. You will learn how to create impactful end-to-end product experiences by engaging stakeholders and reacting to external feedback. What you will learn How do you execute ideas that matter? How can you define the right success metrics? How can you plan for product success? How do you capture qualitative and quantitative insights about the product? How do you know whether your product aligns to desired business goals? What processes are slowing you down? Who this book is for If you are leading a team that is building a new product, then this book is for you. The book is targeted at product managers, functional leads in enterprises, business sponsors venturing into new product offerings, product development teams, and start-up founders.
The LIVING Supply Chain : The Evolving Imperative of Operating in Real Time by
Creates a managerial compass for entering into the LIVING (Live, Intelligent, Velocity, Interactive, Networked, and Good) era of supply chain management and defines the imperative for creating Velocity and Visibility as the focal point for exploiting new digital, mobile, and cloud-based technologies Written by well-known researchers in the field, this book addresses the changes that have occurred and are still unfolding at various organizations that are involved in building real-time supply chains. The authors draw on their experiences with multiple companies, along with references to the natural evolution of ecosystems throughout to help identify the "new rules of supply chain management." The LIVING principles associated with the rapid digitization and technology changes occurring in the global economy are discussed, along with the push to become more sustainable and responsive to customer needs. " Handfield and Linton reveal the "secret ingredient" to leveraging the power of a well managed supply chain....will revolutionize the way companies approach supply chain management." Frank Crespo, Vice President, Global Supply Network Division (CPO/Logistics/IoT Analytics), Caterpillar Inc. " The LIVING supply chain is a wake up call to any enterprise that depends on suppliers and contractors. Be fast, be nimble and make supply chain transparency the nucleus of your operations or become endangered." Paul Massih, Vice President, BP PSCM " ...a fascinating journey through the future of supply chain management ... a must read for every supplychain professional." Yossi Sheffi, Professor, MIT Center for Transportation and Logistics " ... a great "living" reading on how to bring supply chains to a powerful living state. The idea of Live-Interactive-Velocity-Intelligent-Networked-Good is the foundation of how supply chains can be agile, adaptive and aligned. ...of value to every supply chain executive and practitioner." Hau Lee, Professor, Stanford University " Successful businesses are those that support the success of their customers. This book captures the essence of our volatile, uncertain world and the opportunities that exist for the commercially astute, organizationally integrated business. More important, it offers insight to the recipe for 21st century operations and the management of complex supply ecosystems." Tim Cummins, CEO, International Association of Commercial and Contract Management " A LIVING supply chain requires a living company. The authors make a great case for how Flex is creating a living company to thrive in the living supply chain." Tom Choi, Harold E. Fear on Eminent Scholar Chair of Purchasing Management, Arizona State University, Executive Director, CAPS Research " To survive we need to have an adaptive supply chain and capability to both optimize and adapt simultaneously. This book begins to describe the ability to shift from functional silos to E2E Frictionless flow with the maturity to make E2E tradeoff decisions as a key enabler for success." Wayne Rothman, Vice President, Enterprise Supply Chain Planning, Johnson & Johnson "A fantastic read and excellent stories from Dr. Handfield and Tom." Joanne E. Wright, Vice President, IBM Supply Chain ROBERT HANDFIELD, PhD, is Bank of America University Distinguished Professor of Supply Chain Management and Director of the Supply Chain Resource Cooperative at North Carolina State University. The author of four books and over 150 journal articles, Dr. Handfield received his PhD in Opera
Next Generation Demand Management : People, Process, Analytics, and Technology by
A practical framework for revenue-boosting supply chain management Next Generation Demand Management is a guidebook to next generation Demand Management, with an implementation framework that improves revenue forecasts and enhances profitability. This proven approach is structured around the four key catalysts of an efficient planning strategy: people, processes, analytics, and technology. The discussion covers the changes in behavior, skills, and integrated processes that are required for proper implementation, as well as the descriptive and predictive analytics tools and skills that make the process sustainable. Corporate culture changes require a shift in leadership focus, and this guide describes the necessary "champion" with the authority to drive adoption and stress accountability while focusing on customer excellence. Real world examples with actual data illustrate important concepts alongside case studies highlighting best-in-class as well as startup approaches. Reliable forecasts are the primary product of demand planning, a multi-step operational supply chain management process that is increasingly seen as a survival tactic in the changing marketplace. This book provides a practical framework for efficient implementation, and complete guidance toward the supplementary changes required to reap the full benefit. Learn the key principles of demand driven planning Implement new behaviors, skills, and processes Adopt scalable technology and analytics capabilities Align inventory with demand, and increase channel profitability Whether your company is a large multinational or an early startup, your revenue predictions are only as strong as your supply chain management system. Implementing a proven, more structured process can be the catalyst your company needs to overcome that one lingering obstacle between forecast and goal. Next Generation Demand Management gives you the framework for building the foundation of your growth.
Research Methods for Operations Management by
Research Methods for Operations Management, second edition is a toolkit of research approaches primarily for advanced students and beginner researchers but also a reference book for any researcher in OM. Many students begin their career in research limited by the one or few approaches taken by their department. The concise, accessible overviews found here equip them with an understanding of a variety of methods and how to use them, enabling them to tailor their research project to their own strengths and goals. The more seasoned researcher will find comprehensive descriptions and analyses on a wide variety of research approaches. This updated and enhanced edition responds to the latest developments in OM, including the growing prominence of services and production of intangible products, and the increasing use of secondary data and of mixed approaches. Alternative research approaches are included and explored to help with the early planning of research. This edition also includes expanded literature review and analysis to guide students towards the next steps in their reading, and more detailed step-by-step advice to tie theory with the researcher's own practice. Including contributions from an impressive range of the field's leading thinkers in OM research, this is a guide that no-one embarking on an OM research project should be without.
RFID for the Supply Chain and Operations Professional, Second Edition by
RFID (radio-frequency identification) is increasing its presence in our personal and business lives--you name it and RFID is likely to be finding its way there. RFID has many advantages over other auto-ID technologies, including its ability to read tags at the item level while the items are still in boxes and pallets and out of line of sight. In addition, RFID tags are reusable, which helps reduce the costs associated with an RFID system. RFID is a technology that can provide decision makers with real-time information to result in better and timelier decisions. It can help increase efficiency, security, and asset control. This second edition contains updated information on the technology and its uses, new and updated examples, and a new case study. This book provides readers with no prior knowledge of RFID with the basics of the technology, guidelines for considering its use, examples of how RFID is being used effectively in a variety of organizations, and guidelines for implementing an RFID system.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non- compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
50 top tools for employee management : a complete toolkit for improving motivation and productivity by
Engaged employees are more productive, motivated and resilient, yet gaining financial support to develop engagement is harder than ever as budgets are being squeezed and everyone is being asked to do more with less. 50 Top Tools for Employee Engagement shows that you don't need expensive interventions or additional resource to achieve employee engagement. It contains practical tools which can be used to make an immediate difference to engagement, whether you're working with individuals, teams or the organization as a whole. Each tool in 50 Top Tools for Employee Engagement includes guidance on when to use it, how long it will take and useful hints and tips to help get the most out of it. Most importantly, this book will give guidance on how to measure the impact of each tool to show what's working and where efforts are best focused. Addressing all the key areas of engagement throughout the employee life cycle, from talent attraction and induction to career progression and development, this book is a complete resource to engaging your workforce.
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by
The bestselling, definitive text for all human resource management students and professionals. Providing a complete resource for understanding and implementing HR in relation to the needs of the business as a whole, this book contains in-depth coverage of all the key areas essential to the HR function such as employment law, employee relations, learning and development, performance and reward. Accessible and to the point as ever, this fully updated 14th edition includes emerging theory and practice, embracing the most current thinking on engagement, talent management and leadership development. With updated case studies and references to academic journals, professional magazines and recent research and surveys, it also includes coverage of new approaches to topics such as job evaluation and pay structures. Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is aligned with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional map and standards, with the sections meeting CIPD learning outcomes now even clearer than before. Comprehensive online support material for instructors, students and HR managers are included. Resources for students and professionals include multiple choice questions, flash cards, case studies, further reading and a glossary of HRM terms. The lecturers' manual contains session notes, discussion questions, a literature review and a complete set of lecture slides.
The Employee Experience Advantage by
Research Shows Organizations That Focus on Employee Experience Far Outperform Those That Don't Recently a new type of organization has emerged, one that focuses on employee experiences as a way to drive innovation, increase customer satisfaction, find and hire the best people, make work more engaging, and improve overall performance. The Employee Experience Advantage is the first book of its kind to tackle this emerging topic that is becoming the #1 priority for business leaders around the world. Although everyone talks about employee experience nobody has really been able to explain concretely what it is and how to go about designing for it...until now. How can organizations truly create a place where employees want to show up to work versus need to show up to work? For decades the business world has focused on measuring employee engagement meanwhile global engagement scores remain at an all time low despite all the surveys and institutes that been springing up tackle this problem. Clearly something is not working. Employee engagement has become the short-term adrenaline shot that organizations turn to when they need to increase their engagement scores. Instead, we have to focus on designing employee experiences which is the long term organizational design that leads to engaged employees. This is the only long-term solution. Organizations have been stuck focusing on the cause instead of the effect. The cause is employee experience; the effect is an engaged workforce. Backed by an extensive research project that looked at over 150 studies and articles, featured extensive interviews with over 150 executives, and analyzed over 250 global organizations, this book clearly breaks down the three environments that make up every single employee experience at every organization around the world and how to design for them. These are the cultural, technological, and physical environments. This book explores the attributes that organizations need to focus on in each one of these environments to create COOL spaces, ACE technology, and a CELEBRATED culture. Featuring exclusive case studies, unique frameworks, and never before seen research, The Employee Experience Advantage guides readers on a journey of creating a place where people actually want to show up to work. Readers will learn: The trends shaping employee experience How to evaluate their own employee experience using the Employee Experience Score What the world's leading organizations are doing around employee experience How to design for technology, culture, and physical spaces The role people analytics place in employee experience Frameworks for how to actually create employee experiences The role of the gig economy The future of employee experience Nine types of organizations that focus on employee experience And much more! There is no question that engaged employees perform better, aspire higher, and achieve more, but you can't create employee engagement without designing employee experiences first. It's time to rethink your strategy and implement a real-world framework that focuses on how to create an organization where people want to show up to work. The Employee Experience Advantage shows you how to do just that.
Handbook of Research on Comparative Human Resource Management by
Edited by three renowned specialists in comparative human resource management (CHRM) this expanded and updated Handbook explores the range of approaches for conceptualizing CHRM and highlights different policies and practices across the world.Leading experts challenge the assumption that there are consistent solutions for managing human resources across nations. Valuing the importance of context, particularly at a national and regional level, the chapter authors question the 'best practice' solutions by discussing theoretical, issue-based and regional-based distinctions in HRM. New to this edition:* an extended focus on the most essential theoretical underpinnings of CHRM including an anthropological comparative method * additional in-depth studies in comparative areas covering the range of current HRM practice, including sustainable HRM* a broader set of countries and regions now including Central and South America, North and Sub-Saharan Africa, and Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines, to create the most comprehensive global coverage of comparative CHRM research.This extensive Handbook is an essential resource for researchers and postgraduate students in international business, business administration, HRM, socio-economics and cross-cultural management.
Human resource management : gaining a competitive advantage by 
International Human Resource Management by
Used by over 25,000 students across 130 countries, this bestselling text, written by leading international experts in each topic, retains its critical edge, academic rigour and breadth of coverage in the new fifth edition. The new edition reflects the contemporary debates and emerging issues in the field of International HRM, supplementing classic theories and models with recent research and international developments. Divided into three parts, the first section looks at the ways of thinking about IHRM theory and practice; the second section deals with multinational companies and how they manage their workforce around the world; the final section looks at both traditional and newer approaches to IHRM policies and practices. A selection of up-to-date examples from across the globe are used to support the text, including Uber's regulatory challenges across Europe, the gig economy, employment rights after Brexit, health insurance for part-timers in the US and EU, attracting and retaining 'millennials', the world's happiest and unhappiest countries, and CSR in Hong Kong. The book is complemented by free online resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, additional case studies, SAGE video clips with critical thinking questions, free SAGE journal articles for every chapter, annotated useful weblinks, and suggested answers to self-assessment questions.Suitable reading for upper-undergraduate and masters level students on IHRM modules.
Managing the millennials : discover the core competencies for managing today's workforce by
The Builders, Baby Boomers, Generation X, and Millennials--all make up workforces in every type of industry all over the world. The generational gaps are numerous and distinctly different between each age group, and Millennials have gotten a reputation for being particularly unique and often challenging. In this updated and expanded Second Edition of the popular guidebook Managing the Millennials, you'll see how Millennial traits are the same around the globe. In fact, Millennials are more alike than any other generation before them due in large part to rapid advances in technology that let us share more experiences together. These same rapid advances are also redefining the fundamental ways businesses operate, and this revised edition includes the international perspective today's valuable leadership needs to attract and retain these high-performing workers with very different values and expectations. With fresh research and new real-world examples, the powerhouse authorial team reexamines the differences between how different generations work today in businesses around the world, with insightful exploration into what makes the Millennial generation so different from the ones that came before. The authors reveal nine specific points of tension commonly arising from clashing value systems among generations and prescribe nine proven solutions to resolve conflict and build communication, nurture collaborative teams, and create long-lasting relationships among colleagues of every age. A wealth of informative tables and convenient end-of-chapter summaries make this an invaluable everyday reference to support you: Making the most informed decisions with up-to-date, research-based guidance on getting the most from twenty-something employees Executing solutions to the most common obstacles to younger workers engaging and learning from the people who manage them Enhancing your skills as a job coach with practical tips and hands-on tools for coaching Millennials, including concrete action steps for overcoming roadblocks Complete with case studies of real managers and employees interacting in every area of business, enlightening analysis of performance and behavioral patterns across generations, and easy-to-use techniques you can use right away to improve your organization, Managing the Millennials, Second Edition gives you everything you need to inspire your entire workforce to new levels of productivity.
Performance management : a practical introduction by
Effective performance management is at the heart of organizational success, delivering able and motivated employees who are aligned to an organization's values and goals. Using a combination of case studies, interviews, tools and diagnostic questionnaires, Performance Management is a complete and practical guide to getting the best out of people and achieving positive organizational outcomes through successful performance management. It covers all areas of the subject, from objective-setting, giving feedback, measuring performance and managing underperformance and absence, to effectively integrating systems and processes into organizational and HR strategies. This second edition of Performance Management contains new material on the ethical focus of the topic, promoting employee wellbeing through performance management, and the future of the annual appraisal, as well as new case studies and examples from Deloitte, Jumeirah Hotels, the CIPD and Hilton. Supporting online resources consist of additional activities and guidance for further research on the topic. HR Fundamentals is a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
Practical tips for developing your staff by 
The Talent Management Handbook, Third Edition: Making Culture a Competitive Advantage by Acquiring, Identifying, Developing, and Promoting the Best People by
The go-to guide to strategic talent management-- revised and reorganized for the new world of business HR professionals, CEOs, and high-level executives routinely consult The Talent Management Handbook to drive spectacular results for their staff and for their organization. This comprehensive guide provides everything you need to build and manage a diverse, talented, and motivated workforce--the lynchpin to succeeding in today's hyper-competitive world. Each section of the book provides the most current HR processes, practical management tools and techniques, and invaluable resources that will help you: * Attract new talent and retain the cream of the crop * Design career plans that boost employee morale * Improve performance through a personal value exchange * Coach, develop, and inspire raw talent and prepare the CEOs of the future * Improve the performance review process * Create a culture of innovation and sustainability This updated edition retains all the frameworks, methods, and insights that have made the book a classic in the field, and it includes brand-new information about talent acquisition, professional development, big data, global talent, and more. Packed with best practices from the world's leading talent management firms, associations, and top talent management thinkers--Korn Ferry-Hay Group, Mercer, Society for Human Resources Management, Association for Talent Management, Center for Creative Leadership, Dave Ulrich, and Marshall Goldsmith just to name a few. The Talent Management Handbook is the all-in-one resource you need to drive organizational excellence and seize the competitive edge
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non- compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Culture Hacker : Reprogramming Your Employee Experience to Improve Customer Service, Retention, and Performance by
HACK YOUR WORKPLACE CULTURE FOR GREATER PROFITS AND PRODUCTIVITY "I LOVE THIS BOOK!" --CHESTER ELTON, New York Times bestselling author of All In and What Motivates Me "When companies focus on culture, the positive effects ripple outward, benefiting not just employees but customers and profits. Read this smart, engaging book if you want a practical guide to getting those results for your organization." --MARSHALL GOLDSMITH, executive coach and New York Times bestselling author "Most books on customer service and experience ask leaders to focus on the customer first. Shane turns this notion on its head and makes a compelling case why leaders need to make 'satisfied employees' the priority." --LISA BODELL, CEO of Futurethink and author of Why Simple Wins "This is a must read for anyone in a customer service-centric industry. Shane explains the path to creating both satisfied customers and satisfied employees." --CHIP CONLEY, New York Times bestselling author and hospitality entrepreneur The question is not, "does your company have a culture?" The question is, "does your company have a culture that fosters outstanding customer experiences, limits employee turnover, and ensures high performance?" Every executive and manager has a responsibility to positively influence their workplace culture. Culture Hacker gives you the tools and insights to do it with simplicity and style. Culture Hacker explains: Twelve high-impact hacks to improve employee experience and performance How to delight and retain a multi-generational workforce The factors determining whether or not your employees deliver outstanding customer service
The Employee Experience : A Capstone Guide to Peak Performance by
The Employee Experience: A Capstone Guide to Peak Performance is a book about people--celebrating people, appreciating people, letting them be heard, engaging them in meaningful ways, and leading them to greatness.A superior employee experience is the driving force behind a thriving organization. It starts with effective leadership--putting customers second and your employees first.In our work over the past decade, we've uncovered a collection of solutions that have been used over and over to achieve positive results. This book, which is as enjoyable to read as it is informative, is a means to get these solutions in your hands. Whether you are leading an organization-wide transformation, a new leader just starting out, or maybe just looking for a few tips to elevate your leadership, your team, or your results--this book is filled with real stories and real solutions that can help.
The Employee Experience : How to Attract Talent, Retain Top Performers, and Drive Results by
Ever notice how companies with the best service also have the happiest employees? That's no accident. Do you want to build a strong, successful organization? Start by ignoring your customers. Really. Instead, focus first on creating a better employee experience, or EX. Your employees interact with customers, make them smile, and carry your brand message from the warehouse to the front lines. If your employees are having a great experience, so will your customers. In The Employee Experience, employee engagement pioneers Tracy Maylett and Matthew Wride reveal the secrets not only to attracting and retaining top talent, but to building a deeply engaged workforce--the foundation of organizational success. With deep insights into the dynamics of trust and mutual expectations, this book shows that before you can deliver a transcendent customer experience (CX), you must first build a superlative EX. With real-world examples and more than 24 million employee survey responses, Maylett and Wride reveal a clear, consistent pattern among the world's most successful organizations. By establishing a clear set of expectations and promises--collectively known as the Contract--and upholding it consistently, employers can build the trust that leads to powerful engagement. Whether in business, healthcare, education, sports, or nonprofit, these organizations are consistently more successful and more profitable, enjoy sustainable growth, and win the battle to keep today's rarest resource: talented people. Blending rigorous research, detailed case studies, in-depth interviews and expert insights, The Employee Experience will teach you to: Make the employee experience a core part of your strategy Understand employee expectations and bridge the "Expectation Gap" Establish rock-solid Brand, Transactional, and Psychological Contracts that breed trust and confidence Build an employee-employer partnership in creating something extraordinary Turn employee engagement into fuel for customer satisfaction, profit, and growth Attracting talent, retaining top performers, and creating an environment in which employees choose to engage drives results. The Employee Experience shows you where truly extraordinary organizations begin...and how to build one. TRACY MAYLETT, Ed.D, SPHR, SHRM-SCP, is the CEO of DecisionWise, where he currently advises leaders across the globe in leadership, change, and employee engagement. Maylett holds a doctorate from Pepperdine University and an MBA from BYU. He is a recognized author, and teaches in the Marriott School of Management at Brigham Young University. MATTHEW WRIDE, JD, PHR, is the COO of DecisionWise. With an extensive business background, Wride brings a fresh approach to organization development and leadership consulting. He is passionate about helping leaders create winning employee experiences. Wride holds a JD from Willamette University and a master's degree from the University of Washington. For over two decades, DecisionWise has advised organizations and leaders in more than seventy countries on leadership, assessment, talent, organization development, and the employee experience. Visit us online at www.decision-wise.com.
Employee LEAPS : Leveraging Engagement by Applying Positive Strategies by
A recent Gallup Study estimated that 7 in 10 American workers are "actively disengaged" or "not engaged" while at work, costing the economy between $450 and $550 billion per year. Employee LEAPS Leveraging Engagement by Applying Positive Strategies has been written to increase employee engagement and optimize workplace performance. By harnessing the power of engagement and nurturing people's innate desire to be captivated by the activities in which they are involved, Employee LEAPS has the potential to transform organizations and facilitate remarkable outcomes that extend far beyond what could be achieved otherwise. If you are interested in increasing employee engagement and optimizing workplace performance, Employee LEAPS is the book for you. The author provides astute direction on how to increase organizational capacity and unleash talent, enabling businesses to produce exceptional results. Employees who are engaged in the activities they are involved deliver results far superior to those who are not.
Human Resource Excellence : An Assessment of Strategies and Trends by 
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook : From Theory to Practice by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Performance Management : Toward Organizational Excellence by Productivity and Organizational Management by
Effective work practices and good employee relations are a real necessity of nowadays organizations, as they can help to reduce absenteeism, turnover, organizational costs, conducting to high levels of commitment, effectiveness, performance as well as productivity. Addressing these questions, this book focuses on the implications of changes in productivity and organizational management, exploring models, tools and processes.
Skills Management by
Managing skills is at the core of Human Resources Management. Based on previous literature and realized with researchers from Magellan, the Research Center in Management of iaeLyon, Skills Management examines how skills can be analyzed at the individual and collective levels, and investigates the focus on different types of skills - including technical, soft, learning, leadership and emotional skills. The book examines how skills management is applied in various contexts and for various populations, cultures and profiles, with examples ranging from middle managers having to develop organizational skills in a changing environment, to engineers having to develop soft skills beyond their technical skills; from police officers developing emotional skills, to the new skills that are needed when a hospital introduces a new approach to shared leadership. In the concluding chapter, this book also investigates how it is sometimes difficult to focus on skills development when organization needs are focused on flexibility.
Talent Value Management : Liberating Organisation Growth by 
The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of the Psychology of Recruitment, Selection and Employee Retention by
"This is an excellent collection of chapters, providing in-depth coverage of important topics in the recruitment, selection and retention of employees. The handbook provides a deep exploration of the theoretical and empirical foundations of personnel psychology, and offers many useful insights into the opportunities created by new technologies, as well as strategies for dealing with the challenges of a global and diverse workforce." Scott Morris Professor of Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Illinois Institute of Psychology "The Handbook of the Psychology of Recruitment, Selection and Employee Retention will be of great value to psychologists and scholars as well as human resource practitioners, as evidence-based practice grows in organizations. This comprehensive resource covers the essential"knowledge in the field from talent attraction, assessment and selection, to diversity, work-life balance and retention strategies." Marcia J. Avedon Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Communications and Corporate Affairs, Ingersoll Rand This authoritative Wiley Blackwell Handbook in Organizational Psychology focuses on recruitment, selection and employee retention. The editors have drawn on their collective experience in collating thematically structured material from leading thinkers and practitioners based in the US, Europe and Asia-Pacific. Coinciding with growing international interest in the applications of psychology to organizations, the work offers a unique depth of analysis from an explicitly psychological perspective. Each chapter includes a detailed literature review that offers academics, researchers, scientist-practitioners and students an invaluable frame of reference. Coverage is built around competencies set forth by regulatory bodies including the APA and BPS, and includes job analysis, biodata, simulation exercises, online selection, talent management and assessment for leader development.
The course is primarily focused on the price of a product or a service which in turn leads to important marketing decisions. It will explore one of the most complex aspects of marketing. This will include pricing practices and its setbacks and how it will turn into effective proactive decisions. You will draw on a mixture of analytic marketing techniques, marketing strategy, and economic theory to describe approaches that are useful for designing optimal price structures. The course will address determination of price for a new product, assessment on the appropriateness of current price, determination price structure for different customer segments, the interaction of pricing strategy with product policy and customer selection.
Affordability : integrating value, customer, and cost for continuous improvement by
Affordability is a new concept that allows the implementation of Continuous Improvement for any organization. It encapsulates contemporary methods that improve product and service profitability, increases market share, value, speed, quality and capability, and cuts down on cost. This new method addresses the needs of growing, improving, and sustaining an organization. It provides a framework and foundation for launching improvement initiatives, deploying continuous improvement, and maintaining the cultural habits and behaviors required to continue such efforts. Case studies from a variety of industries, businesses, and institutions are provided.
Contextual Pricing: the Death of List Price and the New Market Reality by
A REVOLUTIONARY NEW PERSPECTIVE ON HOW PRICING REALLY WORKS "Contextual Pricing delivers a knock-out punch to complacent and low-return pricing approaches. . . . This book is full of intriguing, fresh insights which will expand your perspective on what is possible in maximizing revenue from your company's products and services." --Mark Greatrex, Chief Marketing Officer, Cox Communications, and former SVP, Global Still Beverages, The Coca Cola Company "To effectively price, managers must understand market context--the frame of reference for buyers. Context is far more important than the usual measures of price variation. I strongly recommend this readable and useful book to any business leader who suspects his or her company is falling short of achievable revenues." --Dave Calhoun, Chairman and CEO, Nielsen Company, and former Vice Chairman, General Electric Company About the Book: A few leading companies have jettisoned ideas about pricing that other companies believe are indispensible. The result has been superior performance against competitors who persist in a simplistic 1990s belief in "value." Contextual Pricing describes how buyers are influenced by comparison points and contextual messages more than by actual price levels. Identical products can sell at radically different prices to the same target customer--if context is strategically managed. This fact is how Procter & Gamble, GE, Coca-Cola Company, Amazon, Google, Microsoft, and others make sure they get the best possible price. The use of context is changing the way companies price and sell in the new global economy. This readable and market-tested book describes the contextual pricing perspective, how it is being used in B2B and B2C markets, and how you can make the shift to contextual pricing in your own business. Whether you're a CEO, P&L manager marketing director, sales manager, or entrepreneur, Contextual Pricing shows you how to: Understand how your customer will make buying decisions and the role of pricing in those decisions Establish better, more intuitive prices using context Develop contextual pricing strategies that defeat competitor pricing--how contextual pricing can be the antidote to destructive price wars Harmonize your pricing with branding, product development and channel strategies Increase your profits with proven pricing tools, such as scientific bundling, tiering, branding, upsell "hooks" and more Through its illuminating case-by-case studies, Contextual Pricing delivers a wide range of pricing techniques and customer insights that you won't find anywhere else. You'll learn how to avoid common pitfalls when raising or lowering prices and discover how you can compete in traditional or emerging digital marketplaces--and beat the competition through superior tactics, not through lower margins. When you know the secrets of Contextual Pricing, you can name your price, drive your sales, increase your profits, and own your success.
Cost-Benefit Analysis : concepts and practice by
The fourth edition of Cost-Benefit Analysis is an authoritative, market-leading textbook that provides a practical introduction to cost-benefit analysis through problem solving. The text uses a consistent application of a nine-step framework for interpreting a cost-benefit analysis. This edition has been fully revised, updated and re-organized to provide the material more effectively. It presents application over abstract theory and clear discussion over mathematics to appeal to a larger, more diverse audience.
Crafting and executing strategy : the quest for competitive advantage: concepts and cases by 
Derivatives Markets and Analysis by
A practical, informative guide to derivatives in the real world Derivatives is an exposition on investments, guiding you from the basic concepts, strategies, and fundamentals to a more detailed understanding of the advanced strategies and models. As part of Bloomberg Financial's three part series on securities, Derivatives focuses on derivative securities and the functionality of the Bloomberg system with regards to derivatives. You'll develop a tighter grasp of the more subtle complexities involved in the evaluation, selection, and management of derivatives, and gain the practical skillset necessary to apply your knowledge to real-world investment situations using the tools and techniques that dominate the industry. Instructions for using the widespread Bloomberg system are interwoven throughout, allowing you to directly apply the techniques and processes discussed using your own data. You'll learn the many analytical functions used to evaluate derivatives, and how these functions are applied within the context of each investment topic covered. All Bloomberg information appears in specified boxes embedded throughout the text, making it easy for you to find it quickly when you need or, or easily skip it in favor of the theory-based text. Managing securities in today's dynamic and innovative investment environment requires a strong understanding of how the increasing variety of securities, markets, strategies, and methodologies are used. This book gives you a more thorough understanding, and a practical skillset that investment managers need. Understand derivatives strategies and models from basic to advanced Apply Bloomberg information and analytical functions Learn how investment decisions are made in the real world Grasp the complexities of securities evaluation, selection, and management The financial and academic developments of the past twenty years have highlighted the challenge in acquiring a comprehensive understanding of investments and financial markets. Derivatives provides the detailed explanations you've been seeking, and the hands-on training the real world demands.
Growth dynamics in new markets : improving decision making through simulation model-based management by
An innovative simulation-based approach for strategic decision making when launching new products Growth Dynamics in New Markets contains a dynamic case study and simulations that reveal what it takes to successfully introduce a product into a new market. Written by experts in the field, the text and companion website include a compelling simulation game and a variety of simulation models. Using the simulation game and computer models, readers are challenged to design and put in place a strategy about product introduction and competitive behavior. The simulation models build on each other to help to arrive at a comprehensive understanding of product uptake as well as market development and competitive dynamics. The authors present different approaches for enhancing the models and offer guidance for applying them to real-world problems. This groundbreaking text clearly shows how to develop maps of dynamic systems, formulate candidate policies and evaluate them based on the simulations. It also reveals how to use computer simulations to understand what decisions could and should be made, when to make them and how intensive they should be. The authors present an interactive approach that: Contains an innovative combination of a case study, simulation game and simulation models for developing the skills to introduce a product to the marketplace Offers targeted questions that help to enhance the understanding of the material presented Presents detailed answers and solutions to a number or real-world business challenges Features video tutorials that explain how the simulation experiments are implemented and interpreted Aids in the development an action-oriented, pragmatic understanding of the underlying forces in business Designed for students of business administration, management, industrial engineering, informatics, engineering, and public policy, Growth Dynamics in New Markets offers an innovative approach that combines the practice of dynamic reasoning and the use of simulation to design and test possible policies.
Innovation in pricing : contemporary theories and best practices by
Pricing has a substantial and immediate impact on profitability. Most companies, however, still use costs or competition as their main basis for setting prices. Product or business model innovation has a high priority for many companies, yet innovation in pricing received scant attention until the first edition of this groundbreaking book. This new edition of Innovation in Pricing builds on the success of the first, examining the ways in which pricing innovation can drive profits through cutting-edge academic research and best practice case studies from leading academics, business practitioners and consultants in pricing. The second edition has been fully revised and updated according to the latest developments in pricing, with: revisions to all chapters new chapters, including a chapter on business model and pricing model innovation a new introduction that makes explicit just what strategic pricing can do for your organization. This book is the only book dedicated to innovation in pricing and is an essential read for business executives, innovation managers and pricing managers wishing to treat innovation in pricing as seriously as they treat product, service or business model innovation. It is also valuable supplementary reading for advanced students of marketing and sales.
Pricing Strategies : a marketing approach by
"This book is consistent in its treatment, thorough, correct in scholarship, and well-researched. An impressive achievement given the breadth and complexity of the area."- Randolph E. Bucklin, Peter W. Mullin Professor of Marketing, Anderson School of Management, University of California, Los Angeles Written by a leading pricing researcher, Pricing Strategies makes this essential aspect of business accessible through a simple unified system for the setting and management of prices. Robert M. Schindler demystifies the math necessary for making effective pricing decisions. His intuitive approach to understanding basic pricing concepts presents mathematical techniques as simply more detailed specifications of these concepts.
Purchasing and supply management by
The Sixteenth Edition of Purchasing and Supply Management provides a comprehensive introduction to the purchasing and supply chain management field, supported by over 45 case studies. Cases cover purchasing and supply chain issues in a variety of settings, from process industries to high tech manufacturing and services as well as public institutions. The text focuses on decision making throughout the supply chain. Based on the conviction that supply managers, in concert with suppliers and distributors, have to contribute to organizational goals and strategies, this edition continues to focus on how to make that mission a reality.
The course is primarily focused on the price of a product or a service which in turn leads to important marketing decisions. It will explore one of the most complex aspects of marketing. This will include pricing practices and its setbacks and how it will turn into effective proactive decisions. You will draw on a mixture of analytic marketing techniques, marketing strategy, and economic theory to describe approaches that are useful for designing optimal price structures. The course will address determination of price for a new product, assessment on the appropriateness of current price, determination price structure for different customer segments, the interaction of pricing strategy with product policy and customer selection.
AI for Marketing and Product Innovation : Powerful New Tools for Predicting Trends, Connecting with Customers, and Closing Sales by
Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)--twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here--whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the "what" to show you the "how": How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. Understand AI and ML technology in layman's terms Harness the twin technologies unparalleled power to transform marketing Learn which skills and resources you need to use AI and ML effectively Employ AI and ML in ways that resonate meaningfully with customers Learn practical examples of how to reinvest product innovation, brand building, targeted marketing and media measurement to connect with people and enhance ROI Discover the true impact of AI and ML from real-world examples, and learn the thinking, best practices, and metrics you need to capture this lightning and take the next massive leap in the evolution of customer connection. AI for Marketing and Product Innovation shows you everything you need to know to get on board.
Derivative Pricing : A Problem-Based Primer by
The proliferation of financial derivatives over the past decades, options in particular, has underscored the increasing importance of derivative pricing literacy among students, researchers, and practitioners. Derivative Pricing: A Problem-Based Primer demystifies the essential derivative pricing theory by adopting a mathematically rigorous yet widely accessible pedagogical approach that will appeal to a wide variety of audience. Abandoning the traditional "black-box" approach or theorists' "pedantic" approach, this textbook provides readers with a solid understanding of the fundamental mechanism of derivative pricing methodologies and their underlying theory through a diversity of illustrative examples. The abundance of exercises and problems makes the book well-suited as a text for advanced undergraduates, beginning graduates as well as a reference for professionals and researchers who need a thorough understanding of not only "how," but also "why" derivative pricing works. It is especially ideal for students who need to prepare for the derivatives portion of the Society of Actuaries Investment and Financial Markets Exam. 　 Features Lucid explanations of the theory and assumptions behind various derivative pricing models. Emphasis on intuitions, mnemonics as well as common fallacies. Interspersed with illustrative examples and end-of-chapter problems that aid a deep understanding of concepts in derivative pricing. Mathematical derivations, while not eschewed, are made maximally accessible. A solutions manual is available for qualified instructors. The Author Ambrose Lo is currently Assistant Professor of Actuarial Science at the Department of Statistics and Actuarial Science at the University of Iowa. He received his Ph.D. in Actuarial Science from the University of Hong Kong in 2014, with dependence structures, risk measures, and optimal reinsurance being his research interests. He is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries (FSA) and a Chartered Enterprise Risk Analyst (CERA). His research papers have been published in top-tier actuarial journals, such as ASTIN Bulletin: The Journal of the International Actuarial Association, Insurance: Mathematics and Economics, and Scandinavian Actuarial Journal. 　
Effective Product Control : Controlling for Trading Desks by
Improve the Effectiveness of your Product Control Function Effective Product Control is a detailed how-to guide covering everything you need to know about the function. Considered essential reading for: New controllers entering the profession Auditors and regulators reviewing product control Established controllers wanting a refresher on the latest skills and core controls within the industry. Encompassing both a technical skills primer and key insights into core controls used to mitigate major risks emanating from trading desks, you will get expert advice on practical topics such as: The key IFRS and U.S. GAAP accounting standards for a trading desk How to approach the pricing of a financial instrument Market risk and how is it quantified The controls necessary for a trading desk Rogue trading and how it can be detected Valuation adjustments and why they are necessary How the prices used to value a trading portfolio are independently verified The financial accounting entries used to record financial instruments in the balance sheet and profit & loss statement Financial reporting and how the results of a trading desk are presented How a new financial product can be introduced in a controlled manner Complete with a wealth of insightful graphs, illustrations and real-world examples to enliven the covered material, the dependable answers you need are in Effective Product Control.
Essential Option Strategies : Understanding the Market and Avoiding Common Pitfalls by
Learn the ins-and-outs of options trading with clear, practical guidance Essential Option Strategies is an introductory guide to options trading, designed to help new options traders better understand the market and the potential opportunities that exist. This book is designed to bring you up to speed with current practices and help you implement your own option trading strategies. You'll create a plan, track indicators, and understand underlying instruments, then apply that central investing knowledge directly to the options market. The discussion on pricing determinants and probabilities uses an intuitive approach to complex calculations, providing clear examples with no advanced math required, and extensive explanation of spreads, butterflies, and condors brings advanced strategies down to earth. Easy-reference appendices clarify the Greek terms and technical analysis charts, while focused discussion and expert insight throughout provide a highly informative crash course on options trading. Options trading has undergone a rapid evolution beyond stocks and commodities into asset classes including fixed-income, precious metals, energy, and more. This book helps you build a solid foundation in the fundamentals, giving you a knowledge base that applies no matter how the instruments change. This book is designed to help you: Understand the options market inside and out Avoid common mistakes Learn some basic positions, and trades Read charts and interpret probabilities Once the domain of the elites, the options market has been thrown wide open thanks to real-time price quotes, through brokerages, and the free flow of information online. The process of buying and selling options contracts is faster and more efficient than ever, and Wall Street is facing stiff competition from independent analysts and financial websites. As much as the market has changed, the fundamentals are the same--and Essential Option Strategies aims to provide expert guidance throughout the learning process.
From Value Pricing to Pricing Value: How to Use Science, Psychology and Systems to Attract and Retain Higher-Paying Clients for by
This book will reveal how to understand, implement and master the pricing value methodology. Understanding and applying the concept of "pricing value" is critical for today's accountants-especially for self-employed accountants, CPAs, and small firms who primarily work with small business clients. This book will reveal how to understand, implement and master the pricing value methodology. It will explain the solid academic research behind this approach, discuss how to avoid common pitfalls, and demonstrate step-by-step how to implement the methodology in a practical and persuasive way.
A Guide to Creating a Successful Algorithmic Trading Strategy by
Turn insight into profit with guru guidance toward successful algorithmic trading A Guide to Creating a Successful Algorithmic Trading Strategy provides the latest strategies from an industry guru to show you how to build your own system from the ground up. If you're looking to develop a successful career in algorithmic trading, this book has you covered from idea to execution as you learn to develop a trader's insight and turn it into profitable strategy. You'll discover your trading personality and use it as a jumping-off point to create the ideal algo system that works the way you work, so you can achieve your goals faster. Coverage includes learning to recognize opportunities and identify a sound premise, and detailed discussion on seasonal patterns, interest rate-based trends, volatility, weekly and monthly patterns, the 3-day cycle, and much more--with an emphasis on trading as the best teacher. By actually making trades, you concentrate your attention on the market, absorb the effects on your money, and quickly resolve problems that impact profits. Algorithmic trading began as a "ridiculous" concept in the 1970s, then became an "unfair advantage" as it evolved into the lynchpin of a successful trading strategy. This book gives you the background you need to effectively reap the benefits of this important trading method. Navigate confusing markets Find the right trades and make them Build a successful algo trading system Turn insights into profitable strategies Algorithmic trading strategies are everywhere, but they're not all equally valuable. It's far too easy to fall for something that worked brilliantly in the past, but with little hope of working in the future. A Guide to Creating a Successful Algorithmic Trading Strategy shows you how to choose the best, leave the rest, and make more money from your trades.
Monetizing Innovation : How Smart Companies Design the Product Around the Price by
Surprising rules for successful monetization Innovation is the most important driver of growth. Today, more than ever, companies need to innovate to survive. But successful innovation--measured in dollars and cents--is a very hard target to hit. Companies obsess over being creative and innovative and spend significant time and expense in designing and building products, yet struggle to monetize them: 72% of innovations fail to meet their financial targets--or fail entirely. Many companies have come to accept that a high failure rate, and the billions of dollars lost annually, is just the cost of doing business. Monetizing Innovations argues that this is tragic, wasteful, and wrong. Radically improving the odds that your innovation will succeed is just a matter of removing the guesswork. That happens when you put customer demand and willingness to pay in the driver seat--when you design the product around the price. It's a new paradigm, and that opens the door to true game change: You can stop hoping to monetize, and start knowing that you will. The authors at Simon Kucher know what they're talking about. As the world's premier pricing and monetization consulting services company, with 800 professionals in 30 cities around the globe, they have helped clients ranging from massive pharmaceuticals to fast-growing startups find success. In Monetizing Innovation, they distil the lessons of thirty years and over 10,000 projects into a practical, nine-step approach. Whether you are a CEO, executive leadership, or part of the team responsible for innovation and new product development, this book is for you, with special sections and checklist-driven summaries to make monetizing innovation part of your company's DNA. Illustrative case studies show how some of the world's best innovative companies like LinkedIn, Uber, Porsche, Optimizely, Draeger, Swarovski and big pharmaceutical companies have used principles outlined in this book. A direct challenge to the status quo "spray and pray" style of innovation, Monetizing Innovation presents a practical approach that can be adopted by any organization, in any industry. Most monetizing innovation failure point home. Now more than ever, companies must rethink the practices that have lost countless billions of dollars. Monetizing Innovation presents a new way forward, and a clear promise: Go from hope to certainty.
Pricing Analytics : Models and Advanced Quantitative Techniques for Product Pricing by
The theme of this book is simple. The price - the number someone puts on a product to help consumers decide to buy that product - comes from data. Specifically, itcomes from statistically modeling the data. This book gives the reader the statistical modeling tools needed to get the number to put on a product. But statistical modeling is not done in a vacuum. Economic and statistical principles and theory conjointly provide the background and framework for the models. Therefore, this book emphasizes two interlocking components of modeling: economic theory and statistical principles. The economic theory component is sufficient to provide understanding of the basic principles for pricing, especially about elasticities, which measure the effects of pricing on key business metrics. Elasticity estimation is the goal of statistical modeling, so attention is paid to the concept and implications of elasticities. The statistical modeling component is advanced and detailed covering choice (conjoint, discrete choice, MaxDiff) and sales data modeling. Experimental design principles, model estimation approaches, and analysis methods are discussed and developed for choice models. Regression fundamentals have been developed for sales model specification and estimation and expanded for latent class analysis.
Pricing Done Right : The Pricing Framework Proven Successful by the World's Most Profitable Companies by
Practical guidance and a fresh approach for more accurate value-based pricing Pricing Done Right provides a cutting-edge framework for value-based pricing and clear guidance on ideation, implementation, and execution. More action plan than primer, this book introduces a holistic strategy for ensuring on-target pricing by shifting the conversation from 'What is value-based pricing?' to 'How can we ensure that our pricing reflects our goals?' You'll learn to identify the decisions that must be managed, how to manage them, and who should make them, as illustrated by real-world case studies. The key success factor is to build a pricing organization within your organization; this reveals the relationships between pricing decisions, how they affect each other, and what the ultimate effects might be. With this deep-level insight, you are better able to decide where your organization needs to go. Pricing needs to be done right, and pricing decisions have to be made--but are you sure that you're leaving these decisions to the right people? Few managers are confident that their prices accurately reflect the cost and value of their product, and this uncertainty leaves money on the table. This book provides a practical template for better pricing strategies, methods, roles, and decisions, with a concrete roadmap through execution. Identify the right questions for pricing analyses Improve your pricing strategy and decision making process Understand roles, accountability, and value-based pricing Restructure perspectives to help pricing reflect your organization's goals The critical link between pricing and corporate strategy must be reflected in the decision making process. Pricing Done Right provides the blueprint for more accurate pricing, with expert guidance throughout the change process.
They Ask You Answer : A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing, and Today's Digital Consumer by
A revolutionary marketing strategy proven to drive sales and growth They Ask You Answer is a straightforward guide to fixing your current marketing strategy. Regardless of your budget, you are almost certainly overspending on television, radio, and print ads, yet neglecting the number-one resource you have at your disposal: the Internet. Content marketing is no longer about keyword-stuffing and link-building; in fact, using those tactics today gets your page shuffled to the bottom of the heap. Quality content is the key to success, and you already have the ingredients in-house. This book shows you how to structure an effective content strategy using the same proven principles that have revolutionized marketing for all types of businesses, across industries. Author Marcus Sheridan's pool company struggled after the housing collapse; today, they're one of the largest pool installers in the U.S., turning away millions of dollars in business they simply cannot accommodate every year. How did he manage it? He answered questions. This book shows you how Marcus's strategy can work for your business, and how to use your keyboard to bring customers through the door. Boost your company's web presence with methods that work Build a level of trust that generates customer evangelism Leverage your in-house resources to produce winning content Utilize tactics that work, regardless of industry or sector When people have questions, they ask a search engine. If you have answers, the right content strategy will get them to the top of the search results and seen by millions of eyes every day. Drop the marketing-speak, stop "selling," and start answering. Be seen as an authority, not just another advertisement. They Ask You Answer describes a fresh approach to marketing and the beginning of big things for your business.
Product Management is a project-based course that uses a learning-by-doing approach to build basic product management skills. Students identify opportunities, evaluate target market’s needs and specify functional requirements for a new product development – concept, design, research, production, marketing, and so on. The course will emphasize the use of market research data as an effective method for uncovering and testing lucrative market opportunities and marketing models for product development and management. Recognizing the value of the course to Marketing Management students, the application of concepts, theories, and principles learned will proactively and positively be relevant in coming up with product strategies and program proposal as a requirement for the capstone course.
AI for marketing and product innovation : powerful new tools for predicting trends, connecting with customers, and closing sales by
Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)--twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here--whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the "what" to show you the "how": How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. Understand AI and ML technology in layman's terms Harness the twin technologies unparalleled power to transform marketing Learn which skills and resources you need to use AI and ML effectively Employ AI and ML in ways that resonate meaningfully with customers Learn practical examples of how to reinvest product innovation, brand building, targeted marketing and media measurement to connect with people and enhance ROI Discover the true impact of AI and ML from real-world examples, and learn the thinking, best practices, and metrics you need to capture this lightning and take the next massive leap in the evolution of customer connection. AI for Marketing and Product Innovation shows you everything you need to know to get on board.
Designing brand identity : an essential guide for the entire branding team by
Whether you're the project manager for your company's rebrand, or you need to educate your staff or your students about brand fundamentals, Designing Brand Identity is the quintessential resource. From research to brand strategy to design execution, launch, and governance, Designing Brand Identity is a compendium of tools for branding success and best practices for inspiration. 3 sections: brand fundamentals, process basics, and case studies. Over 100 branding subjects, checklists, tools, and diagrams. 50 case studies that describe goals, process, strategy, solution, and results. Over 700 illustrations of brand touchpoints. More than 400 quotes from branding experts, CEOs, and design gurus. "Designing Brand Identity is a comprehensive, pragmatic, and easy-to-understand resource for all brand builders--global and local. It's an essential reference for implementing an entire brand system." - Carlos Martinez Onaindia, Global Brand Studio Leader, Deloitte "Alina Wheeler explains better than anyone else what identity design is and how it functions. There's a reason this is the 5th edition of this classic." - Paula Scher, Partner, Pentagram "Designing Brand Identity is the book that first taught me how to build brands. For the past decade, it's been my blueprint for using design to impact people, culture, and business." - Alex Center, Design Director, The Coca-Cola Company "Alina Wheeler's book has helped so many people face the daunting challenge of defining their brand." - Andrew Ceccon, Executive Director, Marketing, FS Investments "If branding was a religion, Alina Wheeler would be its goddess, and Designing Brand Identity its bible." - Olka Kazmierczak, Founder, Pop Up Grupa "The 5th edition of Designing Brand Identity is the Holy Grail. This book is the professional gift you have always wanted." - Jennifer Francis, Director of Marketing, Communications, and Visitor Experience, Louvre Abu Dhabi
The design thinking playbook : mindful digital transformation of teams, products, services, businesses and ecosystems by
A radical shift in perspective to transform your organization to become more innovative The Design Thinking Playbook is an actionable guide to the future of business. By stepping back and questioning the current mindset, the faults of the status quo stand out in stark relief--and this guide gives you the tools and frameworks you need to kick off a digital transformation. Design Thinking is about approaching things differently with a strong user orientation and fast iterations with multidisciplinary teams to solve wicked problems. It is equally applicable to (re-)design products, services, processes, business models, and ecosystems. It inspires radical innovation as a matter of course, and ignites capabilities beyond mere potential. Unmatched as a source of competitive advantage, Design Thinking is the driving force behind those who will lead industries through transformations and evolutions. This book describes how Design Thinking is applied across a variety of industries, enriched with other proven approaches as well as the necessary tools, and the knowledge to use them effectively. Packed with solutions for common challenges including digital transformation, this practical, highly visual discussion shows you how Design Thinking fits into agile methods within management, innovation, and startups. Explore the digitized future using new design criteria to create real value for the user Foster radical innovation through an inspiring framework for action Gather the right people to build highly-motivated teams Apply Design Thinking, Systems Thinking, Big Data Analytics, and Lean Start-up using new tools and a fresh new perspective Create Minimum Viable Ecosystems (MVEs) for digital processes and services which becomes for example essential in building Blockchain applications Practical frameworks, real-world solutions, and radical innovation wrapped in a whole new outlook give you the power to mindfully lead to new heights. From systems and operations to people, projects, culture, digitalization, and beyond, this invaluable mind shift paves the way for organizations--and individuals--to do great things. When you're ready to give your organization a big step forward, The Design Thinking Playbook is your practical guide to a more innovative future.
Developing Insights on Branding in the B2B Context by
This book presents real life business-to-business (B2B) branding cases. The book deploys a theoretical-practical approach, where theoretical and conceptual frameworks related to key branding topics are supported by empirical case studies. Each case helps to illustrate the framework and discuss its applicability in practice. Through the presented exploratory case studies, the authors provide fresh examples from business practice that are easy to comprehend by undergraduate students, and are easily applied by managers in the field. The book consists of three main parts, covering important aspects of B2B branding. It presents several aspects of external as well as internal branding, supplemented by novel approaches in B2B branding. In addition, the book offers examples of best practices, as well as notable mistakes made by companies involved in branding processes. Thus, it provides a holistic perspective, which will enable companies to learn not only about best practices, but also about pitfalls in the area of corporate branding. In addition to the novel practical cases, each chapter provides relevant theoretical underpinnings presented in a simple, down-to-earth manner. The book highlights recent research areas and coming trends within B2B branding. The book is suitable for everyone with an interest in B2B branding, regardless of background or previous knowledge of branding.
The disappearing product : marketing and markets in the creative industries by
The Disappearing Product combines analysis of developments in the creative economy with practical guidance for marketing in the creative industries. Using theoretical models and extensive practical examples, this book challenges cultural producers to reclaim their place in the creative economy. Marketing is situated in the context of social, cultural and technological change that has revolutionised the creative and media industries. Traditional broadcasters, publishers and record labels have been displaced by a new generation of intermediaries including Amazon, Apple, Facebook and Google. These new intermediaries are marginalising cultural producers, devaluing products and monopolising consumer attention. Bilton's analysis focuses on how the creative industries must respond to these structural changes with new, innovative marketing methods for cultural products. Key features include: * a defined approach to marketing geared towards the cultural and creative industries, distinguished from 'business as usual' and 'arts marketing' * case studies and questions for discussion that can be used in the classroom * analysis of the creative economy highlighting practical strategies for marketers and managers * key examples of recent innovative marketing by artists and cultural entrepreneurs. An essential guide for students of creative industries, marketing and management, this book allows readers to develop their own tailored approach to marketing. Cultural entrepreneurs, marketers and managers will benefit from the in-depth insight into new patterns of consumption, transformed markets and emerging business models.
Handbook of Research on New Product Development by
New products are the major driver of revenue growth in today's dynamic business environment. In this Handbook, the world's foremost experts on new product development bring together the latest thinking on this vitally important topic. These thought-leading authors organize knowledge into useful and insightful frameworks, covering all aspects of new product development: companies, collaborators, customers, context, markets, and performance. The contributors delve into a broad range of topics, covering each one deeply and comprehensively. Careful attention to the development of these topics make it a fantastic single-source reference for state-of-the-art knowledge on new product development, including comprehensive sets of questions and discussion topics to inspire future research.Managers will benefit from the Handbook by expanding their knowledge of new product development, and for researchers, the book provides a comprehensive look at the current research, as well as offering opportunities to continue expanding on this body of knowledge.
Lean driven innovation : powering product development at the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company by
In 2005, Goodyear's research and development (R&D) engine was not performing up to its full potential. The R&D organization developed high-quality tires, but the projects were not always successful. Goodyear embarked on a major initiative to transform its innovation creation processes by learning, understanding, and applying lean product development principles. Within five years, Goodyear saw its product development cycle times slashed by 70 percent, on-time delivery performance rise close to 100 percent, and throughput improve three-fold - all achieved with no increase in the R&D budget. Lean-Driven Innovation: Powering Product Development at The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company describes in great detail how the Goodyear team was able to achieve such significant improvements. Revealing the ups and downs of this successful transformation, the book shares experiences of how this seismic change was managed, how people were engaged, and how Goodyear dramatically reinvigorated its product development and innovation processes--and, in the process, delivered substantial more value to customers and to the company. The book also explains how lean product development helped Goodyear dramatically improve revenue by having every new product available when the market needed it. Presenting wide-ranging perspectives from all levels of leadership, this book is ideal for anyone in R&D daring to take on a lean initiative in R&D or who is struggling with a lean transformation that is not delivering to its full potential. Since the book focuses on universal lean principles, it is as insightful to other manufacturing and nonmanufacturing disciplines in any industry as well. The book presents invaluable insights gained by the author during his 36 years within Goodyear, of which 10 have been directly involved in trying to develop, implement, and sustain lean to achieve the company's business objectives. It distills ideas, practices, failures, and successes into key principles that lean product development practitioners can easily implement. After reading this book, you will gain a practical path for applying lean to the innovation processes of your organization, including where to begin and what to do, regardless of the industry and the status of your transformation. Watch Norbert Majerus discuss Lean-Driven Innovation at: https://youtu.be/yIlJEMJIcyA
One Perfect Pitch: How to Sell Your Idea, Your Product, Your Business--Or Yourself by
What's YOUR story? In the hypercompetitive world of Silicon Valley, this question has replaced "What's your pitch?" It's another way of asking, "Who are you?" The art of the pitch is nothing short of a survival skill. If an entrepreneur can't convince an investor in 10 minutes that a business idea has potential, that is often the end of it. If a project manager in a large enterprise can't win support from other stakeholders, his or her project is at risk. You always need to be selling yourself, pitching your partners or your clients to work with you, or pitching what makes your new business an exciting and worthwhile investment. You may not realize it right now, but you do have a one-of-a-kind story to tell, one that makes you stand out from everyone else--a unique tale that makes you, your product, or your business unforgettable. In One Perfect Pitch, Marie Perruchet will help you discover it, hone it, and present it, so that you get buy-in from colleagues and potential investors. Learn: * How to mine the worst experiences of your life for your pitch * How to tell me, show me, and sign me up in one minute * How to make a good impression through any medium * The dos and don'ts of pitching etiquette--and how to correct common mistakes * The unspoken rules in Silicon Valley A former mentor at 500 Startups, where she was a pitching coach to world-changing companies at one of the largest incubators in the U.S., Perruchet shares her proven methodology, insider advice, and hands-on exercises. She provides a step-by-step framework that ensures you are pitch perfect whenever you need to sell an idea, a product, a business--or yourself. Marie Perruchet is the founder of One Perfect Pitch, a San Francisco-based consulting firm. Drawing on her experience as a BBC journalist and news correspondent, she works with business executives to shape their stories and deliver effective pitches. As a former mentor at 500 Startups, the largest accelerator program in the U.S., she helped prepare startup founders and entrepreneurs for Demo Day, when they pitch venture capital funds and angel investors. Her clients include multinationals, tech incubators and accelerators, startup founders and entrepreneurs, and portfolio companies. Perruchet also coaches C-level executives from around the world and has been featured in the Wall Street Journal, Marie Claire, and Le Monde.
Product Management for Dummies by
Your one-stop guide to becoming a product management prodigy Product management plays a pivotal role in organizations. In fact, it's now considered the fourth most important title in corporate America--yet only a tiny fraction of product managers have been trained for this vital position. If you're one of the hundreds of thousands of people who hold this essential job--or simply aspire to break into a new role--Product Management For Dummies gives you the tools to increase your skill level and manage products like a pro. From defining what product management is--and isn't--to exploring the rising importance of product management in the corporate world, this friendly and accessible guide quickly gets you up to speed on everything it takes to thrive in this growing field. It offers plain-English explanations of the product life cycle, market research, competitive analysis, market and pricing strategy, product roadmaps, the people skills it takes to effectively influence and negotiate, and so much more. Create a winning strategy for your product Gather and analyze customer and market feedback Prioritize and convey requirements to engineering teams effectively Maximize revenues and profitability Product managers are responsible for so much more than meets the eye--and this friendly, authoritative guide lifts the curtain on what it takes to succeed.
Strategic design thinking : innovation in products, services, experiences and beyond by
Who can design? For too long, that question has highlighted the supposed division between right-brain dominant creative types and left-brain dominant analytical types. Such a division is not practical for preparing students to become innovative contributors to the complex world of design. Strategic Design Thinking guides readers to cultivate hybrid thinking, whether their background is design, finance, or any discipline in between. This book is an introduction to an integrative approach using the lens of design thinking as a way to see the world. The focus is on process instead of solution, and on connecting disparate ideas instead of getting bogged down by silos of specialization. Through this book, students will be introduced to design management, strategic design, service design, and experience design.
Product Management is a project-based course that uses a learning-by-doing approach to build basic product management skills. Students identify opportunities, evaluate target market’s needs and specify functional requirements for a new product development – concept, design, research, production, marketing, and so on. The course will emphasize the use of market research data as an effective method for uncovering and testing lucrative market opportunities and marketing models for product development and management. Recognizing the value of the course to Marketing Management students, the application of concepts, theories, and principles learned will proactively and positively be relevant in coming up with product strategies and program proposal as a requirement for the capstone course.
AI for Marketing and Product Innovation : Powerful New Tools for Predicting Trends, Connecting with Customers, and Closing Sales by
Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)--twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here--whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the "what" to show you the "how": How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. Understand AI and ML technology in layman's terms Harness the twin technologies unparalleled power to transform marketing Learn which skills and resources you need to use AI and ML effectively Employ AI and ML in ways that resonate meaningfully with customers Learn practical examples of how to reinvest product innovation, brand building, targeted marketing and media measurement to connect with people and enhance ROI Discover the true impact of AI and ML from real-world examples, and learn the thinking, best practices, and metrics you need to capture this lightning and take the next massive leap in the evolution of customer connection. AI for Marketing and Product Innovation shows you everything you need to know to get on board.
Beyond Sizzle : The Next Evolution of Branding by
More and more, organizations are judged not just for the quality and price of their products but for who they are. A critical mass of customers now expect a business to a force for good. The Next Evolution of Branding introduces a fundamentally different approach to branding – Whole Systems Branding from the Core® – that brings together the best practices of change management, marketing communications, and branding to provide an actionable process for aligning the purpose, performance, and perception of organizations. Readers are provided with a workable framework they can use to transform their organizations into brands that matter – organizations that are redefining workplaces, reimagining customer experiences, and creating innovative products and services that are building healthier, more sustainable communities – in turn, creating a better world for us all. Ultimately, these organizations prosper because people value and trust them. The book also offers insights and case studies from leaders of thriving values-based businesses who share their secrets to success and how they keep up their momentum. The ultimate value of this book is the insight and instruction it provides into how to build an organization’s reputation that ensures long-term prosperity.
Brand Zero : The Complete Branding Guide to Start-ups by
If you are thinking of starting up a business OCo whether online or in a pushcart or a small caf(r) OCo you need to look into your branding. (how does it work, anyway?), brace yourself...According to Jacky Tai, you should start your branding exercise as early as possible. Brand Zero distils the authorOCOs wealth of experience in grappling with branding strategies in the real world into a practical and easy-to-understand guide anyone."
Embarrassment of Product Choices 1 : How to Consume Differently by
When there are too many choices, there is no choice. The choices are entangled in a maze of rather confused possibilities. They go through many nebulous paths. Doubt, hesitation, indecision, become the only resolutions possible. Choosing is the anxiety of being wrong! The brand, the quality / price ratio, the aesthetics ... give confidence, but often with naivety! There is a gap between the reality of the qualities of the products and the perception of the customer. These are prejudices, illusions, a lack of knowledge ... Generally speaking, is the consumer-client able to appreciate, by sight, by touch, or even by a brief trial of operation, all the strengths and weaknesses? a lot of products? Market value dominates the use value. Marketing will discover that we must no longer confuse the consumer (the customer) and the user. The economic system only works because consumers are in the opacity of their choices. The search for technical prowess and above all market value has dominated the search for value in use.
The Indestructible Brand : Crisis Management in the Age of Social Media by 
Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World by
World-class branding for the interconnected modern marketplace Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World offers authoritative guidance on building new brands, revitalizing existing brands, and managing brand portfolios in the rapidly-evolving modern marketplace. Integrating academic theories with practical experience, this book covers fundamental branding concepts, strategies, and effective implementation techniques as applied to today's consumer, today's competition, and the wealth of media at your disposal. In-depth discussion highlights the field's ever-increasing connectivity, with practical guidance on brand design and storytelling, social media marketing, branding in the service sector, monitoring brand health, and more. Authored by faculty at the world's most respected school of management and marketing, this invaluable resourceincludes expert contributions on the financial value of brands, internal branding, building global brands, and other critical topics that play a central role in real-world branding and marketing scenarios. Creating a brand--and steering it in the right direction--is a multi-layered process involving extensive research and inter-departmental cooperation. From finding the right brand name and developing a cohesive storyline to designing effective advertising, expanding reach, maintaining momentum, and beyond, Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World arms you with the knowledge and skills to: Apply cutting-edge techniques for brand design, brand positioning, market-specific branding, and more Adopt successful strategies from development to launch to leveraging Build brand-driven organizations and reinforce brand culture both internally and throughout the global marketplace Increase brand value and use brand positioning to build a mega-brand In today's challenging and complex marketplace, effective branding has become a central component of success. Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World is a dynamic, authoritative resource for practitioners looking to solve branding dilemmas and seize great opportunities.
Lean Product Management : Successful products from fuzzy business ideas by Monetizing Innovation : How Smart Companies Design the Product Around the Price by
Surprising rules for successful monetization Innovation is the most important driver of growth. Today, more than ever, companies need to innovate to survive. But successful innovation--measured in dollars and cents--is a very hard target to hit. Companies obsess over being creative and innovative and spend significant time and expense in designing and building products, yet struggle to monetize them: 72% of innovations fail to meet their financial targets--or fail entirely. Many companies have come to accept that a high failure rate, and the billions of dollars lost annually, is just the cost of doing business. Monetizing Innovations argues that this is tragic, wasteful, and wrong. Radically improving the odds that your innovation will succeed is just a matter of removing the guesswork. That happens when you put customer demand and willingness to pay in the driver seat--when you design the product around the price. It's a new paradigm, and that opens the door to true game change: You can stop hoping to monetize, and start knowing that you will. The authors at Simon Kucher know what they're talking about. As the world's premier pricing and monetization consulting services company, with 800 professionals in 30 cities around the globe, they have helped clients ranging from massive pharmaceuticals to fast-growing startups find success. In Monetizing Innovation, they distil the lessons of thirty years and over 10,000 projects into a practical, nine-step approach. Whether you are a CEO, executive leadership, or part of the team responsible for innovation and new product development, this book is for you, with special sections and checklist-driven summaries to make monetizing innovation part of your company's DNA. Illustrative case studies show how some of the world's best innovative companies like LinkedIn, Uber, Porsche, Optimizely, Draeger, Swarovski and big pharmaceutical companies have used principles outlined in this book. A direct challenge to the status quo "spray and pray" style of innovation, Monetizing Innovation presents a practical approach that can be adopted by any organization, in any industry. Most monetizing innovation failure point home. Now more than ever, companies must rethink the practices that have lost countless billions of dollars. Monetizing Innovation presents a new way forward, and a clear promise: Go from hope to certainty.
Open Innovation : New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA by
A clear, practical guide to implementing Open Innovation for new product development Open Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of the Open Innovation method. Written by experts from the Product Development and Management Association, the book packages a collection of Open Innovation tools in a digestible and actionable format. Real-world case studies drawn from the authors' own successes and failures illustrate the concepts presented, providing accurate representation of the opportunities and challenges of Open Innovation implementation. Key tools are presented with a focus on immediate applications for business, allowing NPD professionals to easily discern where this cutting edge development method can push innovation forward. Open Innovation assumes that companies can and should use both internal and external ideas and paths to market, permeating the boundaries between firm and environment. Innovations transfer outward and inward through purchase, licensing, joint ventures, and spin-offs, allowing companies to expand beyond their own research and dramatically improve productivity through collaboration. PDMA Essentials provides practical guidance on exploiting the Open Innovation model to these ends, with clear guidance on all aspects of the new product development process. Topics include: Product platforming and idea competitions Customer immersion and interaction Collaborative product design and development Innovation networks, rewards, and incentives Many practitioners charged with innovation have only a vague understanding of the specific tools available for Open Innovation, and how they might be applied. As the marketplace shifts dramatically to keep pace with changing consumer behaviors, remaining relevant increasingly means ramping up innovation processes. PDMA Essentials provides the tools NPD practitioners need to implement a leading innovation method, and drive continued growth.
Social Media Branding For Small Business : The 5–Sources Model by
Social media branding provides the thinking, evidence, and practice to create a road map for practitioners in small businesses to develop and implement their brand in online and of ine communities. It provides a starting point, as one of the biggest issues for small businesses is where to start. Social Media Branding For Small Businesses provides a framework to guide your strategy and implementation. The approach is called the 5-Sources Model. The resources are the have fundamental branding principles that focus on simply outsourcing your brand. Putting the customer back in control while focusing on the community and this group of dedicated customers and other stakeholders. The 5-Sources Model simply says that the social media brand for small businesses needs to play an important role in your customers' functional and emotional existence. It is both the serious and the fun experience of your brand.
This course is about managing a business establishment that is engaged in the selling of goods to final consumers or end-users either for their personal and non-business use. It covers all functional areas of management, except production, and may be considered therefore as a course in general management and Marketing Management. A review on current retailing environment and consumer buying decision process will be given emphasis in the early discussion sessions of this course. Other Important topics to be covered revolve around Efficient Consumer Response (ECR), the counterpart in retailing of the much broached about marketing concept that includes Category Management, whose main objective is the satisfaction of consumers’ needs and wants better and faster at less cost. This course also covers non-store retailing, electronic and on-line retailing as the retailing environment is changing and is moving fast towards this direction.
Essentials of marketing : a marketing strategy planning approach by
Marketing's pillar "Four Ps" framework was first introduced by Jerome McCarthy in the 1960s. Its managerial orientation and practical "How-To-Do-It" strategy planning approach continues wit this newest 15th edition of Essentials of Marketing: A Marketing Strategy Planning Approach. Essentials of Marketing prepares students for success by teaching skills through examples, explanations, frameworks, models, classification systems, cases, and practical "how-to" techniques geared toward increasing analytical abilities and helping students figure out how to do a superior job of satisfying customers. Special topics like relationship marketing, international marketing, services marketing, marketing and the Internet, marketing for nonprofit organizations, ethics, social issues, and business-to-business marketing are integrated throughout. Additional resources further enhance learning, including new Marketing Analytics: Data to Knowledge exercises in Connect, an updated Hillside Veterinary Clinic marketing plan, and completely updated instructor supplements. Perreault/Cannon's Essentials of Marketing is available through McGraw-Hill Connect®, a subscription-based learning service accessible online through personal computer or tablet. A subscription to Connect includes the following: * SmartBook® - an adaptive digital version of the course textbook that personalizes the reading experience based on how well students are learning the content. * Access to homework assignments, quizzes, syllabus, notes, reminders, and other important files for the course. Auto-graded assignments in Connect Marketing include iSeeIt! concept animations, video cases, and other application exercises. Contact your Learning Technology Representative for a complete list of assignments by chapter and learning outcome. * Progress dashboards that quickly show students how they are performing on assignments, with tips for improvement. * The option to purchase (for a small fee) a print version of the book. This binder-ready, loose-leaf version includes free shipping. Complete system requirements to use Connect can be found here.
Franchise Management for Dummies by
McDonalds, Sonic, Subway, Dairy Queen, Circle K, Piggly Wiggly--all well-known franchises in America and beyond. You've probably sometimes wondered how so many of them could exist, how they manage to stay in business, and how they continue to thrive. Maybe you've even thought about running one of your own, but didn't know where to begin. Well, now you do, thanks to Running a Franchise For Dummies. Pick the perfect franchise for you Create marketing plans and branding for your new franchise Understand all of the complex legal issues surrounding the ownership of a franchise Uncover the secrets to continued success and future expansion Running a Franchise for Dummies is a clear and concise guide for anyone who wants to be their own boss and stand on the shoulders of franchise giants both big and small.
Handbook of Research on Retailing by
The advent of e-commerce and the rise of hard discounters have put severe pressure on traditional retail chains. Boundaries are blurring: traditional brick-and-mortar players are expanding their online operations and setting up their own discount banners, while the power houses of online retail are going physical, and hard discounters get caught up in the Wheel of Retailing. Each of these players has to keep up with the consumer - even successful companies cannot sit back and rest but need to prepare for the next wave of change. This Handbook sheds light on these issues with its research-based analysis of the strategic and tactical issues that comprise the state of the art in retailing. Leading scholars explore what we know from extant studies, what are the ensuing best practices, what evolutions are ahead, and whether current approaches still work in the future.This book's future-based perspective makes it an excellent resource for academics in retailing and marketing, as well as marketing and retailing consultants, retailers, and marketing managers.
Managing the retail supply chain : merchandising strategies that increase sales and improve profitability by
Buying, merchandising and the supply chain are inextricably linked. Product merchandisers play a key role within retail, as profits can be affected by how successfully they undertake their work. Merchandisers set prices to maximise profits and manage the performance of ranges, planning promotions and mark-downs as necessary. They also oversee delivery and distribution of stock and deal with suppliers. Their connection with and understanding of the supply chain is vital. Supported by theories, explanations and real-life examples, Managing the Retail Supply Chain looks at concepts and core themes that run across all sectors. Many businesses use a one-size-fits-all solution for any issues which arise, leading to big problems. Managing the Retail Supply Chain presents numerous examples of different business models adopted by a variety of companies. Covering basic principles of retail supply chain, KPIs, merchandise planning and demand planning as well as omnichannel, vertical integration, on-shelf availability and e-commerce, Managing the Retail Supply Chain is an essential guide for anyone involved in or studying retail supply chains and merchandising.
Marketing by
Hunt Marketing emphasizes the universal importance of marketing, not only because students (especially non-marketing majors) want to know "Why does this course matter to me?" but also because everyone is a marketer. Student engagement and relevance are emphasized throughout the second edition of Hunt Marketing: * A career focus, to help students understand how marketing will support whatever career path they choose and how to develop their own personal brand. * Integration of key topics that are part of the daily fabric of marketing--globalization, social media, ethics, and marketing analytics. * Seamlessly integrated results-driven technology. * The right content for a semester-long course. With 16 chapters (and further customization available in Create), the second edition of Hunt Marketing provides the perfect content mix for online, hybrid, and face-to-face Principles of Marketing students.
Research Handbook of Marketing in Emerging Economies by
Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts.Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations.Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers.
Retailing in Emerging Markets by
Emphasizing the apparel and beauty industries, Retailing in Emerging Markets, 2nd Edition provides an in-depth study of the retail landscape within Brazil, China, India, Russia, Turkey, Qatar, Thailand, South Korea and Mexico. Each chapter focuses on a single country, discussing the organization of its retail industry, analyzing consumer behavior, and presenting strategies for effectively entering its market. This new edition includes fully updated data, statistics and economic perspectives on each of the countries covered. Readers will emerge armed with a deeper understanding of the political, economic, and cultural factors driving each market-an understanding essential for building and maintaining a competitive edge in today's global retail environment. New to this Edition ¿ Two new chapters on South Korea and Qatar investigate the current marketplace opportunities and challenges ¿ Increased coverage of the legislative landscapes and long-term economic outlooks for each country ¿ Updated and new chapter case studies analyze the expansion strategies of international retailers ¿ New Chapter Summaries and Critical Thinking Questions offer additional learning tools ¿ Includes 60% new photos and current maps to bring the chapters to life ¿ Expanded contributor biographies highlight the expertise of each scholar
Retail marketing by
"Retail Marketing is a new and refreshing text, essential for anyone wanting to get to grips with this important, fast-paced area of marketing today. With a user-friendly structure, this book reflects the very latest in academic thinking and provides a strong focus on customer value, corporate social responsibility and the transformative effect of digital technology. Written especially for European and international students and suitable for both undergraduate and postgraduate students, Retail Marketing addresses the challenges of marketing in the 21st Century. Across the chapters key elements of successful retail marketing, including developments in omni-channel marketing and the importance of a co-ordinated supply chain to a company's value proposition, are considered. Striking a balance between theory and practice, Retail Marketing presents concepts in a clear and comprehensive way with engaging, up-to-date global examples and visual illustrations to help students apply their knowledge to a real world context"
Style and statistics : the art of retail analytics by
A non-technical guide to leveraging retail analytics for personal and competitive advantage Style & Statistics is a real-world guide to analytics in retail. Written specifically for the non-IT crowd, this book explains analytics in an approachable, understandable way, and provides examples of direct application to retail merchandise management, marketing, and operations. The discussion covers current industry trends and emerging-standard processes, and illustrates how analytics is providing new solutions to perennial retail problems. You'll learn how to leverage the benefits of analytics to boost your personal career, and how to interpret data in a way that's useful to the average end business user or shopper. Key concepts are detailed in easy-to-understand language, and numerous examples highlight the growing importance of understanding analytics in the retail environment. The power of analytics has become apparent across industries, but it's left an especially indelible mark on retail. It's a complex topic, but you don't need to be a data scientist to take advantage of the opportunities it brings. This book shows you what you need to know, and how to put analytics to work with retail-specific applications. Learn how analytics can help you be better at your job Dig deeper into the customer's needs, wants, and dreams Streamline merchandise management, pricing, marketing, and more Find solutions for inefficiencies and inaccuracies As the retail customer evolves, so must the retail industry. The retail landscape not only includes in-store but also website, mobile site, mobile apps, and social media. With more and more competition emerging on all sides, retailers need to use every tool at their disposal to create value and gain a competitive advantage. Analytics offers a number of ways to make your company stand out, whether it's through improved operations, customer experience, or any of the other myriad factors that build a great place to shop. Style & Statistics provides an analytics primer with a practical bent, specifically for the retail industry.
This course is about managing a business establishment that is engaged in the selling of goods to final consumers or end-users either for their personal and non-business use. It covers all functional areas of management, except production, and may be considered therefore as a course in general management and Marketing Management. A review on current retailing environment and consumer buying decision process will be given emphasis in the early discussion sessions of this course. Other Important topics to be covered revolve around Efficient Consumer Response (ECR), the counterpart in retailing of the much broached about marketing concept that includes Category Management, whose main objective is the satisfaction of consumers’ needs and wants better and faster at less cost. This course also covers non-store retailing, electronic and on-line retailing as the retailing environment is changing and is moving fast towards this direction.
The American Retail Value Proposition : Crafting Unique Experiences at Compelling Prices by
The American economy is profoundly dependent on the success of its retailers and the strength of its consumer spending. Yet, how do leading retailers create value for their customers? To a large extent this has been accomplished by streamlining operations and a decades-long focus on cost cutting and price competitiveness. Today, retailers realize that they need to discover new ways to differentiate themselves and attract consumer spending. The American Retail Value Proposition provides the framework for building that differentiation and establishing a competitive advantage that goes beyond price discounting. This framework is based on more than a decade of research, including hundreds of hours of interviews with executives from the world's leading retailers, including Starbucks, Walmart, Apple, Amazon, and Lowe's. Whether you are an aspiring merchant or an industry veteran, this book's strategic framework will help you build a solid foundation for your business in today's ever-evolving retail marketplace.
Hacking Marketing : Agile Practices to Make Marketing Smarter, Faster, and More Innovative by
Apply software-inspired management concepts to accelerate modern marketing In many ways, modern marketing has more in common with the software profession than it does with classic marketing management. As surprising as that may sound, it's the natural result of the world going digital. Marketing must move faster, adapt more quickly to market feedback, and manage an increasingly complex set of customer experience touchpoints. All of these challenges are shaped by the dynamics of software--from the growing number of technologies in our own organizations to the global forces of the Internet at large. But you can turn that to your advantage. And you don't need to be technical to do it. Hacking Marketing will show you how to conquer those challenges by adapting successful management frameworks from the software industry to the practice of marketing for any business in a digital world. You'll learn about agile and lean management methodologies, innovation techniques used by high-growth technology companies that any organization can apply, pragmatic approaches for scaling up marketing in a fragmented and constantly shifting environment, and strategies to unleash the full potential of talent in a digital age. Marketing responsibilities and tactics have changed dramatically over the past decade. This book now updates marketing management to better serve this rapidly evolving discipline. Increase the tempo of marketing's responsiveness without chaos or burnout Design "continuous" marketing programs and campaigns that constantly evolve Drive growth with more marketing experiments while actually reducing risk Architect marketing capabilities in layers to better scale and adapt to change Balance strategic focus with the ability to harness emergent opportunities As a marketer and a manager, Hacking Marketing will expand your mental models for how to lead marketing in a digital world where everything--including marketing--flows with the speed and adaptability of software.
Hard Sell : Work and Resistance in Retail Chains by
Along with fast-food workers, retail workers are capturing the attention of the public and the media with the Fight for $15. Like fast-food workers, retail workers are underpaid, and fewer than five percent of them belong to unions. In Hard Sell, Peter Ikeler traces the low-wage, largely nonunion character of U.S. retail through the history and ultimate failure of twentieth-century retail unionism. He asks pivotal questions about twenty-first-century capitalism: Does the nature of retail work make collective action unlikely? Can working conditions improve in the absence of a union? Is worker consciousness changing in ways that might encourage or further inhibit organizing? Ikeler conducted interviews at New York City locations of two iconic department stores--Macy's and Target. Much of the book's narrative unfolds from the perspectives of these workers in America's most unequal city. When he speaks to workers, Ikeler finds that the Macy's organization displays an adversarial relationship between workers and managers and that Target is infused with a "teamwork" message that enfolds both parties. Macy's workers identify more with their jobs and are more opposed to management, yet Target workers show greater solidarity. Both groups, however, are largely unhappy with the pay and precariousness of their jobs. Combined with workplace-generated feelings of unity and resistance, these grievances provide promising inroads to organizing that could help take the struggle against inequality beyond symbolic action to real economic power.
How to Open a Financially Successful Specialty Retail and Gourmet Foods Shop by
Experts indicate that gourmet products do better in uncertain economic times as consumers seek out affordable luxuries. Updated and completely revised in 2105, this is the new A-to-Z guide to making it in your own gourmet store. This detailed text contains all the information needed to start, operate, and manage a highly profitable specialty store. It is perfect book for entrepreneurs, schools, and technical training centers.
Reengineering Retail : The Future of Selling in a Post-Digital World by Retail Logistics by
The logistics function has always been central to retail firms’ performance because it co-ordinates the product and information flows from suppliers and manufacturers to retailers and, finally, to consumers (Bourlakis, 1998). However, over the few years we have witnessed a major transformation in retail logistics, driven by changes in demand and stimulated by technologies such as e-commerce, mobile commerce, tracking and tracing, and data analytics. These changes have led to the development of multi-channel and omni-channel offerings (Rao et al., 2009), which are altering business models and forcing retailers and manufacturers to rethink the way they reach customers. Similarly, we have seen the rise of ethical customers who are putting pressure on retailers to improve their environmental and social credentials (Mena, et al. 2011; Spence and Bourlakis, 2009).Managing these challenges requires significant investments in warehousing, distribution and retail infrastructure. The development of fulfillment centers, dark stores, home delivery networks, new transport technologies and customer collection points are all responses to these changes. These developments are also creating new challenges such as the dramatic increase in customer returns and the associated cost and availability implications (Ettouzani, et al. 2012).The logistics and SCM research community has been active in helping retailer organizations understand these changes in the marketplace and their implications for retail logistics theory and practice. However, the dynamic nature of the phenomenon means that it is necessary to continuously investigate new developments and understand their impact on retail logistics. To this end, over the last two years, IJPDLM has published a number of papers that address various retailing issues. Topics include demand management in the grocery industry (Alftan et al., 2015), retail out-of-stocks (Ehrenthal et al., 2014), on shelf availability (Moussaoui et al., 2016), the use of data aggregation to mask the bullwhip effect (Jin et al., 2015), reverse logistics (Hazen et al., 2014; Morgan, Richey and Autry, 2016) and sustainability in e-commerce (Mangiaracina et al., 2015). This Special Issue further addresses the growing opportunities for research in the field of retail logistics.Twenty seven papers were received for this Special Issue and seven have been selected for publication based on the rigor of the research methods and the relevance and value of the findings for both academic and practitioner communities. The chosen papers cover a wide range of subjects including omni-channel logistics, product returns, e-tailing, inventory management, and the management of ‘unsaleable’ products. These papers incorporate various research methodologies using empirical data to produce insightful findings in relation to challenges and opportunities in contemporary retail logistics
Style and Statistics : The Art of Retail Analytics by
A non-technical guide to leveraging retail analytics for personal and competitive advantage Style & Statistics is a real-world guide to analytics in retail. Written specifically for the non-IT crowd, this book explains analytics in an approachable, understandable way, and provides examples of direct application to retail merchandise management, marketing, and operations. The discussion covers current industry trends and emerging-standard processes, and illustrates how analytics is providing new solutions to perennial retail problems. You'll learn how to leverage the benefits of analytics to boost your personal career, and how to interpret data in a way that's useful to the average end business user or shopper. Key concepts are detailed in easy-to-understand language, and numerous examples highlight the growing importance of understanding analytics in the retail environment. The power of analytics has become apparent across industries, but it's left an especially indelible mark on retail. It's a complex topic, but you don't need to be a data scientist to take advantage of the opportunities it brings. This book shows you what you need to know, and how to put analytics to work with retail-specific applications. Learn how analytics can help you be better at your job Dig deeper into the customer's needs, wants, and dreams Streamline merchandise management, pricing, marketing, and more Find solutions for inefficiencies and inaccuracies As the retail customer evolves, so must the retail industry. The retail landscape not only includes in-store but also website, mobile site, mobile apps, and social media. With more and more competition emerging on all sides, retailers need to use every tool at their disposal to create value and gain a competitive advantage. Analytics offers a number of ways to make your company stand out, whether it's through improved operations, customer experience, or any of the other myriad factors that build a great place to shop. Style & Statistics provides an analytics primer with a practical bent, specifically for the retail industry.
They Ask You Answer : A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing, and Today's Digital Consumer by
A revolutionary marketing strategy proven to drive sales and growth They Ask You Answer is a straightforward guide to fixing your current marketing strategy. Regardless of your budget, you are almost certainly overspending on television, radio, and print ads, yet neglecting the number-one resource you have at your disposal: the Internet. Content marketing is no longer about keyword-stuffing and link-building; in fact, using those tactics today gets your page shuffled to the bottom of the heap. Quality content is the key to success, and you already have the ingredients in-house. This book shows you how to structure an effective content strategy using the same proven principles that have revolutionized marketing for all types of businesses, across industries. Author Marcus Sheridan's pool company struggled after the housing collapse; today, they're one of the largest pool installers in the U.S., turning away millions of dollars in business they simply cannot accommodate every year. How did he manage it? He answered questions. This book shows you how Marcus's strategy can work for your business, and how to use your keyboard to bring customers through the door. Boost your company's web presence with methods that work Build a level of trust that generates customer evangelism Leverage your in-house resources to produce winning content Utilize tactics that work, regardless of industry or sector When people have questions, they ask a search engine. If you have answers, the right content strategy will get them to the top of the search results and seen by millions of eyes every day. Drop the marketing-speak, stop "selling," and start answering. Be seen as an authority, not just another advertisement. They Ask You Answer describes a fresh approach to marketing and the beginning of big things for your business.
Toward Cross-Channel Management : A Comprehensive Guide for Retail Firms by
New digital devices enable consumers to ubiquitously access the Internet and inspire them to switch between online and offline channels when shopping - a phenomenon extant research on consumer behavior terms cross-channel shopping. This considerable change in consumer behavior offers great potential for retailers worldwide to strengthen their competitiveness. Today, retail incumbents aspire to integrate their channels to offer compelling switching opportunities among all online and offline channels - an approach we coin cross-channel management. However, addressing cross-channel shoppers may entail a rise in business model complexity which can only be tackled by installing a firm-wide strategic change process. Set against this transformative background, this book offers insight into how firms can overcome said inertia and successfully transform their current channel specific business model to a much more integrated system of online and offline channels. With the help of 71 interviews with top and middle managers in retailing, this book derives a variety of recommendations in the field of cross-channel management for retailers and manufacturers.
In recent years, things have really changed for sales management. Old practices in selling and managing salesforce do not work as effectively in today’s environment. There are many challenges that sales managers has to address such as planning, implementation, control of sales program, as well as recruiting, training, motivating and evaluating members of the salesforce.
In today’s environment, effective sales manager should be analytical. Setting the right goal is not enough; they showed build a predictable process while ensuring that their sales people are motivated. Sales management’s goal is to achieve the sales volume assigned to his unit, provide sufficient profit for the organization.
The 60 second sale : the ultimate system for building lifelong client relationships in the blink of an eye by
Every sale is made or lost in 60 seconds--make them count Cold calling and pushing your way into an office or a living room creates an atmosphere of adversity and distrust you must overcome before you close the deal. With those tired tactics, you're swimming upstream, against a strong current, with a bag of rocks tied to your waist. Sales has changed. Legacy sales gimmicks destroy relationships right from the first minute. The 60 Second Sale is a turnkey system for building profitable, lifelong relationships. Whether you work with affluent consumers or sell to senior executives in FORTUNE 500 companies, this step-by-step guide will help you open doors, close deals, and make more money in a way that leverages your natural strengths. That's the magnificence of the 60 second sale system. You get to be yourself and build your business. In this book you will discover: How to start a sales conversation in 60 seconds Who to target for immediate income A powerful yet easy-to-use system to generate relationship revenue Five ways to initiate new relationships What to say to make sure your business meetings result in money in the bank The secret to getting a "yes" every time, even in the most competitive sales environment The winning mindset that removes the stress, uncertainty, and fear from income generation And so many other effective business growth strategies, your competition won't know what hit them Business relationships are built one minute at a time. From introduction to closing, every 60 seconds you have an opportunity to strengthen your relationship or destroy it. Isn't it time you started leveraging your expertise, demonstrating your value, and building trust with your clients? When you do, they buy into who you are and how you can help them - right from the first minute. The 60 Second Sale is a fail-proof system for succeeding in today's relationship-focused sales environment.
Business development culture : taking sales culture beyond the sales team by
Adopt a sales-orientated approach to your business and facilitate the same attitude throughout your company's culture, by ensuring the objective of generating business profit is embraced by the entire organization - not just the sales team - to achieve long term growth. Business Development Culture defines how to facilitate a sales-oriented perspective throughout a company culture, enabling it to sell more on an ongoing and consistent basis. Highly practical in its approach, this book empowers readers to break away from the frustrations of missed opportunities and lost leads, and to escape the repetitive 'feast and famine' sales patterns. Providing direct guidance on the implementation of an immersive business development culture, this book will ensure that the wider objective of generating business profit is embraced by the entire organization, not just the sales team. Easily tailored to maximize current processes, this book features numerous tools and market-tested insights to support leaders in adapting their approach at both team and strategy levels. This invaluable guidance is supporting by impactful interviews from across the industry. Insightful, practical and directly relevant, it is an essential read to achieve stable, consistent growth, and ultimately, long-term profits.
Business to business marketing management : a global perspective by
Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers, with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge, are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex, this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships - except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting; full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition; full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and detailed review of global B2B services marketing, trade shows, and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM, and social media as well as personal selling. More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet, it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs, be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge.
Commercial project management : a guide for selling and delivering professional services by
Selling and delivering a project to a satisfied client, and making a profit, is a complex task. Project manager and author Robin Hornby believes this has been neglected by current standards and is poorly understood by professionals in the field. Commercial Project Management aims to rectify this deficiency. As a unique 'how-to' guide for project and business managers, it offers practical guidance, and a wealth of explanatory illustrations, useful techniques, proven checklists, real life examples, and case stories. It will give project managers a needed confidence boost and a head start in their demanding role as they go 'on contract'. At the heart of Robin's approach is a vendor sales and delivery lifecycle that provides a framework for business control of projects. Unique elements include the integration of buyer and vendor project lifecycles, the recasting of project management as a cyclic set of functions to lead the work of the project, and the elevation of risk assessment from a project toolkit to a fundamental control process. Beyond project management, the book proposes a comprehensive template for the firm whose business is delivering projects. This is a how-to book for project and business managers working in a commercial environment looking for practical guidance on conducting their projects and organizing their firm.
Internal marketing : another approach to marketing for growth by
Establishing, developing, or promoting a brand or product in a market stems from aligning of divisions within an organization, with the perspective of providing value to customers - an idea which is known as internal marketing. Unlike external marketing, internal marketing ensures that organizational divisions are aligned in the marketing strategies, so that the resultant external marketing is effective and not impeded by internal shortcomings. This book provides a comprehensive review of internal marketing research and illustrates the role of internal marketing in enhancing the capabilities of a company's internal resources. Putting forward a guiding principle for business practices by considering such questions from a multilateral perspective, this book is a must-read for practitioners and academics alike.
Profit from your forecasting software : a best practice guide for sales forecasters by
Go beyond technique to master the difficult judgement calls of forecasting A variety of software can be used effectively to achieve accurate forecasting, but no software can replace the essential human component. You may be new to forecasting, or you may have mastered the statistical theory behind the software's predictions, and even more advanced "power user" techniques for the software itself--but your forecasts will never reach peak accuracy unless you master the complex judgement calls that the software cannot make. Profit From Your Forecasting Software addresses the issues that arise regularly, and shows you how to make the correct decisions to get the most out of your software. Taking a non-mathematical approach to the various forecasting models, the discussion covers common everyday decisions such as model choice, forecast adjustment, product hierarchies, safety stock levels, model fit, testing, and much more. Clear explanations help you better understand seasonal indices, smoothing coefficients, mean absolute percentage error, and r-squared, and an exploration of psychological biases provides insight into the decision to override the software's forecast. With a focus on choice, interpretation, and judgement, this book goes beyond the technical manuals to help you truly grasp the more intangible skills that lead to better accuracy. Explore the advantages and disadvantages of alternative forecasting methods in different situations Master the interpretation and evaluation of your software's output Learn the subconscious biases that could affect your judgement toward intervention Find expert guidance on testing, planning, and configuration to help you get the most out of your software Relevant to sales forecasters, demand planners, and analysts across industries, Profit From Your Forecasting Software is the much sought-after "missing piece" in forecasting reference.
Sales and marketing channels : how to build and manage distribution strategy by
Analyze, plan and manage profitable channels to market with this economic framework, ensuring maximum leverage of channel partners at every stage of the go-to-market process, with this fully revised third edition of the global bestseller, Distribution Channels - an essential toolkit for strategizing new and existing routes to market. Unprecedented upheavals in routes-to-market are challenging businesses of all types. Products are becoming services, online and offline channels are integrating, and new distribution channels are dictating terms to producers. Placing market access at the heart of business and marketing strategy, this revised edition of Sales and Marketing Channels (originally Distribution Channels) addresses emerging business models and buying behaviours with practical steps, offering an efficient structure to extract tangible commercial value from partner relationships. Often referred to as the "Place" P in the marketing mix, this book and its host of downloadable resources integrate innovative case studies like AirBNB, the largest seller of rooms without ownership of any; Transferwise, the peer-to-peer Forex; plus, the rise of online retailers like Amazon and ASOS versus the decline of traditional stores like Macy's or BHS. Other updates include: -The impact of cloud technology -Advancing consumer channels -Monetizing the distribution of intellectual property -Plus the evolving 'gig economy', led by Uber and Deliveroo
Sales leadership : the essential leadership framework to coach sales champions, inspire excellence, and exceed your business goals by
"Coaching is the universal language of learning, development, and change." Imagine a workplace without fear, stress, or worry. Instead, you''re acknowledged as a valued, contributing team player who doesn''t sacrifice priorities, values, happiness, or your life for your job. Sound ludicrous? Consider this is a reality in many thriving organizations. Most leadership books don''t apply to sales leadership. Sales leaders are uniquely and indispensably special and need to be coached in a way that''s aligned with their role, core competencies, and individuality to achieve their personal goals and company objectives. What if you can successfully coach anyone in 15, 5, or even 60 seconds using one question? Sales Leadership makes delivering consistent, high-impact coaching easy. For busy, caring managers, this removes the pressure and misconception that, "Coaching is difficult, doesn''t work, and I don''t have time to coach." Since most managers don''t know how to coach, they become part of the non-stop, problem-solving legion of frustrated Chief Problem Solvers who habitually do others'' work, create dependency, and nourish the seed of mediocrity. Great business leaders shift from doing people''s jobs to developing them by learning the language of leadership coaching. In its powerful simplicity, Sales Leadership delivers a chronological path to develop a thriving coaching culture and coaching leaders who develop top performing teams and sales champions. Using Keith''s intuitive LEADS Coaching Framework(tm), the coaching talk tracks for critical conversations, and his Enrollment strategy to create loyal, unified teams, you will inspire immediate change. Now, coaching is easily woven into your daily conversations and rhythm of business so that it becomes a natural, healthy habit. In his award-winning book, Coaching Salespeople Into Sales Champions, Keith was the first Master Certified Coach to share his personal coaching playbook that is now the standard for coaching excellence. Ten years later, and one million miles traveled, he reveals the evolution of sales leadership and coaching mastery through his experiences working with Fortune 5000 companies and small businesses worldwide. In the first book ever titled Sales Leadership, you''ll master the ability to: Ask more questions, give less advice, and build trust and accountability to rely on people to do their job. Reduce your workload and save 20 hours a week on unproductive and wasteful activities. Shatter the toxic myths around coaching to eliminate generational gaps and departmental silos. Achieve business objectives, boost sales faster, and retain more customers. Create buy-in around strategic change and improve daily performance metrics. Assess company readiness and ensure implementation of a successful and sustainable coaching initiative and create a healthy, happy workplace. "People create the mindset, mindset shapes behavior, behavior defines culture, and ultimately, culture determines success. That''s why the primary business objective is: To Make Your People More Valuable."
Sales management success : optimizing performance to build a powerful sales team by
The most up-to-date and proven strategies from the CEO of Porter Henry & Co., written exclusively for sales managers Sales Management Success: Optimizing Performance to Build a Powerful Sales Team contains a leading-edge training program that is filled with state-of-the-art approaches specifically designed for sales managers. Drawing on the author's experience as the CEO of Porter Henry & Co. (the oldest sales-force training company in the world), Warren Kurzrock details the 8 most critical abilities and strategies in the sales manager's job. The Porter Henry process has proven to routinely help teams and individuals multiply their bottom-line results. While all major companies provide basic orientations for new sales managers, these sessions are usually focused on policy, procedure, product, and marketing information. Most companies spend huge amounts of money on sales training new employees but do little for sales manager development. Written for sales executives in an appealing, upbeat tone, the book is well-grounded in research and real-world experience, as well as proven ideas and tools. The 8 strategies are supported with illustrative examples and quotes from successful sales executives. This must-have book: Contains the most up-to-date strategies for sales executives Offers compelling real-world examples Includes the ideas and tools that can be put into action immediately Draws on the experience of the CEO of Porter Henry & Co. Reinforces the immediate application and learning with assessments, exercises, professional toolbox Sales Management Success: Optimizing Performance to Build a Powerful Sales Team offers a well-organized, real-world process for today's sales leader to meet the challenge of a most challenging, chaotic job.
Selling: The New Norm : Dynamic New Methods for a Competitive and Changing World by
Why read another book on selling? Simple. Today's client is more informed; more sophisticated, and has more access to information. Selling professionals today need to be keener to fulfill the needs of the client by offering value, and most important, trust. In the increasing age and rage of globalization and the Internet, competition rises. Selling professionals today need to determine better ways to reach the economic decision maker and better articulate their value. Selling: The New Norm is such a book. This book will provide the tools and templates required to meet today's sales challenges.
Selling boldly : applying the new science of positive psychology to dramatically increase your confidence, happiness, and sales by
WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER! IF YOU'RE IN SALES, FEAR HAS COST YOU MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, AND THIS BOOK IS FOR YOU. Fear is the reason most salespeople don't like to pick up the phone (salespeople average just four hours per week on the phone, and our job is to talk to humans!). Fear is the reason we don't ask for the business more, even though our customers want to buy from us. Fear is the reason we don't offer our customers additional products and services, even though they would love to buy more from us. This book deals with that fear. You will learn exactly how to overcome this destructive fear in sales, and replace it with confidence, optimism, gratitude, joy, and proactive sales work. These are the powerful principles in the new field of positive psychology which are transforming how we work and succeed. Selling Boldly is the first book that leverages positive psychology to help you sell more. You'll also learn a series of fast, simple sales-growth techniques--like how to add on to existing orders; and how to close 20% more quotes and proposals instantly; and how to properly ask for and receive referrals--that will grow your sales...dramatically and quickly. Alex Goldfayn's clients grow their sales by 10-20% annually, every year, as long as they apply his simple approaches. YOU ALREADY KNOW WHAT TO DO I am not going to teach you much in this book that you don't already know. You're a professional salesperson. You do this for a living. You know, for example, that testimonials and referrals are among the best ways we have to grow sales, right? But do you ask for them enough? Most people don't. You know that calling a customer on the phone is more effective than emailing her, but you still often revert to email. You know your customers buy other products and services that you can help them with, but you don't ask them about these products. You'd like to help them, and they would like more of your help -- that is why they've been with you for five or ten or twenty years -- but nevertheless we don't ask them. There is a difference between knowing what to do, and actually doing it. I know you know. With Selling Boldly, we start to do what we already know. We will cover what keeps us from doing these things (fear), how to overcome it (by listening to your happy customers), and how to implement these simple but powerful sales growth techniques (by briefly planning them, also doing them). Because sales growth comes from doing, not knowing. Today, we start doing. And growing. These approaches are laid out in this book, in precise detail, for you to implement in your own work. Alex doesn't hold anything back in this manual for selling more. What's the secret to selling more? There is no secret. There is no magic bullet. There is only the work. There are only the mindsets, and the communications. In Selling Boldly, Alex teaches readers how to attain these mindsets, and how to implement these communications, so that sales have no choice but to grow!
They ask you answer : a revolutionary approach to inbound sales, content marketing, and today's digital consumer by
A revolutionary marketing strategy proven to drive sales and growth They Ask You Answer is a straightforward guide to fixing your current marketing strategy. Regardless of your budget, you are almost certainly overspending on television, radio, and print ads, yet neglecting the number-one resource you have at your disposal: the Internet. Content marketing is no longer about keyword-stuffing and link-building; in fact, using those tactics today gets your page shuffled to the bottom of the heap. Quality content is the key to success, and you already have the ingredients in-house. This book shows you how to structure an effective content strategy using the same proven principles that have revolutionized marketing for all types of businesses, across industries. Author Marcus Sheridan's pool company struggled after the housing collapse; today, they're one of the largest pool installers in the U.S., turning away millions of dollars in business they simply cannot accommodate every year. How did he manage it? He answered questions. This book shows you how Marcus's strategy can work for your business, and how to use your keyboard to bring customers through the door. Boost your company's web presence with methods that work Build a level of trust that generates customer evangelism Leverage your in-house resources to produce winning content Utilize tactics that work, regardless of industry or sector When people have questions, they ask a search engine. If you have answers, the right content strategy will get them to the top of the search results and seen by millions of eyes every day. Drop the marketing-speak, stop "selling," and start answering. Be seen as an authority, not just another advertisement. They Ask You Answer describes a fresh approach to marketing and the beginning of big things for your business.
In recent years, things have really changed for sales management. Old practices in selling and managing salesforce do not work as effectively in today’s environment. There are many challenges that sales managers has to address such as planning, implementation, control of sales program, as well as recruiting, training, motivating and evaluating members of the salesforce.
In today’s environment, effective sales manager should be analytical. Setting the right goal is not enough; they showed build a predictable process while ensuring that their sales people are motivated. Sales management’s goal is to achieve the sales volume assigned to his unit, provide sufficient profit for the organization.
Account-Based Marketing : How to Target and Engage the Companies That Will Grow Your Revenue by
Account-Based Marketing is changing the discipline of marketing--Why? Business-to-business (B2B) companies spend $40 Billion on marketing each year, and they embrace tech-driven innovations, yet the traditional model for lead generation has not changed for decades. Why? In addition to the techniques being outdated, they create friction and distrust between marketing and sales teams. ABM has quickly gained traction with leading B2B companies because it aligns sales and marketing teams around the accounts that will have the most business impact. Instead of chasing a large volume of lower-quality, generic leads, ABM helps sales and marketing professionals coordinate their efforts against a specific set of target accounts. Despite the clear advantages of ABM, there continues to be much confusion around just how to implement it. Written by the leaders behind the successful marketing firm Demandbase, Account-Based Marketing explains how to execute a world-class ABM strategy from start to finish. Find out exactly how highly successful B2B companies are using Account-Based Marketing to grow their customer base Develop an effective strategy to adapt ABM principles for your own organization with its own unique needs Integrate your sales and marketing processes into an efficient, cohesive workflow Locate and attract the ideal clients for your business to increase revenue and open up new opportunities From building the right target account list and understanding the impact of ABM on marketing programs, to selling ABM within an organization and finding budget for the strategy, you'll find it all in this authoritative guide.
AI for Marketing and Product Innovation : Powerful New Tools for Predicting Trends, Connecting with Customers, and Closing Sales by
Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)--twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here--whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the "what" to show you the "how": How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. Understand AI and ML technology in layman's terms Harness the twin technologies unparalleled power to transform marketing Learn which skills and resources you need to use AI and ML effectively Employ AI and ML in ways that resonate meaningfully with customers Learn practical examples of how to reinvest product innovation, brand building, targeted marketing and media measurement to connect with people and enhance ROI Discover the true impact of AI and ML from real-world examples, and learn the thinking, best practices, and metrics you need to capture this lightning and take the next massive leap in the evolution of customer connection. AI for Marketing and Product Innovation shows you everything you need to know to get on board.
Business Hack : The Wealth Dragon Way to Build a Successful Business in the Digital Age by
Master the online tools available to grow your business and conquer the competition Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media--offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. In today's dynamic business environment, strong and ongoing engagement in social media marketing is no longer an option-it is a necessity. From local craft-based businesses to new tech start-ups and even global multinational corporations, effective cyber-marketing can be instrumental in determining success. A comprehensive digital strategy enables you to compete across all platforms and maintain viability and relevance in the face of intense competition. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing The Internet and rise of digital media have changed the rules of business and marketing. It is now possible for small and new businesses to compete and thrive in the global marketplace through intelligent use of digital and social media marketing. Business Hack provides the tools and knowledge necessary to succeed in the 21st century.
Instant Networking : The Simple Way to Build Your Business Network and See Results in Just 6 Months by
A fresh take on the vital business skill of networking Networking is something that many of us dread and try to avoid at all costs. But no longer the sole remit of sales people, it has become a vital business skill for us all. Expected to negotiate effectively through our careers, social lives and online presence, networking 24/7 has become a real challenge. Many experts believe that you need to be super confident or a brilliant presenter in order to network to the best of your ability but networking has changed. Let Stefan Thomas show you how to take a fresh look at Networking 2.0 and teach you how networking is no longer just something we do with other people and it's no longer an activity, it's a new way of thinking and acting. Instant Networking will show you how to build networking into all that you do, whether you're self-employed, fresh out of education and ready to take on the world or just ready to make your presence known. Learn how to: Combine networking, social media, marketing, and sales skills to give a full picture of how to network effectively Explore how to establish your personal brand Build networking into your existing day-to-day activities Deal with the key challenges people face at networking events
The New Rules of Marketing and PR : How to Use Social Media, Online Video, Mobile Applications, Blogs, Newsjacking, and Viral Marketing to Reach Buyers Directly by
The international bestseller--now in a new edition When it comes to marketing, anything goes in the Digital Age, right? Well, not quite. While marketing and public relations tactics do seem to change overnight, every smart businessperson knows that it takes a lot more than the 'next big thing.' The New Rules of Marketing & PR is an international bestseller with more than 375,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages. In the latest edition of this pioneering guide to the future of marketing, you'll get a step-by-step action plan for leveraging the power of the latest approaches to generating attention for your idea or your business. You'll learn how get the right information to the right people at the right time--at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising. The Internet continues to change the way people communicate and interact with each other, and if you're struggling to keep up with what's trending in social media, online videos, apps, blogs, or more, your product or service is bound to get lost in the ether. In The New Rules of Marketing & PR, you'll get access to the tried-and-true rules that will keep you ahead of the curve when using the latest and greatest digital spaces to their fullest PR, marketing, and customer-communications potential. Keeping in mind that your audience is savvy and crunched for time, this essential guide shows you how to cut through the online clutter to ensure that your message gets seen and heard. Serves as the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and non-profit managers Offers a wealth of compelling case studies and real-world examples Includes information on new platforms including Facebook Live and Snapchat Shows both small and large organizations how to best use Web-based communication Finally, everything you need to speak directly to your audience and establish a personal link with those who make your business work is in one place.
Pilot to Profit : Navigating Modern Entrepreneurship to Build Your Business Using Online Marketing, Social Media, Content Marketing and Sales by
Ready to generate sales, build brand buzz, and watch your cash flow soar? Entrepreneurs, prepare for takeoff! Pilot to Profit clears up the confusion of modern entrepreneurship--so you can build a smart, successful, and sustainable business with sky-high returns. If you find yourself overwhelmed with questions--Do I really need to be on Instagram, Facebook and Twitter? How do these other people command such high fees (and how can I)? How do I double my profits this year without doubling the work?--this book can provide answers to help you get unstuck, as well as proven strategies to help your business get found and turn connections into paying customers, whether you're an established enterprise or just starting out. Learn how to: Gain a stronger money mindset and stop sabotaging your ability to be paid what you're worth for the work you do Set your money-making "radar" on high alert Create a clearly defined business model that maximizes what comes in, with less effort put out Find the right channels to grow your business so you can reach more people Create content that raises your credibility and puts you on the map (because without great content, your business might never be found) Use email and social media to grow your fan base Lastly, you'll walk away understanding how to sell what you do, whom to sell it to, and precisely how to find and connect with those people. This book takes you step-by-step on your journey to building a successful, profitable business you love. With Pilot to Profit, you're officially cleared for takeoff.
Profit : Plan for It, Get It—The Entrepreneurs Handbook by
If you want to take your business to the next level, then this book could lead you there. You most likely have a love for whatever area you have chosen as a focus for your business. This is a great start. However, many small business owners do not have the business and management background to make that business as profitable as it could be. In consulting with many of these small businesses, I found that a few simple business practices could be very beneficial to their growth. In this book, I will try to share some of these practices with you. This book is designed to help an entrepreneur increase his profit by introducing how he can use a simplified profit-and-loss statement of four to ten items as a tool to analyze his business from a financial perspective. He will be shown how he can use these items in a formula to help him plan and make decisions for future growth and profit. We will discuss skills and practices that have been used to improve sales, management, leadership, and planning skills. This book is designed to help you improve your profitability.
Sales Engagement : How the World's Fastest Growing Companies Are Modernizing Sales Through Humanization at Scale by
Engage in sales--the modern way Sales Engagement is how you engage and interact with your potential buyer to create connection, grab attention, and generate enough interest to create a buying opportunity. Sales Engagement details the modern way to build the top of the funnel and generate qualified leads for B2B companies. This book explores why a Sales Engagement strategy is so important, and walks you through the modern sales process to ensure you're effectively connecting with customers every step of the way. * Find common factors holding your sales back--and reverse them through channel optimization * Humanize sales with personas and relevant information at every turn * Understand why A/B testing is so incredibly critical to success, and how to do it right * Take your sales process to the next level with a rock solid, modern Sales Engagement strategy This book is essential reading for anyone interested in up-leveling their game and doing more than they ever thought possible.
Sales EQ : How Ultra High Performers Leverage Sales-Specific Emotional Intelligence to Close the Complex Deal by
The New Psychology of Selling The sales profession is in the midst of a perfect storm. Buyers have more power--more information, more at stake, and more control over the sales process--than any time in history. Technology is bringing disruptive change at an ever-increasing pace, creating fear and uncertainty that leaves buyers clinging to the status quo. Deteriorating attention spans have made it difficult to get buyers to sit still long enough to "challenge," "teach," "help," give "insight," or sell "value." And a relentless onslaught of "me-too" competitors have made differentiating on the attributes of products, services, or even price more difficult than ever. Legions of salespeople and their leaders are coming face to face with a cold hard truth: what once gave salespeople a competitive edge--controlling the sales process, command of product knowledge, an arsenal of technology, and a great pitch--are no longer guarantees of success. Yet this is where the vast majority of the roughly $20 billion spent each year on sales training goes. It's no wonder many companies are seeing 50 percent or more of their salespeople miss quota. Yet, in this new paradigm, an elite group of top 1 percent sales professionals are crushing it. In our age of technology where information is ubiquitous and buyer attention spans are fleeting, these superstars have learned how to leverage a new psychology of selling--Sales EQ--to keep prospects engaged, create true competitive differentiation, as well as shape and influence buying decisions. These top earners are acutely aware that the experience of buying from them is far more important than products, prices, features, and solutions. In Sales EQ, Jeb Blount takes you on an unprecedented journey into the behaviors, techniques, and secrets of the highest earning salespeople in every industry and field. You'll learn: How to answer the 5 Most Important Questions in Sales to make it virtually impossible for prospects to say no How to master 7 People Principles that will give you the power to influence anyone to do almost anything How to shape and align the 3 Processes of Sales to lock out competitors and shorten the sales cycle How to Flip the Buyer Script to gain complete control of the sales conversation How to Disrupt Expectations to pull buyers towards you, direct their attention, and keep them engaged How to leverage Non-Complementary Behavior to eliminate resistance, conflict, and objections How to employ the Bridge Technique to gain the micro-commitments and next steps you need to keep your deals from stalling How to tame Irrational Buyers, shake them out of their comfort zone, and shape the decision making process How to measure and increase you own Sales EQ using the 15 Sales Specific Emotional Intelligence Markers And so much more! Sales EQ begins where The Challenger Sale, Strategic Selling, and Spin Selling leave off. It addresses the human relationship gap in the modern sales process at a time when sales organizations are failing because many salespeople have never been taught the human skills required to effectively engage buyers at the emotional level. Jeb Blount makes a compelling case that sales specific emotional intelligence (Sales EQ) is more essential to success than education, experience, industry awareness, product knowledge, skills, or raw IQ; and, sales professionals who invest in developing and improving Sales EQ gain a decisive competitive advantage in the hyper-competitive global marketplace. Sales EQ arms salespeople and sales leaders with the tool
Salesforce Process Builder Quick Start Guide : Build Complex Workflows by Clicking, Not Coding by
Click your way to automating business processes with Salesforce Visual Workflow Key Features Create and maintain complex business processes using Process builder Discover how to debug and deploy Flow and Process Builder Use new or existing Flows to work with Salesforce Lightning Experience Book Description Salesforce Management System is an information system used in CRM to automate business processes, such as sales and marketing. Process Builder is a visual tool created to automate business processes in Salesforce. It enables users with no coding expertise to build complex Salesforce workflows. The book starts with an introduction to Process Builder, focussing on the building blocks of creating Processes. Then you will learn about different applications of Process Builder for developing streamlined solutions. You will learn how to easily automate business processes and tackle complex business scenarios using Processes. The book explains the workings of the Process Builder so that you can create reusable processes. It also explains how you can migrate existing Workflow Rules to Process Builder. By the end of the book, you will have a clear understanding of how to use Flows and Process Builder to optimize code usage. What you will learn Develop an application using point and click with the help of Process Builder Bypass Processes for specific users Understand the concepts of reusable processes Handle complex business processes using Process Builder and keep them clean Work with formulae in Process Builder to minimize the code required Create a process with no criteria so as to minimize the amount of rework Overcome Salesforce's known limitation in terms of referencing picklist values Who this book is for This book is for people who want to use Process Builder to automate their business requirements by clicking, not coding. A basic understanding of Salesforce is required, but not extensive programming knowledge.
Sales Leadership : The Essential Leadership Framework to Coach Sales Champions, Inspire Excellence, and Exceed Your Business Goals by
"Coaching is the universal language of learning, development, and change." Imagine a workplace without fear, stress, or worry. Instead, you're acknowledged as a valued, contributing team player who doesn't sacrifice priorities, values, happiness, or your life for your job. Sound ludicrous? Consider this is a reality in many thriving organizations. Most leadership books don't apply to sales leadership. Sales leaders are uniquely and indispensably special and need to be coached in a way that's aligned with their role, core competencies, and individuality to achieve their personal goals and company objectives. What if you can successfully coach anyone in 15, 5, or even 60 seconds using one question? Sales Leadership makes delivering consistent, high-impact coaching easy. For busy, caring managers, this removes the pressure and misconception that, "Coaching is difficult, doesn't work, and I don't have time to coach." Since most managers don't know how to coach, they become part of the non-stop, problem-solving legion of frustrated Chief Problem Solvers who habitually do others' work, create dependency, and nourish the seed of mediocrity. Great business leaders shift from doing people's jobs to developing them by learning the language of leadership coaching. In its powerful simplicity, Sales Leadership delivers a chronological path to develop a thriving coaching culture and coaching leaders who develop top performing teams and sales champions. Using Keith's intuitive LEADS Coaching Framework(tm), the coaching talk tracks for critical conversations, and his Enrollment strategy to create loyal, unified teams, you will inspire immediate change. Now, coaching is easily woven into your daily conversations and rhythm of business so that it becomes a natural, healthy habit. In his award-winning book, Coaching Salespeople Into Sales Champions, Keith was the first Master Certified Coach to share his personal coaching playbook that is now the standard for coaching excellence. Ten years later, and one million miles traveled, he reveals the evolution of sales leadership and coaching mastery through his experiences working with Fortune 5000 companies and small businesses worldwide.
Selling: the New Norm : Dynamic New Methods for a Competitive and Changing World by
Why read another book on selling? Simple. Today's client is more informed; more sophisticated, and has more access to information. Selling professionals today need to be keener to fulfill the needs of the client by offering value, and most important, trust. In the increasing age and rage of globalization and the Internet, competition rises. Selling professionals today need to determine better ways to reach the economic decision maker and better articulate their value. Selling: The New Norm is such a book. This book will provide the tools and templates required to meet today's sales challenges.
Social Selling Mastery : Scaling up Your Sales and Marketing Machine for the Digital Buyer by
A concrete framework for engaging today's buyer and building relationships Social Selling Mastery provides a key resource for sales and marketing professionals seeking a better way to connect with today's customer. Author Jamie Shanks has personally built Social Selling solutions in nearly every industry, and in this book, he shows you how to capture the mindshare of business leadership and turn relationships into sales. The key is to reach the buyer where they're conducting due diligence--online. The challenge is then to strike the right balance, and be seen as a helpful resource that can guide the buyer toward their ideal solution. This book presents a concrete Social Selling curriculum that teaches you everything you need to know in order to leverage the new business environment into top sales figures. Beginning with the big picture and gradually honing the focus, you'll learn the techniques that will change your entire approach to the buyer. Social Selling is not social media marketing. It's a different approach, more one-to-one rather than one-to-many. It's these personal relationships that build revenue, and this book helps you master the methods today's business demands. Reach and engage customers online Provide value and insight into the buying process Learn more effective Social Selling tactics Develop the relationships that lead to sales Today's buyers are engaging sales professionals much later in the buying process, but 74 percent of deals go to the sales professional who was first to engage the buyer and provide helpful insight. The sales community has realized the need for change--top performers have already leveraged Social Selling as a means of engagement, but many more are stuck doing "random acts of social," unsure of how to proceed. Social Selling Mastery provides a bridge across the skills gap, with essential guidance on selling to the modern buyer.
Uncommon Sense : Shift Your Thinking. Take New Action. Boost Your Sales by Social Entrepreneurship, Responsibility & Sustainability
This course on social entrepreneurship, corporate social responsibility, and sustainability will introduce you to many problems and issues whereby companies could expand their focus to include the impact of their activities on diverse stakeholders. You deepen your understanding of the course in connecting business goals with societal expectations. It will also include the value of social entrepreneurship and sustainability as the way to prepare for the society in the future. Issues related to environment, health, poverty, sustainable development, globalization, and other issues in the present situation.
Concise Guide to Entrepreneurship, Technology and Innovation by
The Concise Guide to Entrepreneurship, Technology and Innovation brings together internationally recognized scholars to summarize the state of knowledge about fundamental topics in entrepreneurship, technology, and innovation. Written by the top international scholars in their field, this book has an encyclopaedic range; from academic entrepreneurship to valuing an entrepreneurial enterprise. Each chapter provides an informed overview of the topic and references in each chapter guide the reader to the more advanced literatureThis landmark book will be the first port of call for any student or scholar seeking a brief introduction to each of the fundamental topics in entrepreneurship, technology, and innovation.
Entrepreneurship : the practice and mindset by
Winner of the 2018 Textbook & Academic Authors Association's The Most Promising New Textbook Award From Heidi Neck, one of the most influential thinkers in entrepreneurship education today, Chris Neck, an award-winning professor, and Emma Murray, business consultant and author, comes this ground-breaking new text. Entrepreneurship: The Practice and Mindset catapults students beyond the classroom by helping them develop an entrepreneurial mindset so they can create opportunities and take action in uncertain environments. Based on the world-renowned Babson Entrepreneurship program, this new text emphasizes practice and learning through action. Students learn entrepreneurship by taking small actions and interacting with stakeholders in order to get feedback, experiment, and move ideas forward. Students walk away from this text with the entrepreneurial mindset, skillset, and toolset that can be applied to startups as well as organizations of all kinds. Whether your students have backgrounds in business, liberal arts, engineering, or the sciences, this text will take them on a transformative journey. Interactive eBook also available--Save when you bundle it with the print version! Save when you bundle the print version with the interactive eBook version. Use bundle ISBN: 978-1-5063-7615-8. Learn more! SAGE coursepacks: Our Content Tailored to Your LMS Instructors! SAGE coursepacks makes it easy to import our quality instructor and student resource content into your school's learning management system (LMS). Intuitive and simple to use, SAGE coursepacks allows you to customize course content to meet your students' needs. Learn more. Thank you to our reviewers and contributors for all their hard work on this book.
Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises : a benefits approach by
Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise.Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations.
Lean impact : how to innovate for radically greater social good by
Despite enormous investments of time and money, are we making a dent on the social and environmental challenges of our time? What if we could exponentially increase our impact? Around the world, a new generation is looking beyond greater profits, for meaningful purpose. But, unlike business, few social interventions have achieved significant impact at scale. Inspired by the modern innovation practices, popularized by bestseller The Lean Startup, that have fueled technology breakthroughs touching every aspect of our lives, Lean Impact turns our attention to a new goal - radically greater social good. Social change is far more complicated than building a new app. It requires more listening, more care, and more stakeholders. To make a lasting difference, solutions must be embraced by beneficiaries, address root causes, and include an engine that can accelerate growth to reach the scale of the need. Lean Impact offers bold ideas to reach audacious goals through customer insight, rapid experimentation and iteration, and a relentless pursuit of impact. Ann Mei Chang brings a unique perspective from across sectors, from her years as a tech executive in Silicon Valley to her most recent experience as the Chief Innovation Officer at USAID. She vividly illustrates the book with real stories from interviews with over 200 organizations across the US and around the world. Whether you are a nonprofit, social enterprise, triple bottom line company, foundation, government agency, philanthropist, impact investor, or simply donate your time and money, Lean Impact is an essential guide to maximizing social impact and scale.
Poverty and Entrepreneurship in Developed Economies by
This is the first in-depth examination of entrepreneurship and the poor within advanced economies. Entrepreneurship is presented as a source of empowerment that represents an alternative pathway out of poverty. The book explores the underlying nature of poverty and draws implications for new venture creation. This book fosters a richer dialog among academics, government officials, policy-makers, economic development professionals, bankers and the financial community, leaders of non-profit organizations, and others committed to moving beyond status quo solutions - committed to finding ways to help people create their own entrepreneurial pathways out of poverty.
Research handbook on small business social responsibility : global perspectives by
Ideas like corporate social responsibility (CSR) and stakeholder value creation are becoming second nature to businesses across the globe. Addressing the weakness of current CSR research, this Research Handbook provides a unique perspective on small business social responsibility in both the developed and developing world.Bringing together leading international experts, and including a foreword by R. Edward Freeman, this Research Handbook defines and contextualizes CSR in small businesses across the globe. It explores issues surrounding supply chains, responsible finance, and social enterprise, offering both practitioner insights and succinct case studies to go beyond the usual Western perspective and enable a globally relevant understanding of small business social responsibility.This Research Handbook will be an invaluable tool for researchers and educators, as well as for students of business and CSR, social enterprise, development and management.
Scaling global change : a social entrepreneur's guide to surviving the start-up phase and driving impact by
Grow your start-up into a global influence with real-world impact Scaling Global Change provides social entrepreneurs with the strong organizational foundation they need to change the world. Through the story of Room to Read, one of the fastest-growing nonprofits in the last 18 years, this book features clear, real-world lessons for growing a non-profit or social enterprise, with special insight into girls' education and literacy programming in lower-income countries. By outlining theories of program, operational, and system-level change, the discussion delves into the meat of the entrepreneurial spirit and applies it directly to everyday strategic decisions. The book begins with an overview of essential communication, vision, and execution fundamentals, and then dives into a discussion of metrics, monitoring, planning, leadership, and more. Clear guidance on internal operations, fundraising, team building, management, and other central topics provides a roadmap for new and experienced leaders, while further exploration of influence, strategy, and government funding relates the wisdom of experience from the perspective of a successful organization. Cross the chasm from start-up to mature organization with worldwide impact Gain insight into the theoretical and practical underpinnings of nonprofit success Adopt new perspectives on effectiveness, excellence, and influence Translate ideas into action in a way that will change the world Social entrepreneurship has taken off more than ever, and the market is crowded with optimistic leaders wanting to change the world. How do you differentiate your organization from the pack? How can you stand out, stand up, and make a real impact? These lessons are gained through experience and building a strong organizational culture; Room to Read has treaded this path and found itself at the heights of success. With Scaling Global Change, you reap the benefit of experiential lessons while applying them to the success of your own organization. **All Royalties from the sale of Scaling Global Change will be donated directly to Room To Read**
Social entrepreneurship and social innovation : ecosystems for inclusion in Europe by
This book provides comprehensive and advanced analysis of the characteristics of social entrepreneurship in Europe. It offers innovative, up-to-date research on the ecosystems of social entrepreneurship, the behavior of social entrepreneurs, their ability to produce social innovation, social capital and social inclusion, and the role of stakeholders in fostering socially oriented businesses. Moreover, it addresses the diversity of the European social enterprise sector from an evolutionary perspective, with particular reference to the rise of social entrepreneurship and the role of new-generation social entrepreneurs throughout Europe. Multidisciplinary contributions authored by experts from business and accounting, economics and sociology serve the purpose of delivering a holistic study of social entrepreneurship, also providing the necessary data for delivering policy implications on the features of the most effective enabling social and institutional eco-systems. The broad approach based on different theoretical frameworks and methodologies, across numerous disciplines, enables the authors to tackle all of the complex research issues connected to social entrepreneurship in the region. The book builds on the results of the European Union 7FP (European Union's Research and Innovation funding programme for 2007-2013) funded "EFESEIIS - Enabling the flourishing and evolution of social entrepreneurship for innovative and inclusive societies" research project. The central theme of the book is an evolutionary perspective on the dynamics and the rise of the social enterprise in Europe. This evolutionary perspective can both be used in an economic as well as a social longitudinal analysis of changing contexts and entrepreneurial practices. The evolutionary perspective will be used as a tool to account for the specificity of developmental pathways in different contexts and countries.
Social entrepreneurship for development : a business model by
This book presents a fresh approach to poverty alleviation by bridging the fields of international development and social entrepreneurship. The authors present a six-step model for developing an IP business positioning strategy that allows developing country producers to position themselves better as owners of retail brands in foreign market countries. Readers will learn how producers can control the supply　chain, including distribution to retail stores. Focusing on Africa and least developed countries (LDCs), the authors demonstrate methods of utilizing intellectual property tools, producer ownership, market positioning, and branding for lucrative outcomes. Extensive research provides readers with a thorough understanding of what it means to work smarter in a developing business, while a rich set of international cases offers insight into the practical applications of brand positioning, trademarks, and licenses. With a dozen online workbooks to outline methodology, skills, tools, and case studies, Social Entrepreneurship for Development will be a valuable resource for any student of social entrepreneurship or international development.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation by
Sustainable entrepreneurship has attracted growing attention in both scholarly and practitioner circles. Focusing on generating social, environmental and business value, the notion has been raised more recently to address the contribution of entrepreneurial activities to sustainable economic and social development. Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation builds on a theoretical framework that addresses related topics via a combination of insights from sustainability, policy, managerial, strategic, innovation and institutional perspectives. Providing empirical casework as well as a conceptual and theoretical framework, the book takes a global, interdisciplinary approach to the emergent field of sustainable entrepreneurship. The book highlights elements of sustainable entrepreneurship which have a societal impact as well as regional relevance and related aspects of innovation are also presented. Definitional issues are further elaborated in order to encompass the main inter-connected fields of study, sustainable entrepreneurship and social innovation. This book is an important resource for academic researchers, and postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of entrepreneurship, innovation and sustainability.
Social Entrepreneurship, Responsibility & Sustainability
This course on social entrepreneurship, corporate social responsibility, and sustainability will introduce you to many problems and issues whereby companies could expand their focus to include the impact of their activities on diverse stakeholders. You deepen your understanding of the course in connecting business goals with societal expectations. It will also include the value of social entrepreneurship and sustainability as the way to prepare for the society in the future. Issues related to environment, health, poverty, sustainable development, globalization, and other issues in the present situation.
Building a Successful Social Venture : A Guide for Social Entrepreneurs by
This is the first book on creating and running a social enterprise to combine theoretical discussions with current cases from around the world, filling a huge gap in the literature. It serves as an eminently practical blueprint for those who wish to build, sustain, and grow social ventures. Building a Successful Social Venture draws on Eric Carlson's and James Koch's pioneering work with the Global Social Benefit Institute, cofounded by Koch at Santa Clara University's Miller Center for Social Entrepreneurship. Since 2003, over 200 Silicon Valley executives have mentored more than 800 aspiring social entrepreneurs at the GSBI. It is this unparalleled real-world foundation that truly sets the book apart. Early versions of the book were used in both undergraduate and MBA classes. Part 1 of the book describes the assumptions that the GSBI model is based on: a bottom-up approach to social change, a focus on base-of-the-pyramid markets, and a specific approach to business planning developed by the GSBI. Part 2 presents the seven elements of the GSBI business planning process, and Part 3 lays out the keys to executing it. The book includes "Social Venture Snapshots" illustrating how different organizations have realized elements of the plan, as well as a wealth of checklists and exercises. Social ventures hold enormous promise to solve some of the world's most intractable problems. This book offers a tested framework for students, social entrepreneurs, and field researchers who wish to learn more about the application of business principles and theories of change for advancing social progress and creating a more just world.
Corporate social responsibility - insights from South Asia by
Theoretically, the research on CSR in South Asia is largely influenced by the insights produced by various frameworks of political economy, institutional, and cultural theories (in particular critical management). The geographical focus of the research largely is on India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka and Bangladesh. The articles in this e-book represent three different country contexts, Afghanistan, Bhutan, and India. This e-book will not revolutionize our view on CSR in South Asia as a region but we believe that the articles, each in their own way, contribute to our ongoing discussions of CSR in this region, particularly the countries (Afghanistan, Bhutan, and India) that are addressed in the included articles. In particular, the papers on Afghanistan and Bhutan extend the geographical focus of the research as well as highlight the role of religion, institutions, state, and MNCs in shaping CSR agenda. The paper on India offers a lens to observe the intersection between CSR and Corporate Social Entrepreneurship and in this sense it identifies a new trend that may transform the role of business organizations in India.
Innovation and Scaling for Impact : How Effective Social Enterprises Do It by
Innovation and Scaling for Impact forces us to reassess how social sector organizations create value. Drawing on a decade of research, Christian Seelos and Johanna Mair transcend widely held misconceptions, getting to the core of what a sound impact strategy entails in the nonprofit world. They reveal an overlooked nexus between investments that might not pan out (innovation) and expansion based on existing strengths (scaling). In the process, it becomes clear that managing this tension is a difficult balancing act that fundamentally defines an organization and its impact.The authors examine innovation pathologies that can derail organizations by thwarting their efforts to juggle these imperatives. Then, through four rich case studies, they detail innovation archetypes that effectively sidestep these pathologies and blend innovation with scaling. Readers will come away with conceptual models to drive progress in the social sector and tools for defining the future of their organizations.
Lean Impact : How to Innovate for Radically Greater Social Good by
Despite enormous investments of time and money, are we making a dent on the social and environmental challenges of our time? What if we could exponentially increase our impact? Around the world, a new generation is looking beyond greater profits, for meaningful purpose. But, unlike business, few social interventions have achieved significant impact at scale. Inspired by the modern innovation practices, popularized by bestseller The Lean Startup, that have fueled technology breakthroughs touching every aspect of our lives, Lean Impact turns our attention to a new goal - radically greater social good. Social change is far more complicated than building a new app. It requires more listening, more care, and more stakeholders. To make a lasting difference, solutions must be embraced by beneficiaries, address root causes, and include an engine that can accelerate growth to reach the scale of the need. Lean Impact offers bold ideas to reach audacious goals through customer insight, rapid experimentation and iteration, and a relentless pursuit of impact. Ann Mei Chang brings a unique perspective from across sectors, from her years as a tech executive in Silicon Valley to her most recent experience as the Chief Innovation Officer at USAID. She vividly illustrates the book with real stories from interviews with over 200 organizations across the US and around the world. Whether you are a nonprofit, social enterprise, triple bottom line company, foundation, government agency, philanthropist, impact investor, or simply donate your time and money, Lean Impact is an essential guide to maximizing social impact and scale.
Managing for Responsibility : A Sourcebook for an Alternative Paradigm by
The cascading effects of globalization in the form of changing business environment, economic uncertainties and economic meltdown have brought about a plethora of unprecedented challenges for industry and organizations across the globe in recent years. Management education, which prepares human capital for industry, is expected to address these challenges along with others such as intensifying competition, advancing technology, increasing workforce diversity and accelerating complexity. Yet, current management education is largely based on traditional capitalism where the focus tends toward profits and competitiveness rather than toward a balance among profitability, responsibility, social accountability and sustainability. Consequently, management education in general, and MBA education in particular, need to adopt a paradigm shift in order to be more responsible and sustainable. The book contains contributions on the core management topics covered in general management, organizational behavior, ethics and social responsibility, with a focus on responsible management. Its chapters come from many authors in PRME schools from eight countries. Hence, it is expected to be useful to all the B-schools, across geographies that are interested in embedding responsibility in their management curriculum and teaching methodology.
Peace Through Entrepreneurship : Investing in a Startup Culture for Security and Development by
Joblessness is the root cause of the global unrest threatening American security. Fostering entrepreneurship is the remedy. The combined weight of American diplomacy and military power cannot end unrest and extremism in the Middle East and other troubled regions of the world, Steven Koltai argues. Koltai says an alternative approach would work: investing in entrepreneurship and reaping the benefits of the jobs created through entrepreneurial startups. From 9/11 and the Arab Spring to the self-proclaimed Islamic caliphate, instability and terror breed where young people cannot find jobs. Koltai marshals evidence to show that joblessness--not religious or cultural conflict--is the root cause of the unrest that vexes American foreign policy and threatens international security. Drawing on Koltai’s stint as senior adviser for Entrepreneurship in Secretary Hillary Clinton’s State Department, and his thirty-year career as a successful entrepreneur and business executive, Peace through Entrepreneurship argues for the significant elevation of entrepreneurship in the service of foreign policy; not rural microfinance or mercantile trading but the scalable stuff of Silicon Valley and Sam Walton, generating the vast majority of new jobs in economies large and small. Peace through Entrepreneurship offers a nonmilitary, long-term solution at a time of disillusionment with Washington’s "big development” approach to unstable and underdeveloped parts of the world--and when the new normal is fear of terrorist attacks against Western targets, beheadings in Syria, and jihad. Extremism will not be resolved by a war on terror. The answer, Koltai shows, is stimulating entrepreneurial economic opportunities for the virtually limitless supply of desperate, unemployed young men and women leading lives of endless economic frustration.
Social Business and Base of the Pyramid : Levers for Strategic Renewal by
This book analyzes how social business and base of the pyramid approaches allow companies to reinvent themselves, or in other words how they are the levers for strategic renewal. It highlights the constraints and possible difficulties encountered in the process of corporate renewal, drawing on individual and collective restraints to outline the key themes for a company's successful transition. The author uses the case of Danone to explain how such a process of strategic renewal can take time and calls for a shared vision not only among the directors but between all the players, with a strong emphasis on long-term commitment. Throughout this book, the author offers guidance to help others complete this process with success, encouraging the reader to seize opportunities for change.
Social Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprises : Nordic Perspectives by
Migrant women stepping into ethnic catering; homeless men employed to take care of bees producing honey for sale; young people on the edge getting microcredit funding to start social businesses; or former criminals joining forces to create social and economic structures for an honest lifestyle. These initiatives capture the transformative power of social enterprise and might indicate how social enterprises have the potential to make a difference for people and societies. The Nordic countries represent an interesting case. Social enterprises and co-operatives played a significant part in paving the way for the Nordic solicaristic welfare state. As the welfare state grew, civil society organizations and co-operatives lost ground, to a certain extent. But in recent decades, the welfare state has been restructured and, simultaneously, the concepts social entrepreneurship and social enterprises have gained attention. The Nordic context, with extensive public welfare structures and a high degree of citizens' participation in public affairs, might affect the emergence of social entrepreneurship and social enterprises.
Social Entrepreneurship in Hospitality by
This ebook is devoted to the new and rapidly developing field of Social entrepreneurship. It is edited by four scholars in this domain and researchers wrote the articles included in this special issue from many parts of the world.
Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality by
Economic inequality continues to contribute to political and social instability around the world. This instability stifles development and results in widening the wealth gap between the "haves" and "have nots," further eroding stability. It has been argued that entrepreneurship is a prime contributor to this vicious cycle. Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality contends that this is only true when the opportunity for entrepreneurship is limited to a few. The authors maintain that when entrepreneurship is open to anyone who is properly motivated, innovative, and has a goal of growth for their enterprise, it helps build wealth for a greater number of people. The concept of "social entrepreneurship" is introduced, where entrepreneurship becomes a vehicle for explicitly addressing community-based economic and social challenges using markets. The book uses examples of entrepreneurial projects and programs that have attempted to address inequality to discuss entrepreneurship as an economic development strategy and its role in addressing the challenges of economic inequality. It advocates thinking and acting systemically, creating and sustaining entrepreneurial support ecosystems, in order to generate the synergy required to scale-up development and transform our economies and provides a distinctive perspective on a pressing social and economic issue, with significant implications for the future of the United States and the world.
The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship by
Written by leading scholars, The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship provides a distinctive overview of methodological, theoretical and paradigm changes in the area of entrepreneurship research. It is divided into four parts covering history and theory, individual differences and creativity, organizational aspects of innovation including intrapreneurship, and macroeconomic aspects such as social entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship in developing countries. The result is a must-have resource for seasoned researchers and newcomers alike, as well as practitioners and advanced students of business, entrepreneurship, and social and organizational psychology.
Explore these full text databases dealing with Marketing Management to view and download articles/readings for your research:
